Hawthorne City Council
December 12, 2023

AGENDA ITEM NO. 17

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Public Works
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
Dir. of Public Works: ___________
Akbar Farokhi
SUBJECT:

Progress Payment #1 in the amount of $633,164.74 due to GRBCON, Inc. of Baldwin Park, CA for Sewer Main and Miscellaneous Storm Drain Improvement Project 2023 (Project # 23-04).

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council approve this Progress Payment #1 to GRBCON, Inc of Baldwin Park, CA.

DISCUSSION:

This project includes sewer pipe replacement and point repair, storm drain pipe installation removal and restoration of existing surface, trench excavation, shoring, and backfill, removal and replacement of existing sewer facilities including, but not limited to sewer mains, service connections and other appurtenances. It includes reconstruction of existing manholes, traffic striping, and all other work necessary to complete the improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC PLAN:

This project is a result of the City working closely with funding and regulatory agencies to support and improve the City’s infrastructure.

FISCAL IMPACT:

None. Funds for this progress payment in the amount of $633,164.74 are available in the adopted Fiscal Year 2023-2024 budget and be paid for with approved and allocated funds through the American Rescue Plan Act.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act

ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Progress Payment #1

AGENDA ITEM NO. 18

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Public Works
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
Dir. of Public Works: ___________
Akbar Farokhi
SUBJECT:

Progress Payment #2 in the amount of $315,837.00 due to Huntington Beach Electric Inc of Huntington Beach, CA for Hawthorne Jim Thorpe Park and City Hall Council Chambers Lighting Project (Project #23-07)
RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff Recommends that the City Council approve this Progress Payment #2 to Huntington Beach Electric Inc of Huntington, CA.

DISCUSSION:

This project includes providing all services, labor, materials, permits, insurance, tools and equipment needed, in accordance with the Plan and Specifications to successfully and safely complete the lighting retrofits and panel upgrade at Jim Thorpe Park and retrofitting Hawthorne City Council Chamber.

The work consists of procuring and installing a new electrical panel and (80) light fixtures at Jim Thorpe Park. As well as, procuring and installing (75) light fixtures, (4) new televisions, and the removal and dispose of existing projectors/screens and all other work necessary to complete the improvements in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.

Huntington Beach Electric Inc has removed and replaced all futsal court lights and more than 90% of the baseball field lights. They are currently in the process of obtaining and installing the new electrical service panel. They have completed installing the council chambers lights and diming system.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC PLAN:

This lighting and panel upgrade can contribute to our economic strategic plan in several ways.

For example, the new energy efficient light fixtures will help lower cost of lighting the baseball and futsal courts at Jim Thorpe Park and promotes a more inviting environment for residents to participate/attend city council meetings thus helping the City create a recognizable and relevant brand
FISCAL IMPACT:

None. Funds for this progress payment in the amount of $315,837.00 will be paid for with funds through Energy Efficiency & Conservation Block Grant (EECBG) Program.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Progress Payment #2

2. Huntington Beach Electric Inc Invoice #2

AGENDA ITEM NO. 19

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Public Works
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
Dir. of Public Works: ___________
Akbar Farokhi
SUBJECT:

Agreement Between the City of Hawthorne and Rania Alomar Architect, INC (RA-DA) for Design Services for City of Hawthorne Senior Center (Project #24-03) RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopts agreement between RA-DA and Authorize the City Manager to Negotiate Project Costs, Execute the Agreement, and any and all amendments, thereto, with any minor non-substantive changes to be made by Counsel.

DISCUSSION:

The Staff issued a Request for Proposals (RFP) and received 4 proposals from qualified firms with relevant architecture and engineering experience. After a thorough investigation, including analysis, presentations, and evaluation by a committee, it was determined that "RA-DA" was the best fit for the project due to their extensive experience in community centers, impressive innovation, and unique approach.

The renovation and expansion of the City Senior Center is not merely about improving an old community facility but also about improving the City relations with its older community members and providing them a place to congregate and learn new hobbies and/or trades. The conceptual design is expected to enhance communication, efficiency, and customer service, ultimately improving the operational functionality of the City.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC PLAN:

1.1 Make ED part of every City decision. Will include alignment of Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) to ED goals and identify goals and objectives of this plan on CC agenda items.

FISCAL IMPACT:

None. The estimated funds of $756,262.00 required for this project are available in the current fiscal year's adopted budget and will be paid for by Budget Act of 2022 from the State of California Department of Parks and Recreation
NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Agreement

2. Proposal
1 CITY OF HAWTHORNE

AGREEMENT FOR CONSULTANT SERVICES
THIS CONSULTANT AGREEMENT is made and effective as of December __, 2023 between the City of Hawthorne, a municipal corporation ("City") and Rania Alomar Architect, Inc. dba RA-DA ("Consultant"). In consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. TERM
This Agreement shall commence on December __, 2023, and shall remain and continue in effect on an as needed basis unless sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

2. SERVICES
Consultant shall perform the tasks described and set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein as though set forth in full as part of its services.

Consultant may be asked to provide additional services if necessary during the term of this Agreement.

3. PERFORMANCE
Consultant shall at all times faithfully, competently and to the best of his/her ability, experience, and talent, perform all tasks described herein. Consultant shall employ, at a minimum, generally accepted standards and practices utilized by persons engaged in providing similar services as are required of Consultant hereunder in meeting its obligations under this Agreement.

4. PAYMENT
(a) The City agrees to pay Consultant in accordance with the payment rates and terms and the schedule of payment as set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as though set forth in full, based upon actual time spent on services indicated in Exhibit A of this Agreement unless additional payment is approved as provided in this Agreement.
(b) Consultant shall not be compensated for any services rendered in connection with its performance of this Agreement which are in addition to those set forth herein, unless such additional services are authorized in advance and in writing by the Director of Public Works. Consultant shall be compensated for any additional services in the amounts and in the manner as agreed to by the Director of Public 2 Works and at the time the City's written authorization is given to Consultant for the performance of said services.
(c) Consultant will submit invoices for actual services performed. Payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of each invoice as to all non-disputed fees. If the City disputes any of Consultant's fees it shall give written notice to Consultant within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice of any disputed fees set forth on the invoice.

5. SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT WITHOUT CAUSE (a) The City may at any time, for any reason, with or without cause, suspend or terminate this Agreement, or any portion hereof, by serving upon the consultant at least ten (10) days prior written notice. Upon receipt of said notice, the Consultant shall immediately cease all work under this Agreement, unless the notice provides otherwise. If the City suspends or terminates a portion of this Agreement such suspension or termination shall not make void or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement.
(b) In the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, the City shall pay to Consultant the actual value of the work performed up to the time of termination, provided that the work performed is of value to the City. Upon termination of the Agreement pursuant to this Section, the Consultant will submit an invoice to the City.

6. DEFAULT OF CONSULTANT
(a) The Consultant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a default. In the event that Consultant is in default for cause under the terms of this Agreement, City shall have no obligation or duty to continue compensating Consultant for any work performed after the date of default and can terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the Consultant. If such failure by the Consultant to make progress in the performance of work hereunder arises out of causes beyond the Consultant's control, and without fault or negligence of the Consultant, it shall not be considered a default. (b) If the Director of Public Works or his delegate determines that the Consultant is in default in the performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, he/she shall cause to be served upon the Consultant a written notice of the default. The Consultant shall have ten (10) days after service upon it of said notice in which to cure the default by rendering a satisfactory performance. In the event that the Consultant fails to cure its default within such period of time, the City shall have the right, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to terminate this Agreement without further notice and without prejudice to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law, in equity or under this Agreement.
3 7. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS
(a) Consultant shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to sales, costs, expenses, receipts, and other such information required by City that relate to the performance of services under this Agreement. Consultant shall maintain adequate records of services provided in sufficient detail to permit an evaluation of services. All such records shall be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall be clearly identified and readily accessible. Consultant shall provide free access to the representatives of City or its designees at reasonable times to such books and records; shall give City the right to examine and audit said books and records; shall permit City to make transcripts therefrom as necessary; and shall allow inspection of all work, data, documents, proceedings, and activities related to this Agreement. Such records, together with supporting documents, shall be maintained for a period of three (3) years after receipt of final payment.
(b) Upon completion of, or in the event of termination or suspension of this Agreement, all original documents, designs, drawings, maps, models, computer files, surveys, notes, and other documents prepared in the course of providing the services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement shall become the sole property of the City and may be used, reused, or otherwise disposed of by the City without the permission of the Consultant.

8. INDEMNIFICATION
When the law establishes a professional standard of care for Consultant’s Services, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Consultant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless City and any and all of its officials, employees and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees and costs to the extent same are caused in whole or in part by any negligent or wrongful act, error or omission of Consultant, its officers, agents, employees or subconsultants (or any entity or individual that Consultant shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the performance of professional services under this Agreement.

9. INSURANCE
A) Consultant shall maintain in-force: Professional Liability Insurance. Consultant shall maintain in-force; Professional Liability Insurance (and/or Errors & Omissions Insurance) with minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 combined single limit coverage against an injury, death, loss or damages because of wrongful or negligent acts or omissions by the named insured. 4 B) Contractor shall maintain in-force Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance as required by the California Labor Code. Evidence of coverage shall take the form of a Certificate of Insurance or a California Certificate to Self-Insure. Acceptable minimum limits for this coverage are: Workers’ Compensation; Statutory in California; Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000.

C) Certificates of Insurance. Contractor shall furnish to Customer evidence of any insurance required by this Agreement. A Certificate of Insurance from an insurer admitted to do business in the State of California will be provided, indicating that the respective policy(s) meets the following requirements: (1) The City, its officers, and employees shall be named as additional insured on the General Liability Insurance; (2) Insurance shall not be canceled or terminated without 30 days written notice; (3) General Liability shall be primary and any insurance held by City for its own protection shall be excess and shall be effective only upon exhaustion of Contractor's insurance; (4) Insurance shall be maintained for the duration of the Agreement, including any period extended beyond the expiration date of this Agreement required to complete performance as stipulated in this Agreement and all amendments thereto.

10. INDEPENDENT CONSULTANT
(a) Consultant is and shall at all times remain as to the City a wholly independent Consultant. The personnel performing the services under this Agreement on behalf of Consultant shall at all times be under Consultant's exclusive direction and control. Neither City nor any of its officers, employees, or agents shall have control over the conduct of Consultant or any of Consultant's officers, employees, or agents, except as set forth in this Agreement. Consultant shall not at any time or in any manner represent that it or any of its officers, employees, or agents are in any manner officers, employees, or agents of the City. Consultant shall not incur or have the power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability whatever against City, or bind City in any manner.
(b) No employee benefits shall be available to Consultant in connection with the performance of this Agreement. Except for the fees paid to Consultant as provided in the Agreement, City shall not pay salaries, wages, or other compensation to Consultant for performing services hereunder for City. City shall not be liable for compensation or indemnification to Consultant for injury or sickness arising out of performing services hereunder.
5 11. LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES
The Consultant shall keep itself informed of State and Federal laws and regulations which in any manner affect those employed by it or in any way affect the performance of its service pursuant to this Agreement. The Consultant shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws and regulations. The City, and its officers and employees, shall not be liable at law or in equity occasioned by failure of the Consultant to comply with this Section.

12. UNDUE INFLUENCE
Consultant declares and warrants that no undue influence or pressure is used against or in concert with any officer or employee of the City of Hawthorne in connection with the award, terms or implementation of this Agreement, including any method of coercion, confidential financial arrangement, or financial inducement. No officer or employee of the City of Hawthorne will receive compensation, directly or indirectly, from Consultant, or from any officer, employee or agent of Consultant, in connection with the award of this Agreement or any work to be conducted as a result of this Agreement. Violation of this Section shall be a material breach of this Agreement entitling the City to any and all remedies at law or in equity.

13. NO BENEFIT TO ARISE TO LOCAL EMPLOYEES
No member, officer, or employee of City, or their designees or agents, and no public official who exercises authority over or responsibilities with respect to the Project during his/her tenure or for one year thereafter, shall have any interest, direct or indirect, in any agreement or sub-agreement, or the proceeds thereof, for work to be performed in connection with the Project performed under this Agreement.

14. RELEASE OF INFORMATION/CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
(a) All information gained by Consultant in performance of this Agreement shall be considered confidential and shall not be released by Consultant without City's prior written authorization. Consultant, its officers, employees, agents, or subconsultants, shall not without written authorization from the City Manager or unless requested by the City Attorney, voluntarily provide declarations, letters of support, testimony at depositions, response to interrogatories, or other information concerning the work performed under this Agreement or relating to any project or property located within the City. Response to a subpoena or court order shall not be considered "voluntary" provided Consultant gives City notice of such court order or subpoena.
(b) Consultant shall promptly notify City should Consultant, its officers, employees, agents, or subconsultants be served with any summons, complaint, 6 subpoena, notice of deposition, request for documents, interrogatories, request for admissions, or other discovery request, court order, or subpoena from any person or party regarding this Agreement and the work performed thereunder or with respect to any project or property located within the City. City retains the right, but has no obligation, to represent Consultant and/or be present at any deposition, hearing, or similar proceeding. Consultant agrees to cooperate fully with City and to provide the opportunity to review any response to discovery requests provided by Consultant. However, City's right to review any such response does not imply or mean the right by City to control, direct, or rewrite said response.

15. ASSIGNMENT
The Consultant shall not assign the performance of this Agreement, nor any part thereof, nor any monies due hereunder, without prior written consent of the City because of the personal nature of the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement.

16. LICENSES
At all times during the term of this Agreement, Consultant shall have in full force and effect, all licenses required of it by law for the performance of the services described in this Agreement.

17. GOVERNING LAW
The City and Consultant understand and agree that the laws of the State of California shall govern the rights, obligations, duties, and liabilities of the parties to this Agreement and also govern the interpretation of this Agreement. Any litigation concerning this Agreement shall take place in the municipal, superior, or federal district court with jurisdiction over the City of Hawthorne.

18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties relating to the obligations of the parties described in this Agreement. All prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, representations, and statements, oral or written, are merged into this Agreement and shall be of no further force or effect. Each party is entering into this Agreement based solely upon the representations set forth herein and upon each party's own independent investigation of any and all facts such party deems material. 7 19. AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT
The person or persons executing this Agreement on behalf of Consultant warrants and represents that he/she has the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Consultant and has the authority to bind Consultant to the performance of its obligations hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

CITY OF HAWTHORNE: CONSULTANT:

By:

AKBAR FAROKHI Name:

Director of Public Works Title:

City of Hawthorne Rania Alomar Architect, Inc. (RA-DA)

APPROVED AS TO FORM: ATTEST:
_________________________ _____________________________

ROBERT KIM DAYNA WILLIAMS-HUNTER
City Attorney City Clerk
City of Hawthorne City of Hawthorne
8 EXHIBIT A
Proposal
9 EXHIBIT B

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Prior to the beginning of and throughout the duration of the Work, Consultant will maintain insurance in conformance with the requirements set forth below. Consultant will use existing coverage to comply with these requirements. If that existing coverage does not meet the requirements set forth here, Consultant agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage to do so. Consultant acknowledges that the insurance coverage and policy limits set forth in this section constitute the minimum amount of coverage required. Any insurance proceeds available to City in excess of the limits and coverage required in this Agreement and which is applicable to a given loss, will be available to City.

Consultant shall provide the following types and amounts of insurance:

Commercial General Liability Insurance using Insurance Services Office “Commercial General Liability” policy form CG 00 01 or the equivalent. Limits are subject to review but in no event less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.

Professional Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain in-force Professional Liability Insurance (and/or errors & Omissions Insurance) for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors or omissions which may arise from Consultant’s operations under this Agreement, whether such operations be by the Consultant or by its employees, or subconsultants. The amount of this insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($ 1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit per occurrence basis.

RA-DA

HAWTHORNE SENIOR CENTER FEE PROPOSAL

11.14.2023 Primary AE Team Additional Consultants
Geotechnical
Investigation
Hazardous
Materials
Building
Envelope
Elevator
Consultant
Kitchen
Consultant

TOTAL BY
PHASE Architectural Structural Landscape MEP Fire/Life Safety AV/ Low Voltage Specifications Cost Estimator Kickoff and Predesign
Schematic Design
$19,840.00
$69,760.00
$80,000.00
$110,000.00
$10,280.00
$289,880.00
$14,600.00 $10,272.00 $44,712
$164,880
$210,570
$285,310
$40,790
$8,500.00
$14,300.00
$20,000.00
$2,800.00
$12,000.00
$15,000.00
$18,000.00
$1,500.00
$18,450.00
$25,625.00
$50,225.00
$8,200.00
$17,100.00
$17,700.00
$23,100.00
$11,570.00
$12,015.00
$15,575.00
$3,360.00
$15,400.00
$13,440.00
$2,800.00
$9,240.00
$20,130.00
$29,040.00
$4,400.00
$6,500.00
$13,300.00
$2,500.00
$3,200.00
$4,500.00
$500.00
$7,500.00
Design Development
Construction Documentation
Permitting
SUBTOTAL BY DISCIPLINE $45,600.00 $46,500.00 $102,500.00 $57,900.00 $39,160.00 $35,000.00 $58,410.00 $14,600.00 $10,272.00 $24,200.00 $10,700.00 $7,500.00 *Construction Administration not included Primary Team Fee: $674,950.00 TOTAL A/E FEE $746,262 Reimbursables $10,000.00 $10,000
ARCHITECT : RA-DA
PROJECT PHASE TASK Staff Classification HOURS HOURLY RATE TOTAL TOTAL BY PHASE Kickoff and $19,840.00
Predesign
Tasks per
workplan
and RFP
Principal
Project Manager
Staff
32 8
64 250
200
160
$8,000.00
$1,600.00
$10,240.00
Schematic Design Principal
Project Manager
Staff
64 64
256
250
200
160
$16,000.00
$12,800.00
$40,960.00
$69,760.00
Design $80,000.00
Development
Principal
Project Manager
Staff
64 64
256
64 250
200
160
160
$16,000.00
$12,800.00
$40,960.00
Staff $10,240.00
Construction
Documentation
Principal
Project Manager
Staff
88 88
352
88 250
200
160
160
$22,000.00
$17,600.00
$56,320.00
$14,080.00
$110,000.00
$10,280.00
Staff
Permitting Principal
Project Manager
Staff
4 8
48 250
200
160
$1,000.00
$1,600.00
$7,680.00
Construction not included
Administration
TOTAL FEE 1612 $289,880.00

TOTAL HOURS
Not Included:

Furniture and Equipment
Signage design (other than building name if integrated into the deisgn) Presentation Renderings and Boards
Community Outreach
Construction Administration
Multiple design options
October 24, 2023
REVISED: November 15, 2023
Michael Green, WELL AP
RA-DA
7523 Norton Ave.

West Hollywood, CA 90046
[email protected]
Subject: City of Hawthorne Senior Center
Structural Engineering Scope of Work
Labib Funk + Associates (LFA) appreciates the opportunity to provide our proposal for structural engineering services for the addition and renovation of a project located at the above noted address.

Based on the RFP we received from your office on 10.03.23, we propose to perform consulting structural engineering services as follows:

The City will be adding a 2nd floor of approximately 10,000 SF to the existing one-story Senior Center located in the rear parking lot of the City Memorial Center. The work will also consist of designing renovations to the 1st floor, which include but not limited to new stairway and elevator to new 2nd floor, new offices, flooring, and a new window wall.

Senior Center + Addition
The existing Senior Center is approximately 9,600 SF. The existing gravity force resisting structure consists of ½” plywood spanning to 2 FT x 12 FT roof rafters supported on built-up steel girders spanning to steel columns. The exterior walls are 2 FT x 6 FT wood stud bearing walls, which also function as plywood sheathed wood shear walls. The existing foundation consists of a continuous strip footing at the perimeter with enlarged shallow footings at the steel posts. The building needs new equipment/appliance upgrades and other improvements on the existing 1st floor.

The new 10,000-SF addition will become the new 2nd floor for the senior center and work consist of designing new stairway, elevator, ADA compliance restrooms, office spaces, activity rooms, a large lounge area, and patio deck for outside activities/dinning. The work also consists of structural analysis to determine if the 1st floor can support the new 10,000-SF addition.

Project Scope

1. Develop construction plans and details of the structural elements including gravity load resisting system, lateral force resisting system and associated foundations for wind and earthquake forces to meet current code requirements.

2. Develop structural calculations necessary for proper structural design and submittal to the Department of Building and Safety.

P a g e 1 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m

3. Assist the Client in obtaining plan check approval for the structural portion of the work. Provide structural corrections and clarifications as required by the City. Meet with the Department of Building and Safety, as required, to facilitate the structural plan check process.

4. Render interpretations of the construction documents including the issuance of clarification drawings if required for the proper execution of the work.

5. LFA shall be entitled to rely on the adequacy and accuracy of information provided by Client or Client’s consultants. LFA shall coordinate such information solely for interface with its services and shall notify Client of any errors actually identified in such information. LFA shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Client, Owner, Contractors, other consultants and their respective agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing work on the Project who are not under the direct control or authority of LFA.

6. The parties acknowledge that the Project is a major renovation of an existing building, approximately fifty (45) years old. Without limitation to the Engineer’s obligation to perform all Services in accordance with this Agreement, the Engineer is not responsible for the condition of the existing building or differences between as-discovered conditions and the construction documents.

7. LFA will make no representations regarding the suitability for reuse of the existing structures on the site and is not responsible for the condition of the existing structures. LFA is not responsible for existing or unforeseen conditions which may be present at the site and may require additional construction cost, design fees, and schedule extension.

Phase
Schematic Design

1. Develop initial design parameters with the Architect based upon the approved concept design.

2. Participate in the selection of the structural system to be implemented and assist the architect in coordination with other related consultants.

3. Prepare a geotechnical report request including structural requirements required as part of the Geotechnical Engineering evaluation report.

4. Prepare Schematic Design drawings and other documents as required describing the structural systems, materials, and design intent as delineated by the Architect and other such elements, as may be appropriate.

5. Structural plans developed in AutoCAD will depict the structural system showing foundations, core & shell framing and the preliminary design of lateral force resisting systems.

6. Participate in project work sessions that might be required (4 sessions).

P a g e 2 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m Design Development Phase

1. Develop structural design parameters with the Architect based upon the approved schematic design.

2. Prepare design drawings and other documents as required describing the structural systems, materials, and design intent as delineated by the Architect and other such elements, as may be appropriate.

3. Review the geotechnical report for structural concerns relative to the recommended foundation systems.

4. Prepare Design Development level plans in AutoCAD of the structural system showing foundations, framing and preliminary design of special conditions and systems including materials, gross sizes, critical details, coordination clearances and basic dimensions.

5. Participate in project work sessions that might be required (6 sessions).

6. Cooperate with the Client, Architect, and General Contractor in their preparation of cost estimates.

7. Review the Design Development drawings prepared by other consultants and prepare a list of design concerns and considerations related to structural engineering.

Construction Document Phase

1. Structural drawings and calculations shall be “signed and sealed” as required by the Department of Building and Safety in order to obtain a building permit.

2. Prepare construction documents necessary to convey the design that shall be used for bidding and construction. Documents shall include detailing of structural elements and their connections.

3. Provide necessary criteria and other information needed for the design and installation of preengineered elements by others, including curtain walls, metal stairs, etc.

4. Indicate on the drawings design criteria such as live and superimposed dead loads, material strengths, and basic structural code requirements.

5. Assist the architect in coordination with the project’s consultants relative to structural impacts to their work.

6. Produce, as required by local jurisdictional authorities, structural calculations in order to facilitate review of the documents for permit.

7. Assist the Architect in specifying the scope, standards and frequency of required testing and inspection services by independent agencies for structural items during construction.

8. Participate in project work sessions that might be required (8 sessions).

P a g e 3 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m Plan Check and Bidding Phase

1. Assist the client in obtaining plan check approval for the structural portion of the work.

2. Provide structural corrections and clarifications as required by the City.

3. Meet with the Department of Building and Safety, as required, to facilitate the structural plan check process.

4. Respond to any pre-bidding questions from contractors.

P a g e 4 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m Exclusions

1. Construction Engineering Services during construction. (under separate proposal, if required)

2. Temporary Shoring Design services (under separate proposal).

3. Civil Engineering Design services (under separate proposal).

4. Revit modeling (can be provided as an Add/Alternate if desired).

5. Design and anchorage of glazing, skylights, storefront, rain screens, and stone systems (typically design-build by contractor).

6. Steel stair design (to be design-build by contractor).

7. Design and detailing of non-structural / ornamental architectural elements and light gage design.

8. Seismic anchorage / bracing of MEP equipment & infrastructure including chillers, ducts, pipes, conduit, etc. (typically design-build by contractor).

9. Vibration / Acoustic Engineering.

10. Revisions to the structural systems due to Value Engineering beyond design development level of completion.

11. Peer Review.

12. Phasing of the project or multiple submittals except as noted herein.

13. As-Built Structural Drawings.

14. Submittal of the structural package to the FEMA or other reviewers. This is typically handled by the Project Architect or Expeditor.

15. Plan check corrections from other disciplines not under LFA direction requiring substantial redesigns.

16. Design and anchorage of storage racks, shelving, parking stackers, etc.

17. Material Testing.

18. PML or Loss analysis.

19. Extended Design Schedules: If the originally agreed upon design schedule is extended, additional fees may be required in order to properly staff the project and continue coordination with the design team.

20. Façade design (typically design-build by Contractor).

21. Non-linear analysis.

P a g e 5 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m Design Fee
We propose to provide the services described above, through permitting, for lump-sum fees as stated below, plus customarily reimbursed expenses in accordance with our Original Base Contract.

Phase Fee
Schematic Design
Design Development
Construction Documents
Plan Check & Bidding
Total
$8,500
$14,300
$20,000
$2,800
$45,600
Additional services, including additional meetings over what is included above, will be based on the following hourly rates. This fee is valid for 365 days from the date of this proposal:

Draftsperson:

Project Engineer:
$145.00
$185.00
Project Manager:

Principal Engineer:
$215.00
$275.00
LFA welcomes the opportunity to work with you on this project. If this proposal is acceptable, please sign and email back to us.

If you have any questions, please contact our office.

Sincerely,
Authorized to Proceed:

Labib Funk + Associates RA-DA
By: _____________________
Jacob Rodriguez, S.E.

Principal
Name: _____________________
Title: _____________________
This proposal is open for acceptance for 180 days from the date above. Date: _____________________ P a g e 6 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Effective 06/15/2023

1. 2.

REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
Expenses other than salary costs that are directly attributable to our professional services are invoiced at our cost plus 15%. These expenses include such items as out-of-town travel expenses, use of personal and rental cars, special fees and permits, premiums for additional or special insurance where required, mailing, copying & printing expenses, etc.

SERVICES BY OTHERS
When considered necessary, other technical firms or outside consultants may be used with your approval and the cost of such services, plus ten percent (10%), will be included in our invoice. Unless specifically agreed to in writing, LFA has retained no consultants for this project.

3. 4.

ACCESS TO SITE
Unless otherwise stated, LFA will have access to the site for activities necessary for the performance of the services.

INSURANCE LIMITS
Insurance limits are as follows: General Liability $1,000,000 each occurrence & $2,000,000 aggregate, Professional Liability $1,000,000 each occurrence & $1,000,000 aggregate. Workman’s Comp $1,000,000.

5. PAYMENTS TO ENGINEER
Invoices will be submitted monthly for the prior month's services unless specified otherwise on Contract. Payment is due upon the invoice date and becomes delinquent thirty (30) days thereafter. In the event of non-payment, LFA may, without waiving any of the claims or rights against you, and without liability whatsoever to you, terminate performance of the services. A late charge will be added to delinquent amounts at the rate of one-and-one-half percent (1-1/2%) for each thirty (30) days delinquency (provided the rate of such late charge shall not exceed the maximum allowable by the laws of the state in which our office submitting the invoice is located, and if so exceeding, the interest rate shall be the maximum amount allowable in that state). All attorney’s fees and expert fees, LFA’s time, and costs shall be paid by the Client. Payment to LFA shall not be withheld, postponed, or made contingent on the construction, completion, or success of the project or upon receipt by the Client of offsetting reimbursement or credit from other parties caused additional services or expenses. No withholding, deductions or offsets shall be made from LFA’s compensation for any reason unless LFA has been found to be legally liable for such amounts. Payment of LFA’s fees shall be a condition precedent to bringing any action or suit against LFA.

6. 7.

STANDARD OF CARE
LFA’s services shall be provided consistent with and limited to the standard of care applicable to such services, which is that LFA shall provide its services consistent with the professional skill and care ordinarily provided by consultants practicing in the same or similar locality under the same or similar circumstances. Such standard of care is not a warranty or guarantee and LFA shall have no such obligation.

Accordingly, Client should prepare and plan for clarifications and modifications which may impact both the cost and schedule of the Project.

SCHEDULES & BUDGETS
Any schedules or completion dates, budgets, or estimates of cost prepared by LFA represent LFA’s professional judgment based on its experience and available information. Since neither LFA nor Client has control over the cost of labor, materials, or equipment, or contractor’s methods of determining prices, or over competitive bidding or market conditions, LFA cannot and does not warrant or represent that actual schedules, budgets or completion dates or actual costs will not vary from schedules or completion dates, budgets, or estimates of cost prepared by LFA or proposed, established, or approved by Client.

8. OTHER PROVISIONS
It is understood that LFA will not provide design and construction review services relating to safety precautions, means, methods, techniques or sequences of any contractor or subcontractor on the project. Further, it is understood that LFA will not provide any supervisory services relating to the construction of the project.

In recognition of the relative risks, rewards, and benefits of the project to both the client and LFA, the risks have been allocated so that the client agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, LFA’s total liability to the client and all other parties, for any and all injuries, claims, losses, expenses, attorney’s fees and expert fees, damages or claim expenses arising out of this agreement, from any cause or causes, shall be limited to LFA’s fee. Such causes include, but are not limited to, LFA’s negligence, errors, omissions, strict liability, breach of contract or breach of warranty.

Client intends that LFA’s involvement with the project shall not subject the individuals affiliated with LFA or its subconsultants to personal exposure for the risk attendant to that involvement. Therefore, any remedies of Client and Client’s related business entities concerning services performed pursuant to the obligations imposed by this agreement shall be sought against LFA and/or its subconsultants, if any, and any related business entities, and in no event shall damages or indemnification concerning this agreement and/or project ever be sought against LFA’s principals, shareholders, employees, and other affiliated individuals, regardless of the kind and cause of loss involved.

LFA’s services are intended for the Client’s sole use and benefit and solely for the Client’s use on the Project and shall not create any thirdparty rights. Except as agreed to in writing, Consultant’s services and work product shall not be used or relied on by any other person or entity, or for any purpose following substantial completion of the Project.

Any revisions to the structural system due to Value Engineering or a Peer Review are not included in the basic services & will be charged as additional services.

P a g e 7 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m If project is stopped for more than a 3-month period due to any reasons, a restart fee of $4,000.00 will apply. Project will be designed & submitted to Plan Check to the Governing Authority in ONE Phase & in ONE unique submittal. Additional submittals to the Governing Authority due to Project Phasing will be charged as additional services based on hourly rates.

Either party to this Agreement may not assign its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Nothing contained in this agreement shall create a contractual relationship with, or a cause of action in favor of, a third party against either the Client or Consultant.

9. TERMINATION
This agreement may be terminated by either party by seven (7) days' written notice to the other in the event of a substantial failure of performance by the other party through no fault of the terminating party. If this agreement is terminated, LFA shall be paid for services performed to the termination notice date, including reimbursable expenses due. If LFA for any reason does not complete all the services contemplated by this agreement, LFA cannot be responsible for the accuracy, completeness or workability of the contract documents prepared by LFA if used, modified, or completed by another party or the Client. Accordingly, the Client agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify, defend and hold LFA harmless from any claim, liability, or cost (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and defense costs) for injury or loss arising or allegedly arising from such reuse, modification or completion made by any party to any contract documents prepared by LFA.

If Client sells the Project, Client shall obtain from buyer an agreement, for the benefit of Consultant, which guarantees that the release and indemnification of Consultant will be honored by buyer and any subsequent buyer. These provisions shall survive the termination of this Agreement; and in the event that any portion of these provisions shall be prohibited by law, then these provisions shall not be void, but rather shall be interpreted as applying only to fullest extent allowed by law.

10. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS
The drawings, calculations and specifications are instruments of service and are, and shall remain, the property of LFA, whether the project for which they are made is executed or not. They are not to be used on other projects or extensions to this project except by agreement in writing and with appropriate compensation to LFA. Reuse or modification of the project documents by Client, shall be at Client’s sole risk and Client agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold LFA harmless from all claims, damages, and expenses, including attorney’s fees, arising out of such reuse or modification by Client or by others acting through Client. If this agreement is terminated as discussed in Item 9 above, the Client shall pay a licensing fee as compensation of $10,000 for the Client’s continued use of LFA’s Instruments of Service solely for purposes of completing, using, and maintaining the Project.

11. VENUE
Labib Funk + Associates (LFA) is a DBA of John Labib Structural Engineers, LLP.

This agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The venue of any action brought to interpret or enforce any of the terms of this agreement or otherwise adjudicate the rights or liabilities of the parties hereto shall be in Los Angeles County, California.

12. BANKRUPTCY
Consultant shall be entitled to immediately, and without notice, suspend the performance of any and all of its obligations pursuant to this agreement if Client files a voluntary petition seeking relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code or if there is an involuntary bankruptcy petition filed against Client in the United States Bankruptcy Court, and that petition is not dismissed within fifteen (15) days of its filing. Any suspension of services made pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall continue until such time as this agreement has been fully and properly assumed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code and in compliance with the final order or judgment issued by the Bankruptcy Court. If the suspension of performance of Consultant's obligation pursuant to this agreement continues for a period in excess of ninety (90) days, Consultant shall have the right to terminate all services pursuant to this agreement.

13. LIEN RIGHTS
This agreement shall not be construed to alter, affect, or waive any design professional's lien, mechanic's lien or stop notice right which Consultant may have for the performance of services pursuant to this agreement. Client agrees to provide to Consultant the present name and address of the record owner of the property upon which the project is to be located. Client also agrees to provide Consultant with the name and address of any and all lenders who may loan money on the project and who are entitled to receive a preliminary notice.

14. THIRD PARTY LENDERS
If payment for Consultant's services is to be made on behalf of Client by a third-party lender, Client agrees that Consultant shall not be required to indemnify the third-party lender, in the form of an endorsement or otherwise, as a condition to receiving payment for services.

15. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS/GUARANTEES
The Consultant shall not be required to execute any documents subsequent to the signing of this Agreement that in any way might, in the judgment of the Consultant, increase the Consultant's contractual or legal obligations or risk, or adversely affect the availability or cost of its professional or general liability insurance. Nor shall Consultant be required to sign any documents, requested by any party, including Client, that would result in the Consultant's having to certify, guarantee, warrant or state the existence of conditions whose existence the Consultant cannot ascertain. The Client also agrees not to make resolution of any dispute with the Consultant or payment of any money due to the Consultant, in any way contingent upon the Consultant's signing any such certification, guarantee, warranty or statement.

P a g e 8 of 8 3 1 9 M a i n S t r e e t
E l S e g u n d o , C a l i f o r n i a 9 0 2 4 5
( 2 1 3 ) 2 3 9 9 7 0 0
i n f o @ l a b i b f u n k . c o m | w w w . l a b i b f u n k . c o m Jacobus & Yuang, Inc.
330 N. Lantana Street Suite 28, #220
Camarillo, California 93010
Tel. (213) 688-1341 or (805) 339-9434
Fax (866) 431-3256
Website: www.jyiestimate.com
October 19, 2023 4177P-R1
Revised: November 15, 2023
Michael Green, WELL AP
RA-DA
7523 Norton Avenue
West Hollywood, CA 90046
Re: ESTIMATING FEE PROPOSAL – HAWTHORNE SENIOR CENTER - 1ST FLOOR REMODEL & ADDITION AND 2ND FLOOR ADDITION
Dear Michael:

We take pleasure in submitting our revised Fee Proposal for consulting services for the above project, as follows:

Description 1
st Floor
Remodel
& Addition
2 nd Floor
Addition
Total Lump
Sum Fee

1. To prepare a Schematic Design Opinion of Cost,
based on typical SD Design Information
$3,600
$7,830
$6,290
$5,640
$12,300
$9,880
9,240

2. To prepare a Design Development Cost Estimate,
based on typical DD Design Information
$20,130

3. To prepare a 50% Construction Documents Cost $16,170 Estimate, based on typical 60% CD Design
Information

4. To prepare a 90% Construction Document Cost
Estimate, based on typical 90% CD Design
Information
$5,010 $7,860 $12,870
Total Proposed Lump Sum Fee (Drawing printing is
included)
$22,730 $35,680 58,410
Conferences, Value Engineering, Reconciliation’s with estimates by others, Life Cycle Cost Studies, updating or revisions to the above report(s), shall be charged in accordance with the most current Schedule of Fees, when approved and authorized by you.

The above report(s) shall be:
•
•
Prepared to incorporate all trade related disciplines
Prepared in Master Format™ major division, with labor, material and equipment costs rolled up into a single unit cost
• Submitted in PDF file format only
Not included in the above fee are the following, unless specifically included above:
•
•
•
•
Value Engineering
Preparation or completion of Bid Forms
Field Investigation
Life Cycle Cost Analysis and/or Cost Benefit Analysis

Jacobus & Yuang, Inc.

RA-DA
Re: ESTIMATING FEE PROPOSAL – HAWTHORNE SENIOR CENTER - 1ST FLOOR REMODEL & ADDITION AND 2ND FLOOR ADDITION
October 19,2023 4177P-R1
Revised: November 15, 2023
Page Two
Not included in the above fee are the following continued, unless specifically included above (continued):
•
•
•
•
Scheduling related work
Change Order Evaluation or Negotiation
Estimation Reconciliation’s with other estimates or reconciliation with contractor bids Printing of documents required for estimating purposes (true half size required), unless specifically included above – please also provide PDF copies of drawings Job Order Costing (JOC) pricing approach
Out-of-Office meetings
LEED related cost extracts
Cost Estimate Adjustments for Addenda issued after any completed Estimate Milestone had been issued Searching through Proprietary Databases such as Project Wise for documents necessary for estimating – please provide direct links to extract files to be used for estimating Constructability Review
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Creating a Material Ordering List
Preparing DSA formatted Estimates with referencing of line-items to SW Publishing (Ex Saylor) coding This fee proposal shall be made an appendix to any contract between our offices, and is valid for 60 days from the date of this proposal.

We respectfully reserve the right to adjust our fee if the scope of our services is modified.

Our Insurance Coverage’s are as follows:

1. General Liability, $2.0 Million per occurrence, $4.0 Million General Aggregate

2. Worker’s Compensation Insurance $1.0 Million per occurrence including Defense Costs

3. Automobile Insurance - Scheduled, Hired & Non-Owned Autos, $1.0 Million

4. Professional Liability Insurance (PLI) – Per Claim/Aggregate, $2.0 Million. Waiver of Subrogation and Primary non-contributory wording not available for PLI.

Below are the rates applicable to Personnel that shall work on the project:

Rate per Hour for 01/01/2023 – Rate per Hour for
12/31/2023 01/01/2024 – 12/31 2024
Principal $196.73
$133.39
$98.37
$202.63
$137.39
$101.32
Senior Estimator
Estimator
Please sign and date this Proposal to indicate your acceptance of the above conditions, and return one signed copy to this office via facsimile or email ([email protected]).

Yours sincerely,
Cobus Malan
Principal Quantity Surveyor
Accepted for: RA-DA
By: ____________________________________Dated: _________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ October 17, 2023
Michael Green, WELL AP
RA-DA
7523 Norton Ave.

West Hollywood, CA 90046
RE: One (1) New Elevator - City Memorial Center – Cit of Hawthorne Dear Michael Green,
We propose to provide the Owner/Architect the following elevator consulting services for the new above referenced construction project. The project consists of adding approximately 10K SF of space to the 2nd floor of an existing senior center in the rear parking lot of City Memorial Center. The plan is to add one new elevator.

Schematic Design

1. Perform consultation relating to the evaluation and selection of the most economical and efficient vertical transportation system for the project.

2. Review existing core design to determine the speed, size, and type of elevator that best meets the needs of the building.

3. Prepare a preliminary elevator report exploring different options.

4. Provide schematic drawings showing the layout of the elevator equipment.

5. Provide budget pricing and value engineering alternates.

6. Meet with the Architect and other Consultants to discuss design intent and the integration of the various project systems having an effect on vertical transportation criteria.

7. Attend Owner, Contractor, Architect and governing agency meetings as necessary to coordinate design efforts. Prepare plans and special exhibits as may be required by governing agencies.

8. Design the vertical transportation systems in accordance with applicable codes and regulations which shall be shown with appropriate calculations and described in complete and coordinated Contract Drawings and Specifications.

Design Development:

1. Review updated plans to determine the speed, size, and type of elevator that best meets the needs of the building.

2. Perform consultation regarding design of elevator pits, shafts and machine rooms including mechanical and electrical, structural and governing agency requirements.

3. Prepare a complete elevator report exploring different options and making a final recommendation.
_________________________________________________________________________________________ 1326 Fifth Ave., Suite 630, Seattle, WA 98101 - P (206) 527-2049 - F (206) 624-7226

October 17, 2023
City of Hawthorne – Senior Center Expansion
___________________________________________________________________

4. Update drawings as needed to show the layout of the elevator equipment.

Provide preliminary loads for structural, electrical and mechanical divisions.

5. Provide updated budget pricing and value engineering alternates.

6. Prepare a preliminary list of work that is not included in elevator contractor’s scope, but must be coordinated by elevator contractor. This includes but is not limited to security interface, telephone line for elevators, smoke and heat detectors, electrical, structural, and emergency power if provided.

7. Attend design team meetings as required by Owner and Architect.

Construction Documents:

1. Prepare performance-based specifications and include performance based maintenance specifications for all elevators and escalators.

2. Issue contract drawings including elevator layouts with hoistway plan and section.

3. Prepare all contract documents in accordance with the Architect's standards, systems and formats. The consultant shall review these requirements in advance with the Architect prior to start of Contract Documents and Specifications. The specifications will be written with the intent of opening up the bidding process for all major elevator contractors

4. Review Contract Documents to verify that all vertical transportation recommendations have been included in detail and building design.

5. Provide estimated structural, electrical and mechanical requirements to Owner, Architect and other design team members. We will provide estimated loads only. The actual costs for structural, electrical and mechanical engineers are not included in our scope of work.

6. Contract documents will be available electronically in Microsoft Word and Auto CAD.

Bidding Phase:

1. Provide necessary clarification during the bidding period as they apply to the vertical transportation system.

2. Review bid results and prepare spreadsheet showing costs and benefits of each elevator contractor.

3. Conduct bid review meeting with the two or three elevator contractors that provide the proposals with the best value.

4. Recommend the selection of an elevator contractor.

Construction Administration:

1. Review shop drawings and comment.

2. Perform construction observations during the construction phase, as appropriate and as additionally requested by the Architect. Submit a written and photographic summary of all site visits within five working days.

3. Assist in the preparation of vertical transportation systems-related Proposal Requests, Architect's Supplemental Instructions and Construction Change Directives when necessary. Provide text and sketches in a timely manner to describe modification. Maintain updated drawings with approved changes. _________________________________________________________________________________________ 1326 Fifth Ave., Suite 630, Seattle, WA 98101 - P (206) 527-2049 - F (206) 624-7226

October 17, 2023
City of Hawthorne – Senior Center Expansion
___________________________________________________________________

4. Review and approve in a timely manner all vertical transportation related shop drawings, test lab reports and submittals.

5. Perform timely review of vertical transportation related Proposal Requests, Architect's Supplemental Instructions, Construction Change Authorizations, Construction Change Directives and Change Orders as appropriate and as additionally requested by the Architect to determine the value of the work in comparison to submitted price.

6. Review Record Drawings as prepared by the General Contractor for general conformance to the work observed and approved changes.

7. Perform final walk-through, preparation of punch list and re inspections to observe corrections.

8. Make the following field reviews:
a. Do a final review on each elevator after they have passed the State/City /Federal Inspection and are ready for service. b. Provide a follow-up review to insure that all deficiencies are completed properly.

9. All invoices from elevator contractor will be reviewed and approved as appropriate.

10. Provide assistance to Architect, Owner, GC, and other trades as questions arise during the project.

11. The above services will be provided for the following fees:

Item Price
$2,500.00
$3,200.00
$4,500.00
$500.00
Authorized
Schematic Design
Design Development
Contract Documents
Bidding Phase
Construction Admin.

Total
$3,000.00
$13,700.00
Architectural Elevator Consulting, LLC
Submitted by:

Client’s Acceptance
Accepted by:
(Signature) (Signature)
Name: Bob Nicholson
Title: Elevator Consultant
Date: 10/17/23
Name:

Title:

Date:

Co. Name: Architectural Elevator
Consulting, LLC
Co. Name:

Upon review and approval sign and return two copies. Upon receipt we will countersign with our approval and return one fully executed contract for your files.

Terms and Conditions of This Agreement:
_________________________________________________________________________________________ 1326 Fifth Ave., Suite 630, Seattle, WA 98101 - P (206) 527-2049 - F (206) 624-7226

October 17, 2023
City of Hawthorne – Senior Center Expansion
___________________________________________________________________ I. INSURANCE: Upon request by the Owner or Owners’ representative, AEC will issue its standard professional and general liability insurance. Liability shall be limited to the fee proposal amount of this Agreement or $250,000 whichever is lower.

II. INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS:
a. The Consultant shall be responsible for all of the work performed directly by their employees, any Associates or those persons retained or independently contracted by the Consultant to perform any of the work identified in this Agreement in concurrence with this project and the Consultant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner/Client (as identified in the Agreement) against claims arising out of their sole negligence. b. The Consultant shall not be held responsible for any damages, injuries, etc., arising out of the acts and/or omissions of the Owner/Client or any of the Owners/Clients designated representatives, Agents, employees, other Consultants, Contractors, Sub-Consultant, Sub-Contractors, or any other persons performing any of the work requested by the Owner/Client.
c. The Consultant shall not be held responsible for any delays to the project that is beyond their direct and immediate control.

III. PROVISIONS FOR TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT:
a. This Agreement may be terminated by either party at any time upon the receipt of a fifteen (15) calendar day written notice to the other party to this Agreement. Should the Agreement be terminated by the Owner/Client, the Owner/Client shall provide all up-to-date compensation to the Consultant for all work performed within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of the termination letter.

IV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS TO THE AGREEMENT:
a. This Agreement is binding upon the parties identified in this Agreement and shall be binding upon their legal representatives, executors, heirs, or administrators.
b. Should the Agreement have any provisions found to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue to be in effect, less the offending provisions. c. The written Agreement shall constitute the binding requirements of the contract by both parties of the Agreement and shall not allow the introduction of any other oral and/or written agreements or understandings between the parties that are not properly identified in this Agreement. d. If the equipment is to be installed in a new or modified hoistway or in an existing hoistway, enclosure or structure, there exists the possibility that certain unforeseen field conditions may be encountered that could result in redesign work and/or additional services being required by the Consultant. If this unforeseen condition should arise, then this extra work shall be considered beyond the initial and original Scope of Work of this project as previously outlined. Therefore, any additional work required and authorized by the Owner/Client, shall be invoiced periodically, as the work progresses, utilizing a time card basis based upon the noted Hourly Rate Schedule.
e. Architectural Elevator Consulting, LLC reserves the right to obtain the services of an Associate or Associates to assist with any of the services or work that has been identified in this Agreement. f. This Fee Proposal shall be valid for a total of sixty (60) calendar days from date of issuance. g. This proposal covers the use of any Architectural Elevator Consulting, LLC specifications, drawings and/or documents for the project that is identified in this Fee Proposal only. Any use of the specifications, drawings and documents provided to the Owner are prohibited from being copied and/or used by the Owner/Client for any other project or projects without express written permission and additional compensation provided to the Consultant.

V.

VI.

Excluded: Structural, electrical and mechanical engineering services are not part of this Agreement. We will provide preliminary loads for these items. Actual engineering for these items shall be by others and is not included in our fee proposal.

Expenses: Traveling expenses are not included in our proposal fee. We estimate that we will perform ____field visits throughout this project. Our traveling expense per trip shall include hotel, airfare, parking, mileage, hotel, and other miscellaneous traveling expense and shall be billed at cost.

VII. Reproduction Costs: We will email all our reports in PDF format as part of our base fee. If hardcopies of the report are needed we will charge for the reproduction costs. For the construction documents we will prepare PDF Electronic files and e-mail the documents to the bidders. Any bulk specification and/or document reproduction costs required for the project shall be billed as an extra at our cost.

VIII.

IX.

Billing/Payment: At the completion of the initial field review and submission of our report or contract documents we will invoice for the entire contract amount for said phase. During the Project Management phase we shall bill based work completed to date. All invoices shall be due within 30 days of invoice date. Invoices that are not paid within 60 days are subject to 1.5% interest per month or the highest legal amount permitted by state law, on the open balance.

All legal and collection fees associated with collecting the fees shall be the responsibility of the Client/Owner.

Scheduling: As part of our work we will require to remove a (an) elevator from service. We will work with the building manager to schedule this during non-peak periods to ensure minimal disruption to the building operations. For the escalators we will require that the elevator service company have a mechanic on site to open and close the escalators and run the units so we can witness the operation and testing. The cost for the elevator service company’s labor and expense is not included in our proposed fee. _________________________________________________________________________________________ 1326 Fifth Ave., Suite 630, Seattle, WA 98101 - P (206) 527-2049 - F (206) 624-7226 4740 Von Karman Ave,
Suite 130
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Phone: (949) 955-2777
www.d7consulting.com
October 18, 2023
Michael Green, WELL AP
RA-DA Design and Architecture
7523 Norton Avenue
West Hollywood, California 90046
Reference: Design & Construction Administration Proposal – Building Envelope City of Hawthorne Senior Center – New Addition
Hawthorne, CA
Dear Mr. Green:

Thank you for the opportunity to provide you with this Proposal for Consulting Services for the project referenced above. D 7 CONSULTING INC. offers the following for your review.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The project is the addition of a 10,000-SF 2nd floor to an existing 1-story Senior Center.

D 7 CONSULTING INC. SCOPE OF WORK
D 7 will provide services related to the Building Envelope components listed in the RFP, including; Air and Water Barrier and sealants for new windows. Horizontal Waterproofing/Roofing for new Roof Terrace locations and Planter waterproofing for new planter work to be included on the Roof Terrace areas.

PHASE I – Schematic, Design Development and Construction Documents:

1. Consultant shall proceed with the Schematic Design Phase once confirmation of the requirements of the project has been discussed with the Architect:
a. Provide Basis of Design Document & material cut sheets related to the waterproofing and roofing systems for the project;
b.
c.

Develop Schematic Design for review by the Project Team; Review and comment on preliminary cost estimates and assist in value engineering options as requested.
d. A total of two (2) meetings in person are included.

D 7 CONSULTING INC.

City of Hawthorne Senior Center
Hawthorne, CA
Design & CA – Building Envelope
October 18, 2023
RA-DA Page – 2

2. Consultant shall proceed with the Design Development Documents of the project upon confirmation and authorization from the Architect and approval by the Owner:
a. These documents shall consist of Guideline Specifications and related Details to fix and describe materials and systems that may be appropriate for the roofing and waterproofing; Coordinate the design with the systems & decisions established by the Project Team; Provide Construction Development Specifications for roofing and waterproofing systems as part of our work on the project.
b.
c.
d. A total of two (2) meetings are included.

3. Consultant shall proceed with the Construction Document Phase of the project upon confirmation from the Architect:
a.
b.

Provide revisions to the Design Development Documents as required to facilitate the normal evolution of the final Project design;
Final preparation of Detail Drawings and final preparation of the Specification sections as determined during the Design Development phase.
c.
d.

Bid Review/Analysis and Respond to RFI’s is included.

Two (2) meetings to review final design documents is included.

4. Plan check / Pricing Phase
a.
b.

Provide City plan check response related to the roofing and waterproofing items.

Consultant shall provide bid review of items related to the roofing and waterproofing systems.

PHASE II – Construction Administration:

1. A D 7 Consultant will review Submittals & RFIs and provide response to all roofing and waterproofing related material sample submittals for system application, fastening, termination, etc. Review and respond to all Shop drawings and subsequent RFIs submitted by the Builder in regard to the roofing and waterproofing application.
a. A total of twenty (20) hours are included.

2. D 7 will conduct Pre-Job Conference Meetings for Roofing & Waterproofing. The meetings will entail the following:
a. Meet at the job site with the Contractor awarded the project along with the Manufacturer's Representative, Owner and all other Subcontractors;
b.
c.

Review all approved material submittals, application techniques and/or requirements; Establish working schedule, staging areas and review all project specific requirements or restrictions;
d.
e.

Document the minutes of the meetings and issue to all parties.

A total of two (2) meetings are included for pre-construction conferences.

D 7 CONSULTING INC.

City of Hawthorne Senior Center
Hawthorne, CA
Design & CA – Building Envelope
October 18, 2023
RA-DA Page – 3

3. D 7 will attend Progress Site Meetings:
a. The project Consultant shall meet at jobsite to audit ongoing roofing and waterproofing installations. D 7 will issue written reports and photos to all involved parties in order to document any modifications, changes or resolution of issues that occur during the ongoing roofing and waterproofing project.
b. A total of twelve (9) meetings are included.

4. D 7 will conduct Final Inspections. This includes the following:
a.
b.

Upon notification from the Contractor, a Final Inspection is conducted; A written Report will be developed noting items unfinished or incomplete prior to final acceptance of the project;
e.
f.

The Final Inspections will be conducted with all concerned parties i.e., Manufacturer's Representative, General Contractor, Roofing Contractor, Architect and Consultant, etc.

One (1) meeting is included.

PRICING FOR EACH PHASE AND TOTAL COST
PHASE I:

SD:

DD:

CD:
$ 4,400.00
$ 6,500.00
$ 13,300.00
````````` Sub-Total Phase I: $24,200.00
PHASE II: $ 29,500.00*
*This cost does not include Quality Assurance Observation. Final Inspections are only performed on work in which D 7 provided Full-time Quality Assurance Observation (see Note #5).

TOTAL PRICE: $ 53,700.00
Thank you for the opportunity to issue this Proposal for Consulting Services. Please contact me at your convenience if you have any questions or would like to discuss this Proposal.

D 7 CONSULTING INC.

City of Hawthorne Senior Center
Hawthorne, CA
Design & CA – Building Envelope
October 18, 2023
RA-DA Page – 4
D 7 NOTES:

Note #1: D 7 has included services and fees for exterior wall waterproofing systems and door/window flashing components on the building. D 7 has not included interior kitchen or bathroom systems related to waterproofing. No exterior plaster, other exterior skin components are included.

Note #2: Site Visits shall consist of meetings at the project to review questions, concerns or non-compliant work related to roofing and waterproofing components on the day of each visit. D 7 will also review and document the roofing and waterproofing application on the day of each visit, provide assistance with moisture tests on substrates prior to application of roofing and waterproofing components when necessary, and review mock-up of/or preliminary installations of roofing and waterproofing components.

Note #3: Site Visits or Punchlists do not represent approval or acceptance of the roofing and waterproofing installations. Work installed prior to or after the date on which visit occurred cannot be reviewed with regard to substrate conditions, installation procedures or system attachment. Incomplete work, improper work or any component not reviewed prior to the actual day of each visit is not the responsibility of D 7.

Note #4:

Note #5:

D 7 recommends Full-time Quality Assurance Observation in order to provide complete documentation of work related to roofing and waterproofing.

Final Inspections are only performed on work in which D 7 provided Full-time Quality Assurance Observation.

D 7 CONSULTING INC.

City of Hawthorne Senior Center
Hawthorne, CA
Design & CA – Building Envelope
October 18, 2023
RA-DA Page – 5

TERMS & CONDITIONS
____________
____________
D 7 must have fully executed proposal or contract for work prior to commencement of services for the project. The D 7 Terms & Conditions must be incorporated into, by reference, or included as an attachment to any contract created by or issued by the client.

Payment terms shall be Net Thirty (30) days from DATE OF INVOICE. Any other terms agreed to shall be clearly depicted within a separate contract document and must be agreed to by D 7 prior to commencement of any services on the project.

Payments made after requirement listed above or agreed upon shall incur additional cost of 3% of invoice total.

Late payment of invoices shall be cause for D 7 to stop services on the project. Work will commence when all payments due are current.

D 7 can terminate services on any portion of the project provided we have notified the client in advance no less than 30 days.

D 7 is not responsible for any 3rd party dispute. Payment of services is required regardless of client or other party entering into mediation or arbitration during the work or after the completion of the project.

D 7 reserves the right to file liens on all projects in an effort to secure payment in a timely manner. Releases or waivers shall be furnished upon payment of services in full.

Quality Assurance Observer (QAO) daily rate is based on four (4) hours or more per day. Half (½) day rate will be charged on QAO under four (4) hours. Holidays are billed at two times (2) the daily rate. Holiday Weekends are billed at one and one half times (1 ½) the daily rate. QAO in excess of eight (8) hours per day and/or forty (40) hours per week will be billed at one and one half times (1 ½) the standard rate. A Show Up fee of a quarter (¼) the Daily rate will be incurred for days when the QAO arrives at the jobsite as scheduled and no work is performed.

All Consulting services performed for the above referenced project, at the request of the client, and not specifically outlined herein, will be billed at the rate of $275.00 per hour.

D 7 reserves the right to increase the fees listed in this proposal based upon any request for insurance certificates or indemnifications above and beyond our standard coverage. D 7 will provide the Client with a breakdown of the cost, if any, and proceed only after receiving written authorization from the Client.

The Consultant will not be a constructor, thus will not participate in any construction contracts under the project. The Consultant will work with the Project Team and monitor the Roofing & Waterproofing Contractor that has been retained to perform the specified scope of work.

Limitations On Consultant’s Responsibility, Indemnity & Insurance Client acknowledges that Consultant is performing professional services on behalf of Client and in the event claims, losses, damages or expenses are caused by the negligence of Consultant or Client or both, Client agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Consultant, and Consultant’s officers, employees, agents and representatives, from and against liability for all Professional Liability claims, losses, damages and expenses whether or not insured, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

This Proposal is good for 60 days from date listed above. If after 60 days the Client requests services outlined within this Proposal, D 7 shall review and provide revised pricing as necessary.

No changes/modifications may be made to this proposal without prior consent/agreement by both parties.

D 7 CONSULTING INC.

City of Hawthorne Senior Center
Hawthorne, CA
Design & CA – Building Envelope
October 18, 2023
RA-DA Page – 6
Agreed and accepted as of the first date set forth below.

Dated:

Client Signature
Print Name
Company
Title
Dated:

Principal’s Signature
Joseph Daniels, President
Print Name
D 7 CONSULTING INC.

D 7 CONSULTING INC.

RFP Pricing Hawthorne Senior Center Renov – KMAC
10/19/2023
Proposal pricing for Hawthorne Senior Center Renovation Project, Monrovia, CA KMAC – Specifications and Technical Assistance
Lump Sum pricing by Phase: (Breakout per Phase)
Construction Specifications and Technical Assistance:

SD Design submittal - $3,360
(Outline specifications)
DD Design submittal - $15,400
(Partial and in-progress specifications)
CD Design Submittal (Permit) – $13,440
(Full length specifications)
Permit/Bid – $2,800
(AHJ corrections and packaging, Bidding & Negotiation assistance) CA: Technical review and CA assistance (RFIs, submittals, substitutions, etc.) – $1,400.

Total - $36,400
Reimbursables - $2,400 (One trip to LA as required for team meetings) (Optional – use if needed) Separate line items: (Deducts or adds to total price above) Removal of Creation of Division 00/01 documents (DD/CD phase) – Deduct $6,000 Additional hours of CA or technical assistance – At hourly rate of $150 per hour.

Assumptions/Exclusions/Qualifications/ Notes:

1. Pricing is based on information received from Michael Green of RA-DA on 10/12/2023 and 10/19/2023.

2. Pricing includes creation of Division 01 and coordination with Owner’s Front end (Contracts and conditions) documents. Division 01 creation is included in the base price, if not needed, separate line items deduct pricing is included.

3. Coordination and assembly of specifications and Project Manual documents by disciplines directly contracted to/directed by AOR is included in this pricing.

4. Pricing assumes review of City standards and documents, but not use of specific City master spec. Pricing is contingent on use of consultant’s own master specification.

Full proposal will follow if RA-DA wins project.

Spence Environmental Corp.

October 20, 2023
Michael Green
RA-DA
7523 Norton Avenue
West Hollywood, CA 90805
Subject: Proposal for Asbestos and Lead Survey
City of Hawthorne Senior Center Project
3901 West El Segundo Boulevard
Hawthorne, CA 90250
Reference: 2023, Requests for Proposals (RFP) for City of Hawthorne Senior Center, Design Services, October 3
Dear Michael Green:

Spence Environmental Corp. (Spence-Enviro) is pleased to submit this cost proposal in response to RA-DAs request to join their team in support of their upcoming response to the referenced Design Services RFP for the City of Hawthorne Senior Center located at 3901 West El Segundo Boulevard, Hawthorne, California (site). Renovations are planned including the addition of a 2nd floor of approximately 10,000 square feet to the existing 1-story Senior Center structure
(includes an approximate 9,600 SF area) located in the rear parking lot of the City Memorial Center. Renovations to the first floor are also planned which include but not limited to new stairway and elevator to the new 2nd floor, new offices, flooring and a new window wall. An asbestos and lead survey are needed in support of the renovations. In addition, abatement specification documents may be needed based on the findings of the surveys.

Scope of Services
The following tasks are included in our proposed scope of work.

TASK 1 – ASBESTOS AND LEAD SURVEY
• Perform project coordination, participate in project conference calls, and perform project administration tasks
• Michael Cushner, a California Division of Occupational Safety and Health Certified Asbestos Consultant, who is certified as a California Department of Health Lead Related Construction Inspector/Assessor (Appendix A) will perform the asbestos and lead field survey work
• Perform a lead-based paint survey with an X-ray fluorescence (XRF) analyzer Spence Environmental
4622 E. Lavante Street
Long Beach, CA 90815
Email: [email protected]
Contact Phone: 562-476-5538
RA-DA
City of Hawthorne Senior Center Project
Proposal for Asbestos and Lead Survey
o Inconclusive XRF readings, if any, may require collecting representative paint chip samples
Submit samples to a certified independent laboratory to be analyzed as follows:
o Up to 110 suspect asbestos bulk samples will be analyzed for asbestos content using a 72-hour turnaround time
•
o Up to 5 of the 90 bulk samples will be analyzed by 400-point count using a nextday turnaround time o Up to 6 paint chip samples, if needed, will be analyzed using a 72-hour turnaround time.
• Prepare a report summarizing the sampling tasks and provide recommendations concerning needed abatement and/or cleanup activities
• Assist RA-DA with preparing estimated costs of abatement, based on the survey findings TASK 2 –ABATEMENT BID SPECIFICATION PREPARATION (IF NEEDED) • Prior to Spence-Enviro’s preparation of the abatement bidding specification documents, we will meet with your assigned representative to discuss the findings of the surveys (Task 1). Based on these findings, your representative will provide guidance and requested response actions, which may include potential asbestos or lead abatement, encapsulation tasks, paint stabilization tasks, or the material stays in place and managed by an operations and maintenance program
• Based on the guidance provided by your representative and the results of the surveys, Spence-Enviro will prepare an asbestos, and lead abatement bid specification documents in support of the renovation tasks. The document will include the required asbestos and lead abatement scope of work; worker or contractor certification requirements; regulatory notification submittal requirements; abatement and/or stabilization methods and procedures; regulatory requirements; engineering controls and equipment; disposal and manifest requirements; clearance for re-occupancy requirements; and close-out reporting requirements.

Assumptions
We have developed the proposed scope of services and cost estimate based on the following assumptions:
• Exterior and roofing require sampling. Roof access is available through an existing roof hatch or safe access attached ladder to the existing building. Roofing area sample locations will be re-patched with roofing mastic. This is not a professional repair. • Fieldwork will be completed in two days with one inspector, or potentially one day with two inspectors.
• Full site access to the sampling areas will be granted during normal business hours Monday through Friday.
• The visual observations made, and material sampled for the surveys will be limited to accessible portions of the structure. As such, some materials and/or surfaces that are RA-DA City of Hawthorne Senior Center Project Asbestos and Lead Proposal October 20, 2023
2 RA-DA
City of Hawthorne Senior Center Project
Proposal for Asbestos and Lead Survey
enclosed in wall cavities, ceiling, or canopy soffits, and behind plumbing fixtures may be inaccessible.
• If additional laboratory analysis is needed, you will be contacted for an additional budget.
• Preparation of an estimated cost of abatement document is not included.

Schedule
Following receipt of your written authorization to proceed, Spence-Enviro will commence the services described herein and schedule the field survey. We anticipate that the survey report and abatement bid specification documents will be delivered within three weeks of receipt of final laboratory data.

Estimated Fee
Our services will be performed for the estimated fees noted below for each of the tasks and also presented in the attached Tables 1, and 2.

Task 1 - $10,272 Task 2 - $2,600 (if needed)
Grand Total of Task 1, and 2 = $12,872
Upon a Project award selection for RA-DA, and if the terms and conditions of this proposal meet with your approval, please sign, and return our agreement which is presented in Appendix B. Best of luck on your submittal.

Respectfully submitted,
Michael S. Cushner
Principal/Operations Manager
Attachments:

Table 1 – Asbestos and Lead Survey (Task 1)
Table 2 – Abatement Bid Specification Documents (Task 2) Appendix A Certifications
Appendix B Agreement
Distribution: Addressee (via email)
RA-DA City of Hawthorne Senior Center Project Asbestos and Lead Proposal October 20, 2023
3 Table 1 = Asbestos and Lead Survey (Task 1)
City of Hawthorne Senior Center Project
Breakdown of Fee Per Staffing Code
Project Coordination
Principal
Asbestos Consultant
Lead Inspector
3 hours @
4 hours @
2 hours @
$
$
$
175 /hour $
135 /hour $
110 /hour $
525.00
540.00
220.00
Subtotal $ 1,285.00
Field Services (Asbetos and Lead Survey)
Asbestos Consultant
Lead Inspector
Field Vehicle
Asbestos Sampling Supplies
XRF Daily Usage Fee
10 hours @
10 hours @
$
$
$
$
$
135 /hour $
110 /hour $
1,350.00
1,100.00
100.00

30.00 650.00
2 days
1 days
1 days
@
@
@
50 /day
30 /day
650 /day
$
$
$
Subtotal $ 3,230.00
Laboratory Services
Asbestos PLM Analysis (72-hour TAT) 110 tests
5 tests
@
@
@
$
$
$
18 /test
55 /test
12 /test
$
$
$
$
1,980.00
275.00

72.00 2,327.00
Lead in Paint Analysis (72-hour TAT) 6 tests
Subtotal
Asbetos and Lead Survey Report
Principal
Asbestos Consultant
Lead Inspector
4 hours @
10 hour
10 hours @
4 hours @
$
$
$
$
175 /hour $
135 /hour $
110 /hour $
70 /hour $
700.00
1,350.00
1,100.00
280.00
@
Editor
Subtotal $
$
3,430.00
Total Estimated Fee For Task 1 10,272.00
Notes:

PLM = polarized light microscopy
TAT = turn-around time
Table 2 - Abatement Bid and Specifcation Documents (Task 2) City of Hawthorne Senior Center Project
Breakdown of Fee Per Staffing Code
Project Coordination
Principal 4 hours
6 hours
6 hours
4 hours
@
@
@
@
$
$
$
$
175 /hour
135 /hour
135 /hour
70 /hour
$
$
$
$
700.00
810.00
810.00
280.00
Asbestos Consultant
Lead Project Monitor
Editor
Subtotal $ 2,600.00
Total Estimated Fee For Task 2 $ 2,600.00
Appendix A
Certifications

Appendix B
Agreement
Agreement
Client agrees with the proposed scope of work,
pricing, and approves for Michael Cushner to move
forward with the City of Hawthorne Senior Center
Project based on the scope of services outlined in
the Spence Environmental Proposal document,
dated October 20, 2023. One invoice will be
prepared and delivered to RA-DA following the
deliverable of the reporting documents. Payment
is due within seven (7) days of receipt of invoice.

Consultant Client
Michael Cushner:

Signature:

Date:

RA-DA
Signature:

Name:

Date:

October 19, 2023
Mr. Michael Green, WELL AP
RA-DA
7523 Norton Avenue
West Hollywood, CA 90046
Re: Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement Dear Michael,
Thank you for the opportunity to collaborate with your firm on this project.

We are pleased to provide this proposal to furnish engineering / consulting services for the above-referenced project. Our total fee is $110,500.00, the details of which are provided in Exhibit B in this document.

Please contact me if you have any questions and/or comments regarding this proposal.

If you find the scope and fees acceptable, please execute this agreement accepting the terms and conditions stated herein. If we are directed to proceed prior to the execution of a contract, the terms outlined in our proposal/agreement shall prevail until such time as an agreement is fully executed.

This proposal will remain open for thirty (30) days from October 19, 2023.

Sincerely,
tk1sc
Mathew Mershimer
Mathew Mershimer, PE
Vice President – Fire & Life Safety
Copy to: Mr. Rick Brysacz, tk1sc
Ms. Amy Hoover, tk1sc
J:\Proposals\2023\202320301 Hawthorne Senior Center\202320301 Hawthorne Senior Center.docx 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 A Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit A October 19, 2023

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (“PSA”)
Between tk1sc (SUBCONSULTANT) and ARCHITECT / PRIME CONSULTANT (CLIENT) This Agreement is entered into effective October 19, 2023, to provide engineering / consulting services for the project named Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301) described in Exhibit A, between RA-DA (Client) and tk1sc.

1. Subconsultant will:
a. Provide those Basic Services outlined in the attached Exhibit C and such other related additional services as the parties may mutually agree.
b. Direct all Project communications to and through Client unless Client indicates or directs otherwise.
c. Assist as reasonably requested in Client’s Project coordination. d. Subconsultant will maintain the insurance program outlined in Exhibit D.

2. Client will compensate Subconsultant for Basic Services pursuant to Exhibit B and for additional services pursuant to Subconsultant’s then-current fee schedule, or as the parties may mutually agree at the time the services are undertaken.

3. This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit D.

RA-DA (Client) finds the scope and fees acceptable and by executing below has agreed to accept the terms and conditions stated herein. If tk1sc is directed to proceed prior to execution of this professional services agreement, the terms set forth in our proposal/agreement shall prevail until such time as an agreement is fully executed by both parties. If tk1sc’s services are provided at the direction of the client, but in the absence of an executed agreement, the terms set forth in this Professional Services Agreement shall prevail.
tk1sc RA-DA (Client)
Raymond Swartz, PE, MIES, LEED AP Name (Signature Above):

Senior Vice President I
Lic. #E15610
Title:

Client Project No.:

Attachments Professional Service Agreement
EXHIBIT A – PROJECT DESCRIPTION
EXHIBIT B – COMPENSATION
EXHIBIT C – ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING SCOPE OF SERVICES DESCRIPTIONS EXHIBIT C(LV) – LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM CONSULTING SCOPE OF SERVICES EXHIBIT C(FP) – FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING SCOPE OF SERVICES EXHIBIT D – INSURANCE / TERMS AND CONDITIONS
J:\Proposals\2023\202320301 Hawthorne Senior Center\202320301 Hawthorne Senior Center.docx 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 2 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit A October 19, 2023

EXHIBIT A – PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Description of Project
Project Name:

City / State:

Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Hawthorne, CA
Project Type: Residential
Project Description: To provide fire protection and LV/security consulting/design services. -----END-----
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 3 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit B October 19, 2023

SEE COVER SHEET FOR

WHAT IS INCLUDED IN
THIS CONTRACT EXHIBIT B – COMPENSATION
A. Compensation for the scope of services in accordance with the attached exhibit(s) shall be based upon the following fixed fee(s):

Engineering / Consulting Services:

Code Consulting
Fire Sprinkler – Full Design
Fire Alarm – Full Design
Technology – Structured Cabling, Security
Technology – Audio Visual
$ 12,000.00
$ 30,000.00
$ 24,000.00
$ 35,000.00
$ 9,500.00
Total Fee $ 110,500.00
B. Reimbursable expenses are in addition to the compensation listed above and shall include costs for reproductions (copies, binding, blueprints, CADD plotting), mileage, parking costs, postage and messenger delivery charges, transportation (auto rental, taxi, bus, airfare), meals, and lodging, plus other expenses incurred in connection with out-of-town travel (must be approved by Client). Also, they may include costs associated with photographic production techniques, renderings, models, mockups, etc. (with client approval), plus any additional insurance coverage or limits, including professional liability insurance that is requested by Client in excess of that normally carried. Billing for allowed reimbursable expenses will be as follows: Cost plus 15%
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 4 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit B October 19, 2023

C. For additional services, such as changes to the scope of work after commencement of Contract Documents or preparation of record drawings of existing conditions, the Client shall pay the Engineer on an hourly basis as follows:
2023 Hourly Billing Rates – All Engineering / Consulting Services:

All professional services including, but not limited to, Acoustics, Audio-visual, Commissioning, Electrical, Enclosures, Fire Protection, Lighting, Mechanical, Plumbing, Security, Structural, Sustainability, Technologies, and Telecommunications:

Senior Vice President $350
$290
$250
$220
$190
$160
$135
$120
$110
Vice President
Assistant Vice President
Lead Consultant / Senior Lead Technician
Senior Consultant / Lead Technician
Consultant / Senior Technician
Associate Consultant / Specialist Technician
Assistant Consultant / Sr. Coordinator Technician
Sr. Project Coordinator / Coordinator Technician
Technician Assistant / Coordinator / Project Coordinator Administration
$100
$90
The above hourly rate schedules are firm for twelve months from date of execution of contract with an annual escalation of 5% thereafter.
-----END-----
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 5 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C October 19, 2023

EXHIBIT C – ENGINEERING AND CONSULTING SCOPE OF SERVICES DESCRIPTIONS Professional Services
We will provide full-service engineering / consulting services.

Engineering / Consulting Basic Scope of Services Options Based upon the indicated Professional Services, the following specific Scope of Services options are included in this scope.

Scope Included Basic Engineering / Consulting / Design Service Description ☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☒
☐
☒
☒
☒
☒
☐
☐
☐
☐
☒
☒
Mechanical Engineering services.

Electrical Engineering services.

Plumbing Engineering services.

Structural Engineering services.

Architectural Lighting Design services.

Utility Company Coordination services.

Energy & Sustainability Consulting services.

Fire Protection Engineering services.

Renewables services.

Technology System Design services.

Structured Cabling System Design services.

Audio / Visual System Design services.

Electronic Access Control Design services.

Emergency Responder Radio Coverage System Design services.

School Integrated Communications System Design services.

Synchronized Clock System Design services.

CATV/MATV System Design services.

Video Surveillance System Design services
Intrusion Alarm Design services.

Project Specific Scope Clarifications
Fire Protection:

1. Fire water flow test to be provided by others.

2. As-built fire sprinkler and alarm drawings to be provided in CAD/PDF format.

3. Code Consulting CA phase is excluded.

4. Fire pump/standpipe design/consulting is excluded.

5. Special detection/suppression design/consulting is excluded.

Technology Systems include:

1. Structured Cabling System for data, voice, TV throughout. a. Assume incoming telecom service to the building will remain in the same location.

2. Electronic Access Control, Intrusion Alarm and Video Surveillance Systems. a. Assume these are new systems.

3. 2-way communications system in elevator lobbies above level of egress (code required).

4. Emergency First Responder Radio System Distributed Antenna System (EFRRS-DAS) is excluded. Most jurisdictions to not require for building 3-levels or fewer. 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 6 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C October 19, 2023

AV Systems to include:

1. Video Displays with AV inputs and Controls.

2. Speaker Systems for Music and/or AV audio content.

3. AV equipment rack(s).

4. AV system infrastructure.

Engineering / Consulting Sub-Consultants
Sub-consultants are not proposed for this project.

Engineering / Consulting Design and Construction Administration Phases Phases Phase Descriptions Included
☐
☒
☒
☒
☒
Feasibility / Programming Phase services.

Schematic Design Phase services.

Design Development Phase services.

Construction Document Phase services (includes Building Department services).

Construction Administration Phase services (includes Bidding services).

Engineering / Consulting Design Phase Meeting(s)
Design Meeting(s): Two meeting(s) per scope exhibit.

Construction Administration Phase Visit(s)
CA Visit(s): One visit(s) per scope exhibit.

Engineering / Consulting Permit Packages and Construction Phase(s) Number of Permit Package(s): One
Number of Construction Phase(s): One
LEED Design and Certification
Although we can provide these services, this scope of work does not include design or commissioning related scope efforts in pursuit of a LEED certification.

Building Information Model (BIM) Services
Our scope of work includes our assistance in creating a Building Information Model (BIM) per the requirements of AIA Document E202™ - 2008. As the Model Element Author (MEA) for the in-scope Model Element (ME), we will develop the BIM using the Autodesk Revit program to a level of development summarized in tk1sc BIM Appendix (available upon request). In no event will the ME contain a LOD over 300. tk1sc BIM is approved only for the selected uses below:

Standard BIM Uses
Design Reviews / Model
Reviews
Design Model X Design Authoring X X
3D Coordination / Clash Detection
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 7 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C October 19, 2023

Additional BIM Uses
Design Model
X Existing Conditions Modeling X Asset Management X
3D Coordination / Clash Detection
For definitions of BIM uses reference tk1sc BIM Appendix.

It is understood that while the specific Model Elements may include data that exceeds what is required by the LOD descriptions listed in tk1sc BIM Appendix, Model Users and subsequent Model Element Authors may rely on the accuracy and completeness of a Model Element consistent only with the content required for the specific LOD listed in tk1sc BIM Appendix. Any client changes to the Model Element Table LOD requirements, beyond what is defined in tk1sc BIM Appendix, may incur additional fees.

Reliance on Model Elements
Any use of, or reliance on, a Model Element inconsistent with the LOD indicated within the model element table by subsequent Model Element Authors or Model Users shall be at their sole risk and liability to the new Model Element Author / Model Users.

At any Project milestone, a Project Participant may rely on the accuracy and completeness of a Model Elements only to the extent consistent with the minimum data required for the Model Element’s
LOD for that Project Milestone. Content of a specific Model Element includes data that may exceed the minimum data required for the identified LOD. For tk1sc LOD definitions and model element table, reference tk1sc BIM Appendix.

AutoCAD Projects that require a Revit Coordination Model deliverable, shall rely on the “AutoCAD Coordination Model Element Table” presented in the tk1sc BIM Appendix.

Client Model Update Frequency and Timing
This agreement assumes that the client provided model updates will be using file sharing websites to exchange drawings and models once every two weeks for the length of the project schedule. Additional model updates that occur beyond the two-week interval are subject to an additional service. Our scope of services assumes the model will be “frozen” with no model updates being issued when the project is within – three business day of a project milestone deliverable.
3D Clash Coordination/Clash Detection
Where tk1sc is required to provide 3D coordination or Clash Detection models to the client, coordination elements will uphold the minimum tolerances listed within the tk1sc BIM Appendix.
tk1sc can only perform 3D coordination or Clash detection with model elements authored from a 3D Design Authoring software.

Attendance at or participation in Client BIM Coordination/Clash detection meetings is to include one meeting(s) and be attended by one team member(s), as part of this scope of work.

Attendance at Contractor(s) BIM coordination/Clash detection meetings is not included in this scope of services.
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 8 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C October 19, 2023

tk1sc-to-Contractor Model Transfer
tk1sc is responsible for model elements within their scope of work. Models that will be delivered to the Contractor(s) for continued development will be owned by the Contractor(s) from that point forward. The use of Contractor specific software is not included in this scope of work.

Record Drawing Drafting Services
Although we can provide these services, this scope of work does not include any CAD/BIM drafting of as-built conditions.

Commissioning Scope of Services
Although we can provide these services, this scope of work does not include in any commissioning efforts or services. Our basic engineering services includes any required coordination and BOD documentation as required by a third-party commissioning agent. -----END-----
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 9 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (LV) October 19, 2023

EXHIBIT C(LV) – LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM CONSULTING SCOPE OF SERVICES A. Schematic Design Services:

1. Confer with the Architect, Owner, and other Consultants to determine design criteria, design, and scope of work.

2. If applicable, review as built / record documentation provided by Client.

3. If applicable, consultant will visually review the reasonably accessible portions of the existing facilities to ascertain in general the accuracy of the Project’s applicable “as built” documentation, taking such photographs and preparing such documents for consultant’s internal use as are in consultant’s judgment appropriate and economically justified; but these service will not involve the preparation of detailed “as builts,” nor any detailed surveys, any destructive investigation or inspection or any testing of materials or equipment.

4. Provide preliminary single-line diagrams and riser diagrams.

5. Establish approximate sizes and space requirements for new equipment.

6. Prepare schematic plans in the consultant’s standard format and level of detail.

7. Provide schematic catalog cut sheets of equipment, as required.

8. Prepare outline specifications in the consultant’s standard format and level of detail.

B. Design Development Services:

1. Provide up-to-date single-line diagrams and riser diagrams.

2. Provide up-to-date approximate sizes and space requirements for new equipment.

3. Prepare design development plans in the consultant’s standard format and level of detail.

4. Provide design development catalog cut sheets of equipment, as required.

5. Prepare outline specifications in the consultant’s standard format and level of detail.

C. Construction Document Services:

1. Prepare in the consultant’s standard format and level of detail. Systems will be designed and documented in a performance specification format for design build delivery.

D. Construction Administration Services:

1. Provide support services for assisting prospective bidders related to construction document interpretations, clarifications, and supplement documentation, as required to support the design intent. Provide responses to all pre-bid inquiries from prospective bidders regarding construction documents and specifications.

2. Review shop drawings, manufacturers' prints, submittals, and samples furnished by the Contractor pursuant to the industry-standard protocol set forth in AIA Document A201- 2007.

3. Confer with the Architect, Contractors, and other Consultants to resolve related construction issues.

4. Make field observations as directed, per the quantity listed in Exhibit “C-Engineering and Consulting Scope Of Services Descriptions”, in order to review the progress of the 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 10 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (LV) October 19, 2023

work and to be available to address contractor questions, but not to provide construction inspection.

5. Assistance in preparation of Verified Reports, if required.

E. Optional Additional Services Available at an Additional Fee:

1. Submittal of any documents to any governmental agencies.

2. Value engineering services if the in-scope construction costs are within budget.

3. Services resulting from significant changes in the scope of the project's features. The building department submittal documents are considered final design documents.

Design changes after submittal to the building department are not included in this proposal. Minor revisions as required due to the normal evolution of the project are included.

4. Early procurement packages separate from the construction document packages.

5. Assistance with RFP bid evaluation, bid leveling, and facilitating Bidding Contractor presentations to the Client and/or Client site visits of Bidding Contractor’s projects.

6. Design or engineering related scope efforts for:

7. Emergency Responder and/or Neutral Host Distributed Antenna System (DAS).

8. Paging System.

9. Sound Masking System.

10. WAN / LAN equipment, servers, computer hardware and/or software.

11. Telephone Systems.

12. Lecture Capture Systems.

13. 2-way Emergency Communications Systems.

14. Telepresence-type Video Conferencing systems.

15. Assistive Listening Systems – unless AV design services are being provided for an area requiring Assistive Listening by the Building Code.

16. Acoustic Analysis (although basic practice recommendations will be made, detailed acoustic measurement and analysis is not included).

17. 802.11-type Wi-Fi or DAS RF analysis (although basic practice recommendations will be made, detailed acoustic measurement and analysis is not included).

18. Telecommunications Service Provider Coordination such as application for service, contract negotiations, provisioning or construction coordination.

F. Services Not Included:

1. All backgrounds, and requested architectural details, are to be provided by the Architect in CAD “.dwg” or “.rvt” format.

2. Structural engineering.

3. Any street lighting / signalization drawings or specifications.

4. Detailed cost estimates – although coordination with the project’s cost estimator is included.

5. Dimensions and elevations for in-scope devices. This proposal assumes that all critical dimensions of all scope related devices will be documented on the architectural drawings.

6. Off-site work.

7. Payment of any Plan Check fees, Permit fees, Utility Company fees, or fees of any kind. 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 11 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (LV) October 19, 2023

8. Physical inspection and/or inventory of any existing equipment and/or systems.

9. Engineer will provide code research relating to reasonably accessible applicable codes and laws for the Project; however, a formal written report outlining the impacts of applicable local codes and ordinances is not included.
-----END-----
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 12 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (FP) October 19, 2023

EXHIBIT C(FP) – FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING SCOPE OF SERVICES Code Consulting
A. Schematic Design:

1. Building and Fire Code Compliance
a. Work with the architect to develop an overall approach to building and fire code compliance.
b. Work with all members of the team to identify issues associated with fire protection, life safety, and building code compliance which will need further review and consideration as the project continues.
c. Conduct a review of the means of egress/code compliance plans prepared by the architect. One review will occur at the 100% Schematic Design project milestone.

Results will be provided to the team by Bluebeam mark-up. d. Document the following in the Fire and Life Safety/Building Code Compliance Report:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Occupancy classifications
Special requirements based on use and occupancy
Building construction type and allowable height and area information Fire-resistance rated construction requirements
Fire protection system requirements
Means of egress system requirements and design criteria

2. Provide ongoing consulting services for questions regarding the development of the Fire and Life Safety/Building Code Compliance Report.

B. Design Development:

1. Building and Fire Code Compliance
a. Work with the architect to refine and further develop the approach to building and fire code compliance.
b. Work with all members of the team to proactively identify issues associated with fire, life safety, and building code compliance which need coordination and consideration as the project continues.
c. Conduct a review of the means of egress/code compliance plans prepared by the architect. One review will occur at the 100% Design Development project milestone.

Results will be provided to the team by Bluebeam mark-up. d. Revise the Fire and Life Safety/Building Code compliance report to document design decisions as the project progresses.

2. Provide ongoing consulting services for questions regarding the development of the Fire and Life Safety/Building Code Compliance Report.

C. Construction Documents:

1. Building and Fire Code Compliance
a. Finalize the overall approach to fire life safety and building code compliance b. Finalize the Construction Document-level fire life safety/building code compliance report
c. Work with all members of the team to resolve any outstanding fire and life safety/building code compliance-related issues
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 13 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (FP) October 19, 2023

d. Conduct a review of the means of egress/code compliance plans prepared by the architect. Two reviews will occur at the 50% and 100% Construction Documents project milestones. Results will be provided to the team by Bluebeam mark-up.

2. Provide ongoing consulting services for questions regarding the development of the Fire and Life Safety/Building Code Compliance Report.

D. Construction Administration:

1. Excluded
Fire Protection System Full Design
A. Schematic Design:

1. Work with members of the design team to identify issues for coordination and consideration as the project progresses. Such issues may include (as applicable):
a. Sprinkler zoning
b. Sprinkler hazard classifications
c. Incoming water supply
Note: Fire pump and standpipe design is excluded and would be an additional fee if determined to be required.

2. Perform one survey of the existing sprinkler system in order to verify the as-built drawings and existing conditions. The absence of as-built drawings would require a more detailed survey as an additional service.

3. Prepare fire sprinkler Basis of Design (BOD) to include system installation and applicable requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) codes and standards, specifically, NFPA 13.

4. Submit BOD to the Client for review at the 100% Schematic Design (SD) deliverable.

Client to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address in one round of comments.

B. Design Development:

1. Review 100% SD Phase architectural, mechanical/electrical/plumbing (MEP), and structural drawings.

2. Provide Design Development (DD) level automatic fire protection design drawings. These drawings will include the following as applicable:
a. Project information
b. Scope of Work
c. Design criteria
i. Design densities
ii. Hazard classifications
iii. Remote area
d. Water supply information (by others)
e. Phasing notes (if applicable; this is not a construction phasing plan) f. Riser locations
g. Generic seismic bracing detail placeholders
h. Section/Elevation placeholders

3. Submit drawings sheets to the Client for review at the 100% DD deliverable. Client to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address one round of comments.
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 14 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (FP) October 19, 2023

C. Construction Documents:

1. Review 100% DD Phase architectural, MEP, and structural drawings.

2. Provide CD Level automatic fire sprinkler design drawings. These drawings will include the following as applicable:
a. Project information
b. Scope of Work
c. Design criteria
d. Water supply information (by others)
e. Phasing notes (if applicable; this is not a construction phasing plan) f. Fire sprinkler riser location and detail
g. Bulk main routing
h. Branch line locations and elevations (on architectural floor plans) i. Sprinkler locations and elevations (on reflected ceiling plans (RCPs)) j. Hydraulic reference nodes
k. Rise and drop locations
l. Seismic bracing details
m. Seismic joint details
n. Hanging details
o. Fitting details
p. Backflow preventer details (by others)

3. Provide hydraulic calculations and validation of system design from the water supply to the remote area.

4. Assemble manufacturer data sheets for sprinklers, fittings, and other system components.

5. Prepare fire sprinkler specifications to include system installation and applicable requirements of NFPA codes and standards, specifically, NFPA 13.

6. Submit drawings, product data, and specifications to the Client for review. Client to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address one round of comments.

7. Submit drawings, product data, and specifications to the Client for the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) review. AHJ is to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address one round of comments.

D. Construction Administration:

1. Provide ongoing consulting services during the Construction Administration phase to address Requests for Information (RFIs) and any other questions regarding the design of the fire sprinkler system.

Fire Alarm System Full Design
A. Schematic Design:

1. Work with members of the design team to identify issues for coordination and consideration as the project progresses. Such issues may include (as applicable):
a. Fire alarm zoning
b. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or command room (if required) location

2. Perform one survey of the existing fire alarm system in order to verify the as-built drawings and existing conditions. The absence of as-built drawings would require a more detailed survey as an additional service.
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 15 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (FP) October 19, 2023

3. Prepare fire alarm Basis of Design (BOD) to include system installation and applicable requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) codes and standards, specifically, NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm, and Signaling Code.

4. Submit BOD to the Client for review at the 100% Schematic Design (SD) deliverable.

Client to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address one round of comments.

B. Design Development:

1. Review 100% SD Phase architectural, mechanical/electrical/plumbing (MEP), and structural drawings

2. Provide Design Development (DD) level fire alarm system design drawings. These drawings will include the following as applicable:
a. Project information
b. Scope of Work
c. Design criteria
i. FACP location
ii. Fire alarm system zoning
iii. Locations of primary power source
iv. System riser location
v. Placeholder for battery calculations
vi. Placeholder for voltage drop calculations
d. Phasing Notes (if applicable; this is not a construction phasing plan)

3. Submit drawings to the Client for review at the 100% DD deliverable. Client to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address in one round of comments.

C. Construction Documents:

1. Review 100% DD Phase architectural, MEP, and structural drawings

2. Provide Construction Documents level fire alarm system design drawings. These drawings will include the following as applicable:
a. Project information
b. Scope of Work
c. Design criteria
i. FACP location
ii. Fire alarm system zoning
iii. Locations of primary power source
iv. Location of all devices (notification appliances, initiating devices, and control equipment)
v. System riser location
vi. Smoke control system zoning
vii. Battery calculations
viii. Voltage drop calculations
d. Phasing notes (if applicable; this is not a construction phasing plan)

3. Assemble manufacturer data sheets for notification appliances, initiating devices, control equipment, and other system components.

4. Prepare fire alarm specifications to include system installation and applicable requirements of NFPA codes and standards, specifically, NFPA 72. 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 16 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit C (FP) October 19, 2023

5. Submit drawings, product data, and specifications to the Client for review. Client to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address one round of comments.

6. Submit drawings, product data, and specifications to the Client for the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) review. AHJ to provide any necessary feedback and markups for tk1sc to address one round of comments.

D. Construction Administration:

1. Provide consulting services during the Construction Administration phase to address Requests for Information (RFIs) and any other questions regarding the design of the fire alarm system.

Unless specifically modified in the Scope Clarifications, the following items will be considered additional services:

A. Preparation or presentation of formal appeals, engineering judgments, alternate means, and methods, or variances.

B. Substantial redesign of the automatic sprinkler system once 50% of Construction Documents have been delivered as a result of architectural, mechanical, or structural changes. Any re-design after 100% Construction Documents submission will be considered an additional service.

C. Fire protection piping more than 5 ft beyond the building (e.g., underground fire supply) unless otherwise noted.

D. Services resulting from significant changes in the scope of the project's features. The building department submittal documents are considered final design documents. Design changes after submittal to the building department are not included in this proposal. Minor revisions as required due to the normal evolution of the project are included.

E. Preparation of any computational fluid dynamics (CFD) modeling that goes beyond the modeling included within the scope.

F. Revisions to previously approved studies, design documents, and/or specifications.

G. Preparation of filling forms, permits, application forms, etc., as required by the Building Department and/or other agencies having jurisdiction over the project.

H. Detailed cost estimates.

Scope Not Included
A. Any code consulting activities detailed in the scope above exclude accessibility (CBC Chapter 11, Americans with Disabilities Act, etc.) consulting.

B. Plan Check fees, Permit fees, Utility Company fees or fees of any kind will be the responsibility of the Client.

C. Printing and distribution of documents will be the responsibility of the Client.

D. Meeting minutes for all meetings as required by the project will be the responsibility of the Client.
-----END----
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 17 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit D October 19, 2023

EXHIBIT D – INSURANCE / TERMS AND CONDITIONS
A. Minimum limits and conditions of insurance required:

1. Professional Liability Insurance - $2 million each claim / $4 million aggregate, including limited contractual liability coverage.

2. Workers Compensation Insurance - As required by state law. In addition, consultant waives all rights against Architect and its agents, officers, directors, and employees for recovery of damages to the extent these damages are covered by the worker’s compensation and employer’s liability insurance obtained by consultant.

3. Employers Liability Insurance
a. Each Accident $1,000,000
$1,000,000
$1,000,000
b. Disease - Policy Limit
c. Disease - Each Employee

4. Commercial General Liability Insurance
a. Commercial General Liability Insurance (CGL) with a limit of $1 million each occurrence and $2 million aggregate.
b. Client shall be included as an additional insured under the CGL policy using "blanket or specific additional insured wording or attached to the certificate of insurance.” Consultant's insurance shall be primary.

5. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance
a. Business automobile coverage will be written with a minimum limit of $1 million for each accident.
b. The automobile liability policy shall include coverage for owned automobiles (where applicable) as well as non-owned and hired automobile coverages.

B. Policies shall be written by an insurance company "admitted" to do business in the State of California with a minimum rating by A.M. Best & Company of A-X.

C. Certificates of Insurance evidencing the above coverages shall be provided to the Client.

Each certificate shall provide a 30-day written notice of cancellation, except 10 days’ notice for non-payment of premium.
.
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 18 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit D October 19, 2023

EXHIBIT D – INSURANCE / TERMS AND CONDITIONS
The following “Standard Terms and Conditions” shall apply to all of “the Services” carried out by WSP USA BUILDINGS INC., tk1sc or Englekirk (hereinafter “Company”), on behalf of RA-DA “the Client” as of October 19, 2023.

They shall constitute the sole contract between the Company and the Client until such time that they are replaced by a written, agreed, signed, and subsequent “Master Services Agreement.”

1. DEFINITIONS
a. “The Services” shall mean the scope of services, duties, and activities provided by the Company to the Client as defined in the attached proposal.
b. The “Agreement” refers to these Standard Terms and Conditions subject to this document.

2. AGREEMENT
The Agreement is between the Client and the Company.
a. The Client hereby confirms that it is entering into this Agreement wholly on its own behalf and not on behalf of or for the benefit of any other party, and agrees that in the event of any claim for breach of contract arising out of or in connection with this Agreement it shall be entitled to recover from the Company only the losses, if any, it has itself suffered. b. The Company shall in the performance of the Services (as defined in the proposal letter) exercise and will continue to exercise the reasonable skill, care, and diligence to be expected of a properly qualified and competent consultant experienced in the provision of such services as in effect at the time and location where the Services are performed. NO OTHER

REPRESENTATIONS TO CLIENT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND NO WARRANTY OR GUARANTEE IS INCLUDED OR INTENDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY REPORT, OPINION DOCUMENT OR OTHERWISE. c. The Company shall not be required to sign any documents, no matter by whom requested, that would result in the Company having to certify, guarantee or warrant the existence of conditions whose existence the Company cannot ascertain. The Client also agrees not to make resolution of any dispute with the Company or payment of any amount due to the Company in any way contingent upon the Company’s signing any such certification. d. The Services shall be provided by the Company for the sole benefit and use of the Client unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, no person other than the Client may rely on any report or other communication made in writing or otherwise by the Company in relation to the Services. e. The Company has no responsibility for hazardous or toxic substances or other waste materials found or identified as part of the services and the Company shall have no responsibility for the removal, treatment, storage, transport or disposal of these materials unless specifically agreed in writing with the Client. In any event, the Company shall utilize only the licensed or permitted treatment, storage, or disposal facility or facilities designated by Client. f. The information contained in the proposal is provided in confidence and regarded as commercially sensitive and confidential; in particular, rates, fees, personal information and other information deemed by the Company to be commercially sensitive should not be released by the Client to any other party without the Company`s prior written consent. g. The Client acknowledges and agrees that the Services may be performed in whole or in part by subcontractors selected by the Company in its reasonable discretion. The Company will name Client as a third-party beneficiary of all subcontracts entered into the performance of work under this Agreement unless the Client authorizes otherwise in writing. h. Client agrees that the Company is not responsible for damages arising directly or indirectly from any delays for failure of performance by Client or Client's contractors or consultants or discovery of any previously undisclosed hazardous substances or differing site conditions. In addition, if the delays resulting from any such causes increase the cost or time required by the Company to perform its services in an orderly and efficient manner, the Company shall be entitled to a reasonable adjustment in schedule and compensation.

WSP USA
Suite 410
750 Holiday Drive
Pittsburgh, PA 15220
Tel: +1 412 604-1040
Fax: +1 412 920-7455
wsp.com
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 19 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit D October 19, 2023

3. COMPENSATION
a. Compensation. In consideration of the performance of the Services, the Client shall pay to the Company the fees stated in the proposal.
b. Additional Services. If the Company is required by the Client to provide additional services outside the scope and nature of the Services set out in the proposal letter, the Client shall make payment according to the hourly rates and sums set out in the proposal letter.
c. Termination. In the event that the Client requests the Services to be aborted, the Client shall pay to the Company the fees commensurate with the work completed by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the fees will include the preparation of reports or other deliverable items actually carried out whether or not the Client requires them to be issued. d. Currency. All monies due to the Company shall be paid in US $ (dollars) unless specifically detailed otherwise. e. Invoices. Payment is due on the date of each invoice rendered and accounts must be settled in full within 30 days of the date of the invoice. Invoices past due more than 10 days will be assessed at an interest rate based on one percent (1%) per month or the highest applicable rate permitted by law, whichever is less. Notice of any dispute concerning an invoice must be provided in writing within 14 days of receipt of the invoice or the invoice is deemed to be correct and the full sum according to the invoice is due to the Company.
f. In the event that the Client fails to pay when due any invoice delivered to it by the Company, Company shall thereupon have a lien upon all of the drawings, specifications, plans, documents or other materials or writings prepared by the Company, or at its direction, and then in its possession, and shall be entitled to withhold all such materials from the Client until such time as payment in full of the invoice is made. This lien shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights or remedies which the Company may have under the Agreement, or at law, equity or otherwise.

4. ACCESS TO INFORMATION
Before the commencement of Services and continuing thereafter, the Client shall immediately notify the Company of any known potential or possible health or safety hazards existing on or near the project site on which Services are to be or are being, performed by Company or its subcontractors, with particular reference to hazardous substances or conditions. The Client shall furnish at the Client’s expense all information, requirements, reports, data, surveys, and instructions required by this Agreement. The Company may use such information, requirements, reports, data, surveys, and instructions in performing its Services and is entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness thereof. The Company shall not be held responsible for any errors or omissions that may arise as a result of erroneous or incomplete information provided by Client and/or Client’s consultants and contractors.

5. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
Client agrees that to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company’s total liability to client and third parties for any and all injuries, claims, losses, expenses, or damages whatsoever arising out of or in any way related to this agreement from any cause or causes, including but not limited to the Company’s negligence, errors, omissions, strict liability, breach of contract, or breach of warranty, shall not exceed and shall be limited to the lessor of total compensation paid to and retained by the Company for services pursuant to this agreement or the amount of the Company’s insurance provided pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall not be liable for any for lost revenues, lost profits, incidental, indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages incurred by the Client.

The Company’s liability for any claims shall be further limited to such sum as it would be just and equitable for the Company to pay having regard to the extent of the Company’s responsibility for the loss or damage suffered as a result of each claim or series of claims in question (“the loss and damage”) and on the assumption that:
a. all other Consultants and all Contractors shall have provided contractual undertakings on terms no less onerous than those applying to the Company in respect of the carrying out of their obligations, and b. there are no exclusions of or limitations of liability nor joint insurance or co-insurance provisions between the Client and any other party referred to in this clause, and any other party who is responsible to any extent, for the loss and damage that is contractually liable to the Client, and
c. all other Consultants and all Contractors have paid, or agreed to pay, to the Client, such proportion of the loss and damage which it would be just and equitable for them to pay having regard to the extent of their responsibility for the loss and damage.

Client hereby acknowledges, understands and agrees that: (1) there are risks inherent to building investigation, analysis, management, and remediation, many of which cannot be ascertained or anticipated prior to or during the course of the Services; (2) due to the inherently limited nature and amount of data resulting from building investigation methods, complete analysis of conditions is not always possible, and, therefore, conditions frequently vary from those anticipated earlier; and (3) technology, methods, accepted professional standards as well as law and policy, are undefined and/or constantly changing and evolving. In light of all of the foregoing and the Company’s lack of responsibility for creating the conditions requiring the Services, as a material inducement to and consideration for the Company’s agreement to perform the Services on the terms and at the price stated herein CLIENT SPECIFICALLY AGREES THAT THE COMPANY’S LIABILITY SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED AS AND TO THOSE CAUSES AND AMOUNTS PROVIDED ABOVE.

6. TERMINATION
Failure of the Client to make payments to Company in accordance with this agreement shall be considered substantial nonperformance and cause for termination. If the Client fails to make payment when due the Company for services and expenses, 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 20 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit D October 19, 2023

the Company may, upon seven (7) days’ written notice to the Client, suspend performance of services under this agreement. unless payment in full is received by the Company within seven (7) days of the date of the notice, the suspension shall take effect without further notice. in the event of a suspension of services the Company shall have no liability to the client for delay or damage caused to the client because of such suspension of services.

7. INDEMNIFICATION
The Client shall indemnify the Company and its principals, officers and employees against any liability, claim or expense (including payment of attorneys' fees and disbursements as incurred) in connection with actions, proceedings or claims by any person or entity for monetary losses (and, to the extent permitted by law, property damages and personal injuries) alleged to have occurred in connection with the performance of the Services, unless the sole cause for all such losses, damage or injuries was negligence by the Company. The foregoing shall not affect any rights of the Company to contribution or indemnification from Client. In addition, the Client hereby agrees that the Company, its principals, officers, agents and consultants are hereby released of and from any and all liability or responsibility (i) for the investigation, examination, testing, sampling or other review of any asbestos-containing materials which may be located in or about the project, (ii) for any work undertaken with respect to the removal, encapsulation or other treatment of any such asbestos-containing materials within the project, or (iii) for compliance with any laws, orders, rules or regulations imposed by any federal, state, city or other governmental entity, agency or instrumentality, except to the extent that the Company has expressly agreed in this agreement to undertake responsibility thereof. The Client does hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless WSP from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, damages, losses, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred in connection with any claim or proceeding brought against the Company by any party and in any way related to any aspect of items (i), (ii) or (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence. Indemnification shall include the defense of any claims, suits, demands or fines arising therefrom, by counsel approved by the Company in writing that may be brought by the Client or by any third party. The foregoing provisions hereof shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this agreement.

Client shall cause any and all Contractors, Subcontractors, Material Suppliers and other entities or persons (hereinafter “Contractor”) actually responsible for construction to indemnify WSP to the extent permitted by law against risk which are not normally borne by the engineering profession in the form of AIA Document A-201 - General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (1987 Edition), Section 3.18. Client shall also cause Contractor to name WSP as an additional insured on Contractor’s Comprehensive General Liability policy.

8. CERTAIN LIMITATIONS ON RESPONSIBILITY
The Company does not assume responsibility for construction means, methods, techniques, sequence or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. The Company does not assume responsibility for the contractors’ failure to carry out the work in accordance with the contract requirements or for stopping the work in the event of such failure. The Company's review of the contractors’ performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of safety measures, in, on or near the construction site. The Company is responsible for its design and reports only and is not liable for unsatisfactory performance of the any other systems resulting from code constraints, improper installation, operation and maintenance.

9. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the provision of the Services shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

10. OWNERSHIP
All intellectual property rights and copyright associated with the Company’s services shall remain vested in and the property of the Company. A specific license for use may be granted by the Company. Any such license will be strictly limited to issues associated with the Services. The Company will not accept any liability whatsoever for any use of the materials to which the license is granted for any purpose other than the original intent. In the event that the Client is in default of payment of monies due to the Company, such license is agreed by the parties to be immediately withdrawn and revoked. All reports, drawings, specifications, computer files, field data, notes and other documents and instruments prepared by the Company as instruments of service shall remain the property of the Company. The Company shall retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including, without limitation, the copyrights thereto.

11. CLIENT’S DUTIES
a. The Client shall procure access for the Company to the property or properties in respect of which the Services are to be performed.
b. The Client shall supply to the Company without charge and within reasonable time all necessary and relevant data and information in the possession of the Client or known to him and shall give such assistance as shall reasonably be required by the Company in the performance of the Services.
c. Where relevant to the Services, the Client shall give the Company adequate notice of any danger or hazard which might cause death or injury to their employees and of which the Client ought reasonably to be aware. d. Where relevant to the Services, the Client shall provide to the Company, prior to any intrusive investigations, full details concerning the presence and location of any underground or otherwise located services. If such details are unavailable, the Company will take reasonable precautions to identify such services including the use of specialist equipment. The Client agrees 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 21 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit D October 19, 2023

to reimburse the Company for the reasonable cost of any such precautions. Where no or insufficient information has been provided or is available, the Client agrees to indemnify the Company against any and all resulting losses or costs.

12. BUDGETARY ESTIMATIONS
Unless specifically stated to the contrary, any budgetary opinion or estimate offered by the Company, exclusive of written proposals signed by authorized representatives of the Company, is to be regarded by the Client as broad guidance only. The Company is not liable for any deviation from such budgetary opinions or estimates whatsoever.

13. NO THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create a contractual relationship with or a cause of action in favor of a third party against either the Client or the Company. Any report issued by the Company is solely for the benefit of the Client for the purposes set out in the report and should not be relied on by third parties, or relied on for any other purpose, without the express written consent of the Company. The Company shall have no liability whatsoever to a person who is not a party to the Agreement unless otherwise agreed in writing.

If requested by the Client, the Company will consider the provision of reliance letters to third parties in a form to be agreed by the Company. In relation to property transactions the provision of such agreements will normally be limited to a lender, a first purchaser and a first tenant, and will be provided on no more than two occasions. Additional fees may be payable for the provision of this service.

14. REPORTING OBLIGATIONS
In states where there is a legal obligation for a licensed professional (employed by the Company) or the Company to report an observed release of a hazardous material or petroleum product to the environment, an imminent threat to human health or the environment, or other incident (as defined by applicable law) to a regulatory agency, the Company shall first notify the Client and its Counsel regarding the nature and timing of the required notification, but in any case will comply with the applicable legal requirements with regard to reporting.

15. SEVERABILITY
If any term or condition of this Agreement is for any reason held to be illegal, invalid, ineffective, inoperable, or otherwise unenforceable by law, it shall be severed and deemed to be deleted from this Agreement and the validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

16. PERSONAL LIABILITY
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s partners, members, agents, directors, officers and/or employees shall have no personal liability whatsoever arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the performance of the Services hereunder.

17. HEADINGS
The headings or captions within this Agreement shall be deemed set forth in the manner presented for the purposes of reference only and shall not control or otherwise affect the information set forth therein or interpretation thereof.

18. MODIFICATION
This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written instrument signed by an authorized agent of each party.

19. AUTHORITY
Each individual and entity executing this Agreement hereby represents that he, she or it has the capacity set forth on the signature page hereof with full power and authority to bind the party on whose behalf he, she, or it is executing this Agreement to the terms and provisions hereof, and that such entity has authorized the execution of this Agreement as necessary to bind such entity to the terms and provisions hereof.

20. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the state of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws thereof. Client agrees that any and all disputes between the parties under or relating to the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be fully and completely adjudicated in any federal or state court located in the state of New York and Client completely and entirely waives any and all jurisdictional defenses it may have now or in the future to the jurisdictional reach of such courts.

21. BUSINESS INTEGRITY
The Company values innovation, unity and trust. We are passionate about our work and care about how we conduct ourselves with all individuals and corporations we interact with. Simply put, this is how we get things done. Our Company’s reputation depends on our ability to achieve our core values and to conduct our business ethically. To be clear, we do not, and will not, compromise on compliance with the law or on our business-conduct standards. We simply will not tolerate unethical behavior. 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 22 Hawthorne Senior Center (202320301)
Engineering / Consulting Proposal and Professional Service Agreement – Exhibit D October 19, 2023

As your professional services provider, we undertake to follow your business integrity rules. This being said, we also invite you to review our Code of Conduct and underlying policies. These guidelines are the Company’s standard for maintaining a legallycompliant and ethical workplace. They are available through our website at: http://www.wsp-pb.com/en/Who-we-are/CorporateGovernance/Corporate-Policies/Code-of-Conduct-and-Policies/. If you have any questions about our guidelines, please contact one of the local representatives identified on our website.

For situations which pertain to irregularities inconsistent with our guidelines, please report to our independent whistleblowing provider, Expolink. This service is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Information as to numbers and e-mail where to contact the service provider can be found at: http://www.wsp-pb.com/en/Who-we-are/Corporate-Governance/whistleblowing-service/. All calls and e-mails are confidential and you can remain anonymous, should you request.

22. ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT
If upon submission of this Agreement to the Client, the Client fails to return a signed copy to the Company and knowingly allows the Company to proceed with the Services, such Services shall be deemed performed pursuant to the Agreement and these Terms and Conditions shall be binding the same as if the Agreement were fully executed.

By receipt and in the absence of a written declaration to the contrary, these initial “Standard Terms and Conditions” are accepted by the Client and deemed to constitute a contract between the Client and the Company for the delivery of the Services and shall be binding the same as if the Agreement were fully executed.

A. Revised: February 2021
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 23

AGENDA ITEM NO. 20

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Finance
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
City Treasurer: ___________
Marie Poindexter
Hornback
SUBJECT:

City of Hawthorne’s Investment Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council receive, approve and file the City of Hawthorne’s Investment Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2023 of FY 23-24.

DISCUSSION:

Investment Report for the quarter ended September 30, 2023 is attached. This report indicates the cash and investments held by the reporting entity and the rate of return on the investments.

Because of the seasonal nature of the city’s revenues (thus making short-term availability and liquidity of funds being extremely important), the city has for many years invested its funds with the State of CA administered Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF). In October 2021, Council approved the investment of an additional $3 million with Multi Bank Securities (MBS) into CD’s using a ladder strategy. This brought the total amount invested with MBS to $9 million. The City Treasurer shall continue this strategy, reinvesting funds that come due into new 3-5 year CD’s.

Cash held by the fiscal agents are for future debt service on bonds, and these funds are invested pursuant to investment agreements entered into when the bonds were originally issued.

Investment report summary September 30, 2023
• Funds held at LAIF $72 million with a rate of return @ 3.59% • Funds held at BOW $47.5 million with rate of return @ .14% - 3.67% • Funds held at MBS totaled $9.2 million with yields of 0.60% - 5.05% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $4.7 million
• Funds held in Trust totaled $3.6 million

Investment report summary March 31, 2023
• Funds held at LAIF $71 million with a rate of return @ 2.74% • Funds held at BOW $50.1 million with rate of return @ 2.62% - 4.57% • Funds held at MBS totaled $9.1 million with yields of 0.30% - 4.96% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $3 million
Investment report summary December 31, 2022
• Funds held at LAIF $70.6 million with a rate of return @ 2.07% • Funds held at BOW $28.5 million with rate of return @ 2.35% -3.90% • Funds held at MBS totaled $9.1 million with yields of 0.30% - 4.73% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $2.3 million
Investment report summary September 30, 2022
• Funds held at LAIF $70.4 million with a rate of return @ 1.35% • Funds held at BOW $32.3 million with rate of return @ 1.45% - 2.34% • Funds held at MBS totaled $8.8 million with yields of 0.31% - 3.41% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $3.7 million
Investment report summary June 30, 2022
• Funds held at LAIF $70.3 million with a rate of return @ 0.75% • Funds held at BOW $36.6 million with rate of return @ 0.00% - 0.62% • Funds held at MBS totaled $9 million with yields of 0.30% - 3.27% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $4.7 million
Investment report summary March 31, 2022
• Funds held at LAIF $70.2 million with a rate of return @ 0.32% • Funds held at BOW $25.1 million with rate of return @ 0.08% - 0.14% • Funds held at MBS totaled $9.2 million with yields of 0.30% - 2.39% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $4.1 million
Investment report summary December 31, 2021
• Funds held at LAIF $13.2 million with a rate of return @ 0.23% • Funds held at BOW $70 million with rate of return @ 0.01% - 0.10% • Funds held at MBS totaled $8.7 million with yields of 0.30% - 2.38% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $3.2 million
Investment report summary September 30, 2021
• Funds held at LAIF $13.2 million with a rate of return @ 0.24% • Funds held at BOW $67.5 million with rate of return @ 0.01% - 0.10% • Funds held at MBS totaled $7 million with yields of 0.30% - 2.36% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $4 million

Investment report summary June 30, 2021
• Funds held at LAIF $13.2 million with a rate of return @ 0.33% • Funds held at BOW $57.8 million with rate of return @ 0.01% - 0.10% • Funds held at MBS totaled $7.1 million with yields of 0.63% - 2.99% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $4.1 million
Investment report summary March 31, 2021
• Funds held at LAIF $13.2 million with a rate of return @ 0.44% • Funds held at BOW $52.3 million with rate of return @ 0.01% - 0.10% • Funds held at MBS totaled $7.1 million with yields of 0.63% - 2.97% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $3.5 million
Investment report summary December 31, 2020
• Funds held at LAIF $13.1 million with a rate of return @ 0.63% • Funds held at BOW $39.3 million with rate of return @ 0.01% - 0.15% • Funds held at MBS totaled $7.1 million with yields of 0.64% - 2.95% • Funds held by the fiscal agents totaled $3.1 million
FISCAL IMPACT:

None. The report describes the City’s investments and rate of return on these investments as of March 31, 2023.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Investment Report March 31, 2023

2. Bank Statements
Printed 11/21/2023 at 4:43 PM

CITY OF HAWTHORNE

INVESTMENT REPORT
Current Quarter Prior Quarter Quarter Change
9/30/2023 6/30/2023
Investment Type Issuer Cost Market Value Rate Cost Market Value Rate Change % Change State investment pool State of California - LAIF 72,051,019 72,051,019 3.59% 71,489,725 71,489,725 3.15% 561,295 0.79% Certificates of deposit/U.S Bonds Multi-Bank Securities, Inc. 9,176,629 9,176,629 0.60% to 5.05% 9,110,533 9,110,533 0.30% to 5.05% 66,096 0.73% Commercial money market BMO 46,690,592 46,690,592 3.67% 56,503,133 56,503,133 3.56% -9,812,541 -17.37% Sweep Money market BMO 835,666 835,666 0.14% 3,169,731 3,169,731 5.02% -2,334,066 -73.64% Total Funds Held by City 128,753,905 128,753,905 140,273,122 140,273,122 -11,519,217 -8.21% Funds Held by Fiscal Agent:

Money market funds U.S. Bank 3,990,681 3,990,681 0.00% to 4.81% 3,375,028 3,375,028 0.00% to 4.58% 615,653 18.24% Money market funds - Mogul PartneWells Fargo Bank 0 0 0.00% 387,375 387,375 0.07% -387,375 -100.00% Money market funds - Mogul PartneWestern Alliance 766,163 766,163 0.01% 0 0 0.00% 766,163 0.00% Total Funds Held by Fiscal Agent 4,756,844 3,990,681 3,762,403 3,762,403 228,278 6.07% Funds Held in Trust
OPEB Balanced Highmark Plus PARS 3,578,915 3,578,915 -2.97% 3,693,288 3,693,288 3.65% -114,373 -3.10% Total Funds Held in Trust 3,578,915 3,578,915 3,693,288 3,693,288 -114,373 -3.10% In accordance with California Government Code Section 53646, the Treasurer of the City of Hawthorne hereby certifies that the investments reported above comply with the City's adopted Investment Policy and that sufficient investment liquidity and anticipated revenues are available to meet the City's budgeted expenditures for the six months.

Printed 11/21/2023 at 4:43 PM
Date of Accrued Cash/Bank Estimated
Purchase Maturity Date Quantity Market Price Market Value Interest Deposits Yield HSBC Bank Nat'l Association 5/7/2020 5/7/2025 247,000 93.4330 230,779.51 1,284.40 1.39% Flagstar Bank, Troy, MICH 5/29/2020 5/9/2025 247,000 92.4180 228,272.46 671.30 0.86% Kemba Finl Credit Union, SH 10/18/2019 10/18/2024 247,000 95.9790 237,068.13 142.11 1.82% Sallie Mae Bank, Salt Lake City, UT 7/8/2021 7/8/2026 247,000 88.6970 219,081.59 568.44 1.12% Texas Exchange Bk, SSB Crowley 10/29/2021 10/29/2026 247,000 87.8670 217,031.49 7.44 1.25% BMW Bk North Amer, Salt Lake City, UT 12/17/2021 12/18/2023 249,000 98.9540 246,395.46 465.60 0.65% Beal Bk USA, Las Vegas, NV 12/22/2021 12/20/2023 249,000 98.9000 246,280.92 409.32 0.71% Capital One Bk, Glenn Allen, VA 11/24/2021 11/25/2024 221,000 94.6000 209,066.00 624.85 0.84% Merrick Bk, South Jordan, UT 1/31/2020 1/31/2024 247,000 98.7710 243,964.37 0.00 1.77% Capital One Bank , McLean, VA 7/31/2019 7/31/2024 247,000 97.2410 240,185.27 928.79 2.31% Live Oak Bkg Co., Wilmington, NC 1/24/2020 1/20/2025 247,000 95.2030 235,151.41 363.06 1.94% State Bk India, New York, NY 1/22/2020 1/22/2025 247,000 95.4030 235,645.41 947.40 2.09% Enerbank USA, Salt Lake City, UT 3/13/2020 3/13/2025 247,000 93.6620 231,345.14 126.55 1.17% Morgan Stanley, Salt Lake City, UT 6/19/2020 6/19/2025 247,000 92.1380 227,580.86 59.55 0.86% Bank Baroda, NY 7/22/2020 7/22/2025 247,000 91.6290 226,323.63 331.59 0.76% GreenState Cr Un, Iowa SH 3/30/2021 3/30/2026 249,000 89.0650 221,771.85 158.27 0.89% UBS Bank Salt Lake City, UT 7/8/2021 7/8/2026 247,000 88.3450 218,212.15 133.99 1.01% Toyota Finl Svgs Bank, Hend, NV 7/22/2021 7/22/2026 247,000 88.4390 218,444.33 450.01 1.07% Medallion Bk, Salt Lake City, UT 8/30/2021 8/31/2026 100,000 87.7210 87,721.00 0.00 0.96% Industrial & Coml Bk China 1/13/2022 1/12/2024 249,000 98.6200 245,563.80 350.31 0.65% Beal Bk Plano, Texas 1/19/2022 1/17/2024 249,000 98.5700 245,439.30 348.60 0.71% Barclays Bk Del Retail 3/16/2022 3/18/2024 125,000 98.1950 122,743.75 74.32 1.57% Bank Vy Bellwood Neb 1/27/2022 1/27/2026 249,000 90.3700 225,021.30 22.51 1.21% Dept of Comm Fed Cr Un, Wash, DC 5/13/2022 5/13/2027 247,000 93.2600 230,352.20 373.88 3.48% First Natl Bank Amer East Lansing, MICH 5/17/2022 5/17/2027 245,000 92.9150 227,641.75 274.87 3.39% Mountain Amer Fed Cr Un, West Jordan, UT 10/14/2022 10/15/2024 248,000 99.0440 245,629.12 935.95 4.79% Discover Bk, Greenwood Del 3/22/2023 3/21/2028 243,000 98.9170 240,368.31 266.30 5.05% Liberty First Cr Un Lincoln 8/7/2023 8/7/2028 247,000 98.3140 242,835.58 922.36 4.78% Valleystar Cr Un Martinsville 8/30/2023 8/30/2028 100,000 100.3240 100,324.00 0.00 4.83% Total Certificates of Deposit 6,728,000 6,346,240 11,242 Federal National MTG Assn 7/15/2020 7/15/2025 247,000 92.0660 227,403.02 375.65 0.79% Federal Home LN Bks Cons 1/22/2021 1/22/2026 245,000 90.0290 220,571.05 289.24 0.69% Bank of America Corp 10/30/2020 10/30/2025 500,000 89.9520 449,760.00 625.00 0.83% Federal Home LN Bks Tranche 9/17/2021 9/17/2026 1,000,000 88.9460 889,460.00 379.17 1.18% Federal Home LN Bks 12/10/2021 12/10/2024 500,000 94.9320 474,660.00 1,680.56 1.15% Federal Home LN Bks Cons 12/30/2021 12/30/2024 500,000 94.7000 473,500.00 1,375.00 1.16% Total U.S Gov't and Corporate Bonds 2,992,000 2,735,354 4,725 9/30/2023
Multi - Bank Securities, Inc.

Current Quarter
Printed 11/21/2023 at 4:43 PM
Date of Accrued Cash/Bank Estimated
Purchase Maturity Date Quantity Market Price Market Value Interest Deposits Yield 9/30/2023
Multi - Bank Securities, Inc.

Current Quarter
Total Portfolio Holdings 9,720,000.00 9,081,594.16 15,966.39 95,034.48 Printed 11/21/2023 at 4:43 PM
Summary of Cash with Fiscal Agent
Date of Maturity Investment
Purchase Date Coupon Cost Market Value Agreement Rate
City 2016 Certificates of Participation
Money Market Various Daily liquid 0.00% 6.19 6.19 0.00% Total 6.19 6.19 0.00
City 2019 Pension Obligation Bond
Money Market Various Daily liquid 0.00% 4.54 4.54 0.00% Money Market Various Daily liquid 0.00% 0.27 0.27 0.00% Money Market Various Daily liquid 0.00% 0.38 0.38 0.00% Total 5.19 5.19 0.00
S.A 2016 Tax Allocation Refunding Bonds
Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 442.51 442.51 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 1,587.95 1,587.95 4.81% 2,030.46 2,030.46 0.00
CFD 1999-1 2000 Gateway Center Special Fund
Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 809.24 809.24 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 0.03 0.03 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 3,839.09 3,839.09 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 2,131.94 2,131.94 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 0.05 0.05 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 2,511.50 2,511.50 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 188.81 188.81 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 1,151,904.13 1,151,904.13 4.81% Total 1,161,384.79 1,161,384.79 0.00
Current Quarter
9/30/2023
Printed 11/21/2023 at 4:43 PM
Summary of Cash with Fiscal Agent
Date of Maturity Investment
Purchase Date Coupon Cost Market Value Agreement Rate
Current Quarter
9/30/2023
CFD 1999-1 2010 Gateway Center
Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 50,386.44 50,386.44 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 1,196,657.55 1,196,657.55 4.81% Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 1,295,393.76 1,295,393.76 4.81% Total 2,542,437.75 2,542,437.75 0.00
CFD 2004-1 2005 Fusion at South Bay
Money Market Various Daily liquid 4.81% 5,763.88 5,763.88 4.81% Money Market - Reserve Fund Various Daily liquid 4.81% 254,051.39 254,051.39 4.81% Total 259,815.27 259,815.27 0.00
CFD 2006-1 2020 360 Degrees at South Bay
Money Market Various Daily liquid 0.00% 1.21 1.21 0.00% Money Market Various Daily liquid 0.00% 25,000.11 25,000.11 0.00% Money Market Various Daily liquid 0.00% 0.05 0.05 0.00% Total 25,001.37 25,001.37 0.00
Total 3,990,681 3,990,681 0
Printed 11/21/2023 at 4:43 PM
Wells Fargo Bank - Mogul Partners
Current Quarter
9/30/23
Unrealized Accrued Net Interest Ending Market Estimated Cost Value Market Value Gain/Loss Income Collected Value Yield Wells Fargo Bank - Money Market 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total Cash Investments 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00% Printed 11/21/2023 at 4:43 PM
Western Alliance - Mogul Partners
Current Quarter
9/30/23
Unrealized Accrued Net Interest Ending Market Estimated Cost Value Market Value Gain/Loss Income Collected Value Yield Western Alliance Bank 766,162.74 766,162.74 0.00 0.00 60.23 766,162.74 Total Cash Investments 766,162.74 766,162.74 0.00 0.00 60.23 766,162.74 0.01% BMO Harris Bank N.A.

P.O. Box 755
Chicago, IL 60690
Toll Free: 1-877-895-3278
BMO BANK N.A.

ACCOUNT NUMBER:

STATEMENT PERIOD
09/05/23 TO 09/30/23
PAGE: 1 OF 7

CITY OF HAWTHORNE

GENERAL ACCOUNT/MASTER ACCOUNT
4455 W 126TH ST
HAWTHORNE CA 90250-4421
ITEMS ENCLOSED 0
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

INVESCO/AIM TREASURY CORP CL ACCOUNT NUMBER
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

SUMMARY STATEMENT, CHECKING PLUS MONEY MARKET FUNDS
BEGINNING BALANCE 13,555,724.09
DEPOSITS 11,985,235.69
12,706,431.66-
1,137.46

WITHDRAWALS

MUTUAL FUND DIVIDENDS
ENDING BALANCE 12,835,665.58
SEE THE ENCLOSED CHECKING AND FUND STATEMENTS FOR DETAIL INFORMATION CONCERNING THIS ACCOUNT.

FOR BILLING INFORMATION, SEE ACCOUNT ANALYSIS STATEMENT. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHECKING ACCOUNT SUMMARY
YOUR PREVIOUS BALANCE WAS 13,555,724.09
91 CUSTOMER DEPOSITS
92 OTHER WITHDRAWALS
4 SHARE PURCHASES
8,263,819.11
8,985,015.08-
2,277,972.35-
1,443,444.23
12,000,000.00
4 SHARE REDEMPTIONS

YOUR ENDING BALANCE WAS
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

TRANSACTIONS LISTED BY DATE POSTED
DATE
POSTED

WITHDRAWALS

OTHER DEBITS

DEPOSITS

TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION OTHER CREDITS
SEP 05 CCD MERCHANT SERVICE MERCH DEP 8037833426
SEP 05 CCD MERCHANT SERVICE MERCH DEP 8037833426
SEP 05 ZERO BALANCE TXFR TO DDA ACCT 0050170026
SEP 05 ZERO BALANCE TXFR TO DDA ACCT 0050193275
SEP 05 FED WIRE TRANSFER DEBIT 230905308533
381.00
1,850.66
4,683.49
15,563.97
200,000.00
290,961.46

20.00 SEP 05 ZERO BALANCE TXFR TO DDA ACCT 0050170281
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
130186531
130220171
130119338
130194244

20.70 30.00

30.00 October 16, 2023 Local Agency Investment Fund
P.O. Box 942809
Sacramento, CA 94209-0001
(916) 653-3001
LAIF Home
PMIA Average Monthly
Yields

CITY OF HAWTHORNE

CITY TREASURER
4455 W. 126TH STREET
HAWTHORNE, CA 90250
Tran Type Definitions
Account Number:

September 2023 Statement
Account Summary
Total Deposit: 0.00 Beginning Balance:

0.00 Ending Balance:
72,051,019.20
Total Withdrawal: 72,051,019.20

AGENDA ITEM NO. 21

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Finance
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
Dir. of Finance: ___________
Felice Lopez
SUBJECT:

Review of the Quarter 1 Financial Report for Fiscal Year 2023-2024.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council receive, approve, and file the Quarter 1 Financial Report for Fiscal Year 2023-2024.

DISCUSSION:

This report provides the required Quarter 1 Financial Report for Fiscal Year 2023-2024.

Quarter 1 of Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Revenues
At this point in the fiscal year, staff has compared revenues received to date with prior year actuals and determined that revenues are on track with the projections that were adopted by the City Council in June 2023. Budgeted General Fund revenues are currently $9,735,946 compared to $9,602,479 during the same reporting period in FY 2022-23 (which reflects a 1.4% increase); they are up about 12.7% in comparison to the same period in FY 2021-22.

The most notable tax increases have been Business License Taxes and Refuse Franchise Tax, which reflect 33% and 41% increases, respectively, compared to FY 22-23. Business License Tax collected during the 1st quarter is usually for delinquent payments from the prior fiscal year. There is a decrease in Transient Occupancy Tax of 28%, compared to FY 22-23. This revenue source is wholly dependent on visitors to the City of Hawthorne.

The City has also realized a 57% increase in construction permits during this first quarter of the fiscal year. During this same quarter in FY 22-23, there was a decrease in construction permits of 67%.

Quarter 1 of Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Expenditures
General Fund expenditures are currently trending at 24.05% compared to 25.61% during the same reporting period in FY 22-23 and 24.58% in FY 21-22. Any time our General Fund expenditures as a whole are below 25% spending in the first quarter of the fiscal year; we consider that a success. For many years, the direction from City Manager and City Council have been to spend wisely and conservatively. The City needed to be ready, with sufficient cash balances, for any unexpected emergencies. Currently, the only programs with expenditures over 25% are Non-Departmental at 47.87% and Planning at 26.13%. The Non Departmental program includes payments for the Los Angeles County Fire contract and RCC/911 Operations. Almost 33% of the fees for FY 2023-24 have already been remitted for the Fire Contract and 55% for the RCC/911 Services. Fees for Fire services are paid in advance of the month the service is provided, while fees for RCC/911 are paid a full quarter in advance of the service provided. The Planning Department processed all cannabis permits in the first quarter of FY 23-24, which resulted in a higher percentage of expenditures.

General Fund Cash Balance
The required General Fund cash balance for Fiscal Year 2023-24 is $24,055,161, as required by Section O of HMC 2.04.040, which is the average of 3 months of operating expenditures for the current Fiscal Year. As of September 30, 2023, this balance was $86,218,804. As of September 30, 2022, this same balance was $61,976,357.

As of September 30, 2023, the above balance includes interfund activity of ($9,554,654) for funds with deficit balances related to Bond Payments, liability insurance payments, and grant reimbursable expenditures, which are expected to be collected throughout the current fiscal year.

Investments
The total investments for City held accounts is $128,753,905. Total General Fund investment earnings for Quarter 1 FY 2023-24 were $360,694. Compared to $106,077 during the same reporting period in FY 22-23, this reflects a 240% increase related to increase in interest rates. .

FISCAL IMPACT:

None.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Quarter 1 Financial Report

2. Bank Statements

3. Pooled Cash Report

4. Presentation

CATEGORY APPROVED BUDGET YTD ACTUALS
% Current Year
(Q1 23-24)
% Prior Year
(Q1 22-23)
% Prior Year
(Q1 21-22)
REVENUES 97,616,200 9,735,946 9.97% 10.81% 10.87%
EXPENDITURES 96,236,894 23,147,019 24.05% 25.61% 24.58% 1,379,306 (13,411,073)

CATEGORY APPROVED BUDGET YTD ACTUALS
% Current Year
(Q1 23-24)
% Prior Year
(Q1 22-23)
% Prior Year
(Q1 21-22)
PROPERTY TAXES 8,378,000 - 0.00% 2.51% 2.68%
SALES & USE TAX (ADD-ON) 14,875,000 1,285,343 8.64% 8.81% 10.73% SALES & USE TAX (BRADLEY BURNS) 22,745,000 2,013,317 8.85% 8.51% 9.74% UTILITY USER TAX 6,600,000 1,502,389 22.76% 25.50% 19.37% OTHER TAXES 17,462,000 2,451,327 14.04% 16.00% 17.92%
LICENSES & PERMITS 2,816,000 556,663 19.77% 12.26% 17.71% FINES & FORFEITURES 3,200,000 202,114 6.32% 12.92% 12.40% INVESTMENT EARNINGS 500,000 360,694 72.14% 35.36% 8.70% VEHICLE LICENSE (INCL IN LIEU) 13,502,000 - 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% INTERGOVERNMENTAL STATE 166,000 77,777 46.85% 36.21% 0.02% INTERGOVERNMENTAL COUNTY 60,000 - 0.00% 0.00% 0.05%
CHARGES FOR SERVICES 3,995,200 533,831 13.36% 6.07% 20.36% OTHER REVENUE 2,017,000 427,491 21.19% 54.33% 21.55%
PROGRAM CONTRIBUTIONS 1,300,000 325,000 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% TOTAL 97,616,200 9,735,946 9.97% 10.81% 10.87%
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION - BALANCE @ SEPTEMBER 30, 2023
BMO - GENERAL ACCOUNT $ 12,000,000
TOTAL $ 12,000,000
LOCAL AREA INVESTMENT FUND $ 72,051,019
BMO - MONEY MARKET ACCOUNT $ 46,690,592
BMO - SWEEP ACCOUNT $ 835,666
MULTIBANK SECURITIES $ 9,176,629
TOTAL $ 128,753,905

GENERAL FUND AT-A-GLANCE

INTENDED FOR INTERNAL MANAGEMENT PURPOSES ONLY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2023
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL REPORT FY 2023/2024

GENERAL FUND REVENUES

BANK BALANCES
-
20 40
60 80
100

BUDGET ACTUAL
$97.62
$9.74
Millions

REVENUES
-
20 40
60 80
100
BUDGET
ACTUAL
$96.24
$23.15
Millions

EXPENDITURES

REVENUES OVER EXPENDITURES
$-
$-
$-
$-
$0.08
$0.20
$0.33
$0.36
$0.43
$0.53
$0.56
$1.29
$1.50
$2.01
$2.45
- 1 1 2 2 3 3

INTERGOVERNMENTAL COUNTY

PROPERTY TAXES

VEHICLE LICENSE (INCL IN LIEU)

OTHER REVENUE - ARPA FUNDS TRANSFER

INTERGOVERNMENTAL STATE

FINES & FORFEITURES

PROGRAM CONTRIBUTIONS

INVESTMENT EARNINGS

OTHER REVENUE

CHARGES FOR SERVICES

LICENSES & PERMITS

SALES & USE TAX (ADD-ON)

UTILITY USER TAX

SALES & USE TAX (BRADLEY BURNS)

OTHER TAXES
Millions

REVENUE - ACTUALS
$72,051,019
$46,690,592
$12,000,000 $9,176,629
$835,666
-
10,000,000
20,000,000
30,000,000
40,000,000
50,000,000
60,000,000
70,000,000
80,000,000

LOCAL AREA

INVESTMENT FUND

BMO - MONEY

MARKET ACCOUNT

BMO - GENERAL

ACCOUNT

MULTIBANK

SECURITIES

BMO - SWEEP

ACCOUNT

BANK BALANCES
$128,753,905
$97,616,200
-
20,000,000
40,000,000
60,000,000
80,000,000
100,000,000
120,000,000
140,000,000

TOTAL INVESTMENT

ACCOUNTS

BUDGET REVENUES

INVESTMENT/BUDGET REVENEUS

INTENDED FOR INTERNAL MANAGEMENT PURPOSES ONLY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2023
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL REPORT FY 2023/2024

DEPARTMENT APPROVED BUDGET YTD ACTUALS
% Current Year
(Q1 23-24)
% Prior Year
(Q1 22-23)
% Prior Year
(Q1 21-22)
MAYOR/CITY COUNCIL 287,583 54,367 18.90% 20.33% 24.58%
NON - DEPARTMENTAL 14,476,721 6,930,435 47.87% 43.55% 35.28% GENERAL FUND - ARPA ALLOCATIONS 1,491,940 224,872 15.07% 7.79% 0.00% LAND PURCHASE - 400,000 0.00%
MEARURE HH 14,537,738 2,038,692 14.02% 27.81% 25.50%
CITY CLERK 259,694 43,762 16.85% 4.93% 17.93%
CITY MANAGER 963,617 134,828 13.99% 14.01% 16.54%
CITY TREASURER 68,985 6,924 10.04% 12.45% 21.80%
CITY ATTORNEY 1,355,002 141,519 10.44% 9.19% 5.93%
FINANCE 1,130,496 80,779 7.15% 9.33% 14.19%
LICENSING 945,126 156,521 16.56% 14.10% 14.95%
HUMAN RESOURCES 892,663 156,981 17.59% 10.34% 13.66%
POLICE 45,982,634 10,022,414 21.80% 24.48% 24.03%
PUBLIC WORKS 3,492,718 548,966 15.72% 13.82% 16.95%
PLANNING & COMM. DEVELOPMENT 2,889,122 754,813 26.13% 17.26% 18.79% BUILDING & SAFETY 1,567,087 244,193 15.58% 15.53% 16.71% COMMUNITY SERVICES 5,895,768 1,206,953 20.47% 19.94% 18.08% TOTAL 96,236,894 23,147,019 24.05% 25.61% 24.58%

EXPENDITURE CATEGORY APPROVED BUDGET YTD ACTUALS
% Current Year
(Q1 23-24)
% Prior Year
(Q1 22-23)
% Prior Year
(Q1 21-22)
PERSONNEL SALARIES & BENEFITS 47,682,989 9,600,126 20.13% 20.82% 20.72% PERSONNEL OVERTIME 2,427,065 952,629 39.25% 57.81% 54.51% PERSONNEL OVERTIME - SPEC. REIMB. 1,200,000 390,931 32.58% 50.38% 0.00% FIRE CONTRACT 15,000,000 4,893,769 32.63% 38.41% 30.39% CONTRACT SERVICES 5,846,697 883,385 15.11% 12.33% 3.27% MAINTENACE & OPERATIONS MINUS # (2) 10,827,665 3,368,246 31.11% 27.88% 34.08% CAPITAL OUTLAY 459,615 108,465 23.60% 27.44% 24.00%
RETIREE HEALTH INS/EMPL RELATIONS 4,100,000 711,162 17.35% 25.87% 20.22% OPERATING TRANSFERS OUT (1) 3,300,142 1,140,013 34.54% 38.48% 34.80% INTERDEPARTMENTAL CHARGES (2) 5,392,721 1,098,292 20.37% 19.68% 19.48% TOTAL 96,236,894 23,147,019 24.05% 25.61% 24.58%
(1) 1997 COP - Haw Public Financing , 2016 COP - Bond (Debt Service), Gateway Tax Rebates (2) Vehicle Rental, Liability Insurance and Cost Allocation

GENERAL FUND EXPENDITURES BY DEPARTMENT

GENERAL FUND EXPENDITURES BY TYPE
$0.01
$0.04
$0.05
$0.08
$0.13
$0.14
$0.16
$0.16
$0.22
$0.24
$0.40
$0.55
$0.75
$1.21
$2.04
$6.93
$10.02
- 2 4 6 8 10 12

CITY TREASURER

CITY CLERK

MAYOR/CITY COUNCIL

FINANCE

CITY MANAGER

CITY ATTORNEY

LICENSING

HUMAN RESOURCES

GENERAL FUND - ARPA ALLOCATIONS

BUILDING & SAFETY

LAND PURCHASE

PUBLIC WORKS
PLANNING & COMM. DEVELOPMENT

COMMUNITY SERVICES

MEARURE HH

NON - DEPARTMENTAL
POLICE
Millions

DEPARTMENT - ACTUALS
$0.11
$0.39
$0.71
$0.88
$0.95
$1.10
$1.14
$3.37
$4.89
$9.60
- 2 4 6 8 10 12

CAPITAL OUTLAY
PERSONNEL OVERTIME - SPEC. REIMB.

RETIREE HEALTH INS/EMPL RELATIONS

CONTRACT SERVICES

PERSONNEL OVERTIME
INTERDEPARTMENTAL CHARGES (2)
OPERATING TRANSFERS OUT (1)
MAINTENACE & OPERATIONS MINUS # (2)

FIRE CONTRACT

PERSONNEL SALARIES & BENEFITS
Millions

EXPENDITURES - ACTUALS

INTENDED FOR INTERNAL MANAGEMENT PURPOSES ONLY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2023
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL REPORT FY 2023/2024

AIRPORT APPROVED BUDGET YTD ACTUALS
% Current Year
(Q1 23-24)
% Prior Year
(Q1 22-23)
% Prior Year
(Q1 21-22)
REVENUES 1,642,200 228,825 13.93% 14.79% 8.40%
EXPENDITURES 1,612,443 325,403 20.18% 12.28% 6.13%
REVENUE/EXPENDITURES 29,757 (96,578)

SEWER SERVICE APPROVED BUDGET YTD ACTUALS
% Current Year
(Q1 23-24)
% Prior Year
(Q1 22-23)
% Prior Year
(Q1 21-22)
REVENUES 1,612,000 177,993 11.04% 22.44% 9.55%
EXPENDITURES 1,898,226 164,032 8.64% 7.18% 5.56%
REVENUE/EXPENDITURES (286,226) 13,962

ENTERPRISE OPERATING FUNDS
$177,993
$164,032
150,000
160,000
170,000
180,000

REVENUES EXPENDITURES

SEWER SERVICE ACTUALS
$228,825
$325,403
-
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000

REVENUES EXPENDITURES

AIRPORT ACTUALS
BMO Harris Bank N.A.

P.O. Box 755
Chicago, IL 60690
Toll Free: 1-877-895-3278
BMO BANK N.A.

ACCOUNT NUMBER:

STATEMENT PERIOD
09/05/23 TO 09/30/23
PAGE: 1 OF 7

CITY OF HAWTHORNE

GENERAL ACCOUNT/MASTER ACCOUNT
4455 W 126TH ST
HAWTHORNE CA 90250-4421
ITEMS ENCLOSED 0
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

INVESCO/AIM TREASURY CORP CL ACCOUNT NUMBER
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

SUMMARY STATEMENT, CHECKING PLUS MONEY MARKET FUNDS
BEGINNING BALANCE 13,555,724.09
DEPOSITS 11,985,235.69
12,706,431.66-
1,137.46

WITHDRAWALS

MUTUAL FUND DIVIDENDS
ENDING BALANCE 12,835,665.58
SEE THE ENCLOSED CHECKING AND FUND STATEMENTS FOR DETAIL INFORMATION CONCERNING THIS ACCOUNT.

FOR BILLING INFORMATION, SEE ACCOUNT ANALYSIS STATEMENT. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

CHECKING ACCOUNT SUMMARY
YOUR PREVIOUS BALANCE WAS 13,555,724.09
91 CUSTOMER DEPOSITS
92 OTHER WITHDRAWALS
4 SHARE PURCHASES
8,263,819.11
8,985,015.08-
2,277,972.35-
1,443,444.23
12,000,000.00
4 SHARE REDEMPTIONS

YOUR ENDING BALANCE WAS
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

TRANSACTIONS LISTED BY DATE POSTED
DATE
POSTED

WITHDRAWALS

OTHER DEBITS

DEPOSITS

TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION OTHER CREDITS
SEP 05 CCD MERCHANT SERVICE MERCH DEP
SEP 05 CCD MERCHANT SERVICE MERCH DEP
8037833426
8037833426
381.00
1,850.66
SEP 05 ZERO BALANCE TXFR TO
SEP 05 ZERO BALANCE TXFR TO
DDA ACCT 0050170026
DDA ACCT 0050193275
4,683.49
15,563.97
200,000.00
290,961.46

20.00 SEP 05 FED WIRE TRANSFER DEBIT 230905308533
SEP 05 ZERO BALANCE TXFR TO DDA ACCT 0050170281
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
SEP 05 CCD AUTHNET GATEWAY BILLING
130186531
130220171
130119338
130194244

20.70 30.00

30.00 October 16, 2023 Local Agency Investment Fund
P.O. Box 942809
Sacramento, CA 94209-0001
(916) 653-3001
LAIF Home
PMIA Average Monthly
Yields

CITY OF HAWTHORNE

CITY TREASURER
4455 W. 126TH STREET
HAWTHORNE, CA 90250
Tran Type Definitions
Account Number:

September 2023 Statement
Account Summary
Total Deposit: 0.00 Beginning Balance:

0.00 Ending Balance:
72,051,019.20
Total Withdrawal: 72,051,019.20

Pooled Cash Allocation
as of September 30, 2023 $ 12,000,000.00 $ 46,690,592.05 835,665.58 $ 72,051,019.20 $9,176,628.64 $140,753,905.47 T.B.

Cash Balances BMO BMO BMO
Fund # as of 09-30-2023 Total Percent General Account Money Market Mutual Funds LAIF M.B.S. Totals 100 General Fund - Sale of Property 7,425,224.00 7,425,224.00 100.00% $ 7,425,224.00 $ 7,425,224.00 100 General Fund 85,023,529.24 85,023,529.24 63.77% $ 2,917,328.79 $ 29,774,530.69 $ 532,902.87 $ 45,946,842.57 $9,176,628.64 $ 88,348,233.56 125 FEMA 1,816.11 1,816.11 0.00% $ 62.31 $ 635.99 $ 11.38 $ 981.43 $ 1,691.11 175 Cares Act - Coronavirus Relief Fund 37.22 37.22 0.00% $ 1.28 $ 13.03 $ 0.23 $ 20.11 $ 34.66 180 American Rescue Plan Act 10,532,137.63 10,532,137.63 7.90% $ 361,378.89 $ 3,688,266.74 $ 66,012.39 $ 5,691,582.95 $ 9,807,240.97 200 Street Lighting Fund (239,886.23) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 220 State Gas Tax Fund 3,221,515.44 3,221,515.44 2.42% $ 110,536.69 $ 1,128,147.83 $ 20,191.53 $ 1,740,911.77 $ 2,999,787.82 225 Street Fund 1,393,520.00 1,393,520.00 1.05% $ 47,814.48 $ 487,999.08 $ 8,734.18 $ 753,060.30 $ 1,297,608.04 239 Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS)/SLESF 351,051.83 351,051.83 0.26% $ 12,045.30 $ 122,935.42 $ 2,200.29 $ 189,708.93 $ 326,889.94 244 CA Office of Traffic Safety Grant Fund (86,365.00) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 250 Insurance Reserve Fund (2,445,582.74) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 260 Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Program 17.37 17.37 0.00% $ 0.60 $ 6.08 $ 0.11 $ 9.39 $ 16.17 265 Local Law Enforcement Block Grant Fund (213,239.01) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 272 Urban Initiative Grant Program (76,192.50) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - 280 Local Transit Assistance - Prop A 4,249,790.46 4,249,790.46 3.19% $ 145,818.88 $ 1,488,241.17 $ 26,636.46 $ 2,296,593.13 $ 3,957,289.64 283 MTA Measure R 2,836,290.65 2,836,290.65 2.13% $ 97,318.85 $ 993,245.33 $ 17,777.05 $ 1,532,735.72 $ 2,641,076.94 284 MTA Measure M 2,002,648.36 2,002,648.36 1.50% $ 68,714.90 $ 701,310.75 $ 12,552.02 $ 1,082,234.17 $ 1,864,811.85 285 Proposition C County Sales Tax 3,950,383.14 3,950,383.14 2.96% $ 135,545.61 $ 1,383,391.22 $ 24,759.86 $ 2,134,792.97 $ 3,678,489.66 289 Measure W - Safe, Clean Water Program 568,765.87 568,765.87 0.43% $ 19,515.50 $ 199,177.06 $ 3,564.86 $ 307,361.93 $ 529,619.36 290 AB2766 Air Quality Fund 181,932.32 181,932.32 0.14% $ 6,242.46 $ 63,711.18 $ 1,140.30 $ 98,316.50 $ 169,410.44 291 Street Improvements 186,692.78 186,692.78 0.14% $ 6,405.81 $ 65,378.25 $ 1,170.14 $ 100,889.06 $ 173,843.25 294 Hawthorne Blvd. Mobility Improvement Project 229,348.42 229,348.42 0.17% $ 7,869.41 $ 80,315.90 $ 1,437.49 $ 123,940.23 $ 213,563.03 299 ST MS4 Permanent Rainwater Quality Improvement 442,185.76 442,185.76 0.33% $ 15,172.29 $ 154,849.76 $ 2,771.49 $ 238,957.85 $ 411,751.39 322 SB2 Planning Grant Program 60,844.35 60,844.35 0.05% $ 2,087.69 $ 21,307.18 $ 381.35 $ 32,880.38 $ 56,656.61 323 Leap Local Early Action Planning (171,938.20) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 324 Permanent Local Housing Allocation 1,420,467.76 1,420,467.76 1.07% $ 48,739.11 $ 497,435.96 $ 8,903.08 $ 767,622.91 $ 1,322,701.06 325 Annual Allocation Parks Jim Thorpe 232,203.50 232,203.50 0.17% $ 7,967.37 $ 81,315.73 $ 1,455.38 $ 125,483.12 $ 216,221.60 327 RPOSD - Jim Thorpe Holly Glenn (1,508,558.69) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 328 Clean CaliGrant (Zela Davis) (9,384.04) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 329 Los Angeles CADA (38,677.00) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 330 CA Parks Rec - Community Center (26,335.79) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 331 CA Parks Rec - Senior Center 504,759.57 504,759.57 0.38% $ 17,319.32 $ 176,762.59 $ 3,163.69 $ 272,772.83 $ 470,018.42 375 CATV PEG Fund (DIVCA) 665,303.81 665,303.81 0.50% $ 22,827.92 $ 232,983.84 $ 4,169.93 $ 359,531.18 $ 619,512.87 410 Development Impact Fund AB 1600 3,661,186.84 3,661,186.84 2.75% $ 125,622.71 $ 1,282,117.09 $ 22,947.26 $ 1,978,510.85 $ 3,409,197.91 441 2016 Refunding - 2004 Police Facility & 2005 POB (1,967,658.39) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 442 2019 Pension Obligation Bonds (584,028.14) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 444 Debt Service -1997 COP 258,618.53 258,618.53 0.19% $ 8,873.72 $ 90,566.05 $ 1,620.95 $ 139,757.84 $ 240,818.56 448 Debt Service - SBRPCA 2007 Series B Bonds 85,890.01 85,890.01 0.06% $ 2,947.06 $ 30,077.97 $ 538.33 $ 46,415.09 $ 79,978.45 461 Recognized Obligation Ret Fund - Area II (355,936.80) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 462 Recognized Obligation Ret Fund - 20 % Set Aside 6,849,319.05 6,849,319.05 5.14% $ 235,013.95 $ 2,398,574.40 $ 42,929.55 $ 3,701,382.28 $ 6,377,900.17 463 Hawthorne Blvd. Property Fund 39,450.91 39,450.91 0.03% $ 1,353.64 $ 13,815.38 $ 247.27 $ 21,319.33 $ 36,735.62 464 Grevillea Property Fund 143,030.34 143,030.34 0.11% $ 4,907.66 $ 50,088.03 $ 896.47 $ 77,293.81 $ 133,185.97 465 Gale Avenue Property Fund -11605 133,129.97 133,129.97 0.10% $ 4,567.96 $ 46,621.00 $ 834.42 $ 71,943.64 $ 123,967.02 466 Gale Avenue Property Fund -11529 109,508.54 109,508.54 0.08% $ 3,757.46 $ 38,348.98 $ 686.37 $ 59,178.58 $ 101,971.38 467 Gale Avenue Property Fund -11537 91,326.11 91,326.11 0.07% $ 3,133.58 $ 31,981.64 $ 572.41 $ 49,352.77 $ 85,040.40 468 Truro Avenue Property Fund 43,385.93 43,385.93 0.03% $ 1,488.66 $ 15,193.39 $ 271.93 $ 23,445.82 $ 40,399.80 T.B.

Cash Balances BMO BMO BMO
Fund # as of 09-30-2023 Total Percent General Account Money Market Mutual Funds LAIF M.B.S. Totals 469 Debt Service - 2016 TAB Refunding 1998-2004-2006 (1,073,185.08) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 470 Debt Service- Project I - 2001 TAB 520,526.12 520,526.12 0.39% $ 17,860.30 $ 182,283.91 $ 3,262.51 $ 281,293.10 $ 484,699.81 474 Debt Service - CFD 1999-1 (Gateway) (14,134.14) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 477 Debt Service - CFD 2004-1 (Fusion) 36,518.51 36,518.51 0.03% $ 1,253.02 $ 12,788.48 $ 228.89 $ 19,734.66 $ 34,005.05 478 Debt Service - CFD 2006-1 (360 Degrees) 29,569.50 29,569.50 0.02% $ 1,014.59 $ 10,354.99 $ 185.33 $ 15,979.40 $ 27,534.32 490 Comm Project - Revitalization (3,031.38) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 520 Airport Fund 1,198,334.71 1,198,334.71 0.90% $ 41,117.28 $ 419,646.82 $ 7,510.82 $ 647,581.87 $ 1,115,856.79 560 Sewer Fund 3,888,551.61 3,888,551.61 2.92% $ 133,424.05 $ 1,361,738.34 $ 24,372.32 $ 2,101,379.12 $ 3,620,913.82 561 Storm Water Fund 288,515.62 288,515.62 0.22% $ 9,899.55 $ 101,035.76 $ 1,808.33 $ 155,914.27 $ 268,657.92 600 Equipment Fund 2,280,672.13 2,280,672.13 1.71% $ 78,254.46 $ 798,672.36 $ 14,294.59 $ 1,232,478.64 $ 2,123,700.04 727 CDBG Grant Fund (499,880.01) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 750 Cal Home Fund 60,213.12 60,213.12 0.05% $ 2,066.03 $ 21,086.13 $ 377.40 $ 32,539.26 $ 56,068.82 770 HPRP Fund 15,153.30 15,153.30 0.01% $ 519.94 $ 5,306.56 $ 94.98 $ 8,188.87 $ 14,110.34 789 Home Fund 1,354,170.81 1,354,170.81 1.02% $ 46,464.33 $ 474,219.32 $ 8,487.55 $ 731,795.93 $ 1,260,967.14 815 Section 8 Housing - In House (17,221.08) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 840 EHV - Portability (59,448.00) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 850 BRIC Grant (163,971.53) - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ -
855 Calif Used Oil Recycling Grant Fund 165,593.82 165,593.82 0.12% $ 5,681.86 $ 57,989.57 $ 1,037.89 $ 89,487.15 $ 154,196.47 856 Cal Recycle Beverage Container Recycling 139,086.16 139,086.16 0.10% $ 4,772.33 $ 48,706.81 $ 871.75 $ 75,162.37 $ 129,513.26 858 SB1383 Local Assistance Grant 113,541.88 113,541.88 0.09% $ 3,895.85 $ 39,761.42 $ 711.65 $ 61,358.20 $ 105,727.12 960 Payroll 85,850.93 - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
990 Special Deposits 4,524,583.87 - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 991 Special Deposits - Bail 1,136.59 - 0.00% $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Outstandg Chcks & Deposits as of September 30, 2023 (6,231,853.64) -4.67% $ (213,827.47) $ (2,182,343.16) $ (39,059.45) $ (3,367,703.04) $ (5,802,933.13) 142,346,877.07 140,753,905.47 100.00% $ 12,000,000.00 $ 46,690,592.05 $ 835,665.58 $ 72,051,019.20 $ 9,176,628.64 $ 140,753,905.47 Non Restricted Restricted
BMO General Account as of September 30, 2023 10,342,552.79 1,657,447.21 BMO Money Market Funds as of September 30, 2023 29,774,530.69 16,916,061.36 BMO Mutual Funds Account as of September 30, 2023 532,902.87 302,762.71 LAIF as of September 30, 2023 45,946,842.57 26,104,176.63 Multi-Bank Securities Account as of September 30, 2023 9,176,628.64 Negative Balances (G.F Paid) (9,554,653.75)
Total Non-Restricted & Restricted Balances $ 86,218,803.81 $ 44,980,447.91

GENERAL FUND

QUARTERLY REVIEW
FISCAL YEAR 23-24 BUDGET
QUARTER END SEPTEMBER 30,2023
• General Fund Revenues
1.4% increase in Qtr 1 Compared to Qtr 1 ended 9-30-2022. 12.7% increase in Qtr 1 Compared to Qtr 1 ended 9-30-2021. • Most significant increases in revenue

1. Business License Tax 33%

2. Refuse Franchise Tax 41%
FISCAL YEAR 23-24 BUDGET
QUARTER END SEPTEMBER 30,2023 CONTINUED
• GF Expenditures FY 23-24 are trending downward
• Expenditures are 24.05% of approved budget, which is
lower than 25.61% for Qtr End 9-30-2022
• 2021 was 24.58%
Increase of 2.08% in Qtr 1 Compared to Qtr 1 ended
9-30-2022. Prior year increases were 14-20%.

GENERAL FUND REQUIRED CASH BALANCE
FISCAL YEAR 2023-24
• Required GF Cash Balance $24,059,224
Average 3 months of operating expenditures
• At September 30, 2023
Cash Balance $86,218,804

GENERAL FUND CASH BALANCE HISTORY
FY END JUNE 30TH
• Unaudited cash balance at FY End 6-30-2023
$85,586,734
• Audited cash balance at FY End 6-30-2022
$71,932,991
• Audited cash balance at FY End 6-30-2021
$52,393,986
• Audited cash balance at FY End 6-30-2020
$36,683,606
• Audited cash balance at FY End 6-30-2019
$30,071,724

AGENDA ITEM NO. 22

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Public Works
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
Dir. of Public Works: ___________
Akbar Farokhi
SUBJECT:

Progress Payment #2 in the amount of $253,427.40 due to Martinez Landscape Company, Inc. of Sylmar, CA for General Maintenance (Project #22-05).

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council approve this Progress Payment #2 to Martinez Landscape Company, Inc. of Sylmar, CA.

DISCUSSION:

This contract encompasses various crucial maintenance activities, including the City's Weed Abatement Project, landscape and general maintenance needs, and specific tasks such as concrete and asphalt replacement, sidewalk, curb, and gutter replacements. Additionally, it includes essential tree planting, removal, and maintenance services for the medians along Hawthorne Blvd, Prairie Ave, Inglewood Ave, and Imperial Hwy. These contract maintenance activities are designed to complement the work performed by City Staff as required.

Furthermore, the contract incorporates regular debris maintenance on Caltrans right of way, ensuring that roads and adjacent areas remain free from obstructions. This work plays a vital role in preserving safe and accessible roadways, while also preventing the accumulation of trash, plastic, and other debris from being washed into our storm drains by rainwater. By effectively managing debris, the contract helps to safeguard the cleanliness and functionality of the surrounding environment.

Lastly, the contract addresses the rehabilitation of the Holly Park netting installation.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC PLAN:

A clean and well maintained City fosters a sense of pride and community engagement among residents, business owners, and tourists.

FISCAL IMPACT:

None. Funds for this payment in the amount of $253,427.40 are available in the adopted Fiscal Year 2023-24 budget and will be paid for with approved and allocated funds from Proposition C, Measure R, and Non-Gas Tax Funds.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Progress Payment #2

AGENDA ITEM NO. 23

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Community Services
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
SUBJECT:

Payment in the amount of $34,880.00 due to Los Angeles Neighborhood Land Trust for Zela Davis Park Renovation.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council approves this payment to Los Angeles Neighborhood Land Trust.

DISCUSSION:

The City of Hawthorne received a grant for $3.4 million from Clean California Local Grant Program (State). Los Angeles Neighborhood Land Trust will be partnering with the City of Hawthorne for the design, development and construction of the renovation.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC PLAN:

1.7 Select a specialist consultant to aggressively pursue grants to support projects aligned with the ED objectives of the City.

FISCAL IMPACT:

No impact to the general fund.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

1. LANLT invoice

AGENDA ITEM NO. 24

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: City Attorney
City Attorney:____________________
Robert M. Kim
SUBJECT:

Claim for Damages – Jhosep A. Sono-Rosas
RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Deny the Claim for Damages of Jhosep A. Sono-Rosas
DISCUSSION:

Claimant alleges a dangerous condition of public property arising from an incident in which Claimant was struck by a third-party vehicle while in a crosswalk.

FISCAL IMPACT:

None.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

None.

AGENDA ITEM NO. 25

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: City Attorney
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
City Attorney: ___________
Robert Kim
SUBJECT:

Agreement Between the City of Hawthorne and Karpel Solutions for Criminal Case Management Software
RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council approve the agreement with Karpel Solutions for criminal case management software in an amount not to exceed $29,000.00, authorize the City Manager to execute the agreement and any related documents, and authorize the purchase order and encumber funds for the same.

DISCUSSION:

Karpel Solutions is a software provider that provides a wide range of technological solutions for their clients. Karpel provides criminal case management software to more than 550 Prosecutors and Public Defenders across the United States. Closer to home, they provide criminal case management software for Inglewood, Anaheim, and Glendale. The California Department of Justice is increasing its oversight of criminal prosecution even in smaller cities and the state legislature continues to broaden the DOJ’s mandate. The DOJ has reached out to many cities to asking for updates as to various metrics such as number of cases filed, what types of charges have been filed, and the demographics of the defendants, just to name a few. As it stands, the city attorney’s office is unable to gather that data from our files without going through those files by hand. This software is capable of generating “reports” with any of the data the state legislature, and by extension the DOJ, could require.

Beyond the needs of the state, this software will streamline our current means of filing and eventually be able to connect with the criminal court system to file all cases electronically.

Further, the system will allow the office to share and monitor discovery information with defense council and better coordinate civilian and police witnesses for trial. This contract is for a one-time purchase of the software which has a perpetual license. A much smaller annual fee will provide

updates and support for the system as needed. Finally, Karpel will grant the city access to a statewide search system for criminal information, which consists of data sourced from all the cities that use the program.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC PLAN:

FISCAL IMPACT:
$29,000.00 from General Fund.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Exhibit A – Contract for Prosecutor by Karpel
9717 Landmark Parkway | St. Louis, MO 63127 | (314) 892‐6300 HAWTHORNE CITY ATTORNEY’S OFFICE
CITY OF HAWTHORNE, CA
CONTRACT FOR
PROSECUTORbyKarpel & HOSTEDbyKarpel®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.  DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................... 3

2.  SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................................................. 4

3.  OTHER WORK ....................................................................................................... 6

4.  CLIENT RESPONSIBILITIES & OBLIGATIONS .......................................................... 6

5.  INVESTMENT SUMMARY AND PRICING ............................................................... 8

5.1  Payment Terms ...................................................................................... 11

6.  ANNUAL SUPPORT ............................................................................................. 12

6.1  TECHNICAL SUPPORT FEES ..................................................................... 12

6.2  SERVICE LEVEL COMMITMENT ............................................................... 13

7.  OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ........................................................ 14

8.  LICENSE TERMS AND USE ................................................................................... 15

9.  WARRANTY ......................................................................................................... 16

10.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ................................................................................... 18

11.  TERMINATION .................................................................................................... 18

12.  NON‐SOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS............................... 19

13.  MISCELLANEOUS ................................................................................................ 20 MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU) .............................................................. 25

This Agreement between Karpel Computer Systems Inc., a Missouri corporation, doing business as Karpel Solutions (hereinafter referred to as “Karpel Solutions”) and Hawthorne City Attorney’s Office (hereinafter referred to as “Client”) is hereby entered into between the parties with respect to one or more of Karpel Solutions’  copyrighted  software  program(s)  known  as  PROSECUTORbyKarpel®  and  HOSTEDbyKarpel® (hereinafter referred to as “the Software Program(s)”).

1. DEFINITIONS

1. “Confidential  Information”  means  information  of  either  Karpel  Solutions  or  Client  which  is disclosed under this Agreement in oral, written, graphic, machine recognizable, electronic, sample or any other form by one party to the other, and which is considered to be proprietary or trade secret  by  the  disclosing  party. Confidential Information  of  Karpel Solutions expressly includes, without limitation, the Software Program(s) and Documentation. The Confidential Information of Client  includes,  without  limitation,  Personally  Identifiable  Information  and  Client  Content.

Confidential Information shall not include information which the party receiving the information can  demonstrate:  (i)  was  in  the  possession  of  or  known  by  it  without  an  obligation  of confidentiality prior  to  receipt of  the information,  (ii) is or becomes general public knowledge through no act or fault of the party receiving the information, (iii) is or becomes lawfully available to  the  receiving  party  from  a  third  party  without  an  obligation  of  confidentiality,  or  (iv)  is independently developed by the receiving party without the use of any Confidential Information.

2. “Client Content” means all data, information, documents, and files Client uploads or inputs into the Software Program(s), including, without limitation, Personally Identifiable Information.

3. “Enhancements” means any specific configurations or customizations to the Software Program(s), which Client may request, and Karpel Solutions agrees in writing to provide.

4. “Documentation”  means  any  operating  instructions,  specifications  and  other  documentation related to the operation, description and function of the Software Program(s) provided by Karpel Solutions whether supplied in paper or electronic form.

5. “Intellectual  Property”  (IP)  means  any  patents,  patent  applications,  copyrights,  mask  works, trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  domain  names,  inventions,  improvements  (whether patentable  or  not),  trade  secrets,  Confidential  Information,  moral  rights,  and  any  other intellectual property rights provided by applicable law.

6. “Hosted” or  “Hosting” means  the act of providing  service and access  to Client Content by  the Internet.

7. “Personally Identifiable Information”  (PII) means any information  that may be used  to identify specific persons or individuals, which is collected by either Karpel Solutions or Client for use in conjunction with the use of the Software Program(s). Personally Identifiable Information shall be considered Confidential Information.

8. “Software  Program(s)”  means  the  PROSECUTORbyKarpel®  and/or  DEFENDERbyKarpel®  case management systems and/or the HOSTEDbyKarpel® system, as the case may be, and specifically Client’s licensed copies of the Software Program(s).

9. “Services”  means  the  services  provided  by  Karpel  Solutions  in  connection  with  the  Software Program(s).

10. “Service Level Requirements” means the technical service levels Karpel Solutions shall meet for Services as set forth below in the Service Level Commitments for the delivery of the Services.

11. “Software” means Client’s licensed copies of the Software Program(s), and includes any and all updates, enhancements, underlying technology or content, interfaces, other Enhancements and any Documentation as may be provided Client by Karpel Solutions.

2. SCOPE OF WORK
Karpel  Solutions  will  perform  all  work  in  accordance  with  the  descriptions,  scopes  and  specifications hereafter described.

PROSECUTORbyKarpel Implementation Timeline
Deadline  Tasks and deliverables  Days out
#VALUE!  Project Pre‐Implementation Meeting is scheduled.  Review customer and Karpel commitment for a formalized project plan.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager. Client Project Manager 120
#VALUE!  Server & PC assessment completed and any necessary hardware or software ordered to meet PbK Installation Prerequisites.

Assigned resources: Client Project Manager and IT personnel 100
#VALUE!  Pre‐implementation meeting with  Client Project Manager and System Administrators.    Project Team is selected including Karpel Staff and Customer System Administrators. (One Customer System Administrator must be a Policy Setting Attorney). This meeting will begin with application overview. PbK pre‐load configuration is explained, and initial document templates are received.  Workflow pre‐configuration is conducted.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager.  Client Project Manager and system administrators
90 #VALUE!  Teleconference status meeting with Karpel and Client Project Manager will occur to review progress on hardware/software assessments, finalize pre‐implementation meeting timeline agreement.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager, Client Project Manager and system administrators.
80

#VALUE!  Teleconference status meeting with Karpel and Client Project Manager to review progress and answer additional questions regarding pre‐load spreadsheet. Review of timeline to meet scheduled "go live" date.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager. Client Project Manager and system administrators
60 #VALUE!  Karpel Support installation and application testing on each workstation should begin at this time. Karpel Solutions or local IT support will schedule workstation application testing and follow Karpel testing procedures to thoroughly test browser functionality, document generation, Outlook Calendaring and email on each workstation.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager and Karpel Support Technicians. Client Project Manager and IT.
45 #VALUE!  Online document template conversion review‐ Client will review converted templates for accuracy and report any inaccuracies to Karpel over the next two weeks.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager and  document conversion specialist.

Client Project Manager and system administrators
40 #VALUE!  The Client Project Manager will provide Karpel with the completed  PbK Pre‐Load Spreadsheet.

Assigned resources:  Karpel Project Manager. Client Project Manager. 35 #VALUE!  Training Schedule is completed with assignment of all office staff to specific training sessions. The Policy Setting Attorney must attend the initial Configuration, Case Initiation and Event Entry sessions at a minimum. Training room and equipment are verified.

Assigned resources:  Karpel Project Manage.  Client Project Manager and system administrators
35 #VALUE!  Mock Go‐live, System Administrator Training and Final system walkthrough ‐ Karpel will train the System Administrators exactly as the staff will be trained upon go‐live.

This training includes completed document templates and workflow configuration.

Application testing will begin. Client Project Manager will report all inaccuracies to Karpel.

Assigned Resources: Karpel Project Manager and  assistant trainer. Client Project Manager and system administrators.
30 #VALUE!  Teleconference status meeting with Karpel and Client Project Manager to review timeline to meet scheduled "go live" date.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager.  Client Project Manager and system administrators.
21

#VALUE!  Complete installation and testing of all workstations by Karpel Solutions or local IT support.

Assigned resources: Karpel Project Manager.  Client Project manager and IT. 14 #VALUE!  Final teleconference status meeting with Karpel and Client Project Manager to verify training area is prepared for scheduled training.

Assigned resources:  Karpel Project Manager.  Client Project Manager and system administrators.
7 July 15, 2024  Training and go live.   Karpel Trainers arrive at the training room. Final configuration of PbK is reviewed with all system administrators present. User training begins. Client begins using PbK in a live state.

Go Live
(hereinafter referred to as “the Project Scope/Timeline”).

The above Go Live date will no longer be valid if Client fails to sign this contract within 30 days of receipt.

The Project Scope/Timeline may be modified as mutually agreed  upon by Client and Karpel Solutions.

Changes to the Project Scope/Timeline after execution of this Agreement may result in an additional fee as set forth below in “Investment Summary and Pricing”.

Karpel Solutions will use its best efforts to convert existing Microsoft Word®, Microsoft Works® and Corel WordPerfect®  documents  provided  by  Client  up  to  the  time  of  training  as  outlined  in  the  Project Scope/Timeline listed above into a  format  that can be utilized by  the Software Program(s).  However, Karpel Solutions does not support, nor will Karpel Solutions convert customized macros, auto‐text files or other custom programming items not a part of the ordinary functionality of Microsoft Word®, Microsoft Works® and/or Corel WordPerfect®

3. OTHER WORK
Any additional work requirements outside the scope of this Agreement must be presented in the form of a written change order and must be approved by Client prior to start of such work. No additional charges will be incurred without prior written approval from Client.

4. CLIENT RESPONSIBILITIES & OBLIGATIONS
In order for the project to be completed on time and on budget, Client shall provide at a minimum:

1. Access  to  Client  facilities  while  onsite,  as  deemed  necessary  by  the  Karpel  Solutions  project manager.

2. Access to systems and equipment as required by Karpel Solutions including:
a. The Software Program(s) application access using Karpel Solutions laptops and Client’s network for training and application testing.
b. Installation  of  the  Karpel  Solutions  remote  support  tool  on  all  desktops  accessing  the Software Program(s) applications. Failure of Client  to provide access to enable support

tool constitutes a material breach of this Agreement and may result in termination of this Agreement.
c. Physical or remote access to all of Client’s applicable workstations so that Karpel Solutions can visually verify and test the setup of each workstation prior to mock go‐live.

3. Access to Client data and document templates (if applicable) that will be provided by Client if such data is to be converted and populated by Karpel Solutions into the Software Program(s). a. Legacy data (i.e., any data from Client’s current system which is being replaced under this Agreement) must be provided to Karpel Solutions as soon as possible but not later than 120 days before the above go live date. Additional data sources provided after this date will not be converted unless mutually agreed in writing otherwise.  Legacy data that is provided  by  Client  for  data  conversion  from  the  legacy  system  into  the  Software Program(s) will be destroyed 30 days after Client’s Go Live date.  As the originator of the legacy data, it will be Client’s responsibility to retain legacy data more than 30 days after Go Live if so desired by Client.
b. Document templates and a signed Document Template Formatting Agreement must be provided  to  Karpel Solutions as  soon as  possible  but  no later  than  90  days  before  the above go live date. Document templates provided after this date will not be converted unless mutually agreed in writing otherwise.

4. An authorized attorney with decision making authority to assist in the definition of any project unknowns.
a. Appointed decision maker must be present during the following activities:
i. Project kickoff
ii. Establishment of timeline
iii. Workflow meetings
iv. Interface definition meetings and signoff
v. Charge language review and approval
vi. Document template review and signoff
vii. Data conversion review and signoff

5. Sufficient time for all data conversion reviews, if applicable, will include a minimum of:
a. Verification and review of ten (10) cases per year for each Client department of any legacy system(s) data during each review.
b. Client  is  responsible  for  validating  their  data  and  code  table  set  up  during  the  project.

Validating data is key to a successful implementation. If issues arise with converted data after go‐live,  Karpel  Solutions  will  determine  if  a  fix  is  possible,  and  an  additional  fee  may  be required for the work required to fix the issue.

6. PASSWORD  PROTECTION  AND  USER  REQUIREMENTS.  Access  to  the  Software  Program(s)  is password‐protected. Karpel Solutions provides multiple authentication alternatives for access to the  Software  Program(s).  KARPEL  SOLUTIONS  STRONGLY  ENCOURAGES  THE  USE  OF  STRONG PASSWORD AUTHENTICATION. Karpel Solutions is not responsible for Client’s use of the Software Program(s).  Only  the  number  of  users  set  forth  in  the  Investment  Summary  may  access  the Software Program(s). Client must inform their users that they are subject to, and must comply

with, all of  the  terms of  this Agreement. Client is  fully  responsible  for  the activities of Client’s employees and agents who access the Software Program(s). Client agrees that Karpel Solutions is not liable for, and Client agrees to hold Karpel Solutions harmless for, any unauthorized access to the Software Program(s), including without limitation, access caused by data destruction and/or failure to protect the login and password information of users.

7. RESTRICTIONS  ON  USE.  Client  agrees  to  conduct  all  activities  on  the  Software  Program(s)  in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. Access to the Software Program(s) must be solely for Client’s own internal use. Client may not (and may not allow any third party to) (i) alter, modify, decompile, mirror, translate, disassemble or otherwise reverse engineer any part of the Software Program(s), source code, algorithms, or underlying ideas of the Software Program(s); (ii) add  to,  remove  from,  or  otherwise  modify  the  Software  Program(s),  interfaces,  and/or  data without  the express written consent of Karpel Solutions;  (iii) provide, lease, lend, subcontract, sublicense,  or  re‐publish  for  service  bureau  or  hosting  purposes  any  or  all  of  the  Software Program(s); (iv) reproduce, modify, copy, distribute, publish, display or create derivative works of any or all of the Software Program(s) or (v) alter, remove, or obscure any copyright, trademark or other proprietary notices or confidentiality legends on or in the Software Program(s).

8. SUSPENSION OF ACCESS. Karpel Solutions reserves  the right  to immediately suspend access  to Software  Program(s) without notice and at any time: (i) if Karpel Solutions suspects or has reason to suspect a security or data breach;  (ii) if suspension is necessary  to protect Karpel Solutions’ rights, Client’s rights or the rights of a third party; (iii) if Client misuses the Software Program(s); (iv) if Client  fails  to make any payments as  required under  this Agreement; and/or  (v) if Client otherwise violates this Agreement. Karpel Solutions will provide notice to Client upon suspension of the Software Program(s).

5. INVESTMENT SUMMARY AND PRICING
Karpel Solutions will perform its Services in exchange for payment as set forth below.

Software Products/Licensing  Qty.  Price     Total
PROSECUTORbyKarpel  5  $2,250  $11,250
External Agency Portal  1  $5,000  $5,000
Total Software          $16,250
Installation Services  Qty.  Price     Total
PROSECUTORbyKarpel Installation and Configuration  1  $1,000  $1,000 Data Preload  1  $0  $0
Client Support Tool, Scanning Tool and System
Compatibility Check (per computer)  5  $50  $250
Total Installation Services          $1,250

Professional Services  Qty.  Price     Total
Project Management  No Additional Cost
Pre‐Implementation Services (hours, remote)  4  $150  $600 Data Conversion: NONE  0  $5,000  $0
Mock Go‐Live and System Administrator Training (30
days prior to go‐live, hours, remote)  4  $150  $600
Document Template Setup, Training and Conversion of
Up To 100 Document (max of 50 Civil) Templates  1  $2,500  $2,500 Total Professional Services          $3,700
Training Services  Qty.  Price     Total
Onsite Go‐Live Training (days)  3  $1,200  1 resource  $3,600 Remote Post Go‐Live Support and Training (hours)  8  $150  $1,200 Total Training Services          $4,800

Customization Services  Qty.  Price     Total
Interface: OPTIONAL  0  $0
Total Customization Services          $0
Estimated Travel Expenses  $3,000
Total One‐Time Costs           $29,000
Annual Support Services  Qty.  Price     Total
PROSECUTORbyKarpel  5  $450  $2,250
External Agency Portal  1  $1,000  $1,000
Hosted Services (per user/year)  5  $100  $500
Unlimited eDiscovery  1  $625  $625
Total Annual Support Services          $4,375
Optional Items           Price
JasperSoft Reporting Module  $1,000
JasperSoft Reporting Module Annual Support  $5,000
JasperSoft Reporting Module Training (minimum)  $600
Custom Reports (per report)  $1,000
Document Template Conversion After 100 Documents (per document) Criminal document templates  $25
Civil document templates  $50
Additional Storage After Included 2TB (per terabyte, per year)  $500 Additional Storage After Included 2TB (per 100 terabytes, per year)  $32,000

This pricing is based upon the following terms and conditions:

1. Interfaces must conform to the appropriate Software Program(s) Information Exchange Package Documentation (IEPD) for that interface. Interfaces that do not conform to the appropriate IEPD (i.e., require a new schema to be designed or database modification) will require Karpel Solutions and  Client  review  before  approval  of  both  design  and  potential  additional  development  and maintenance costs.

2. All phase one (1) interfaces must have an IRF (Interface Request Form) completed and signed off by all parties within 30 days of  the project kick‐off meeting. If not completed within  this  time frame, the interfaces will be automatically moved into phase two (2).

PLEASE NOTE: THERE MAY BE ADDITIONAL COSTS FROM THE OTHER VENDOR(S), WHICH ARE NOT INCLUDED WITHIN THE ABOVE PRICING FOR THIS CONTRACT, AND WHICH WILL BE BILLED SEPARATELY  BY THE OTHER  VENDOR(S).    CLIENT  SHALL  BE  SOLELY  RESPONSIBLE  FOR THESE SEPARATE COSTS.

3. Interfaces not currently in production will be considered as “Phase 2” and implemented post‐go live.

4. The above costs do not include additional hardware, Microsoft licenses, or networking services which may be necessary to properly and legally operate the Software Program(s).  Such expenses are solely Client’s responsibility.

5. Changes to the Project Scope/Timeline will impact and affect other work of Karpel Solutions and other clients and will result in an increased  financial burden to Karpel Solutions which may be difficult to ascertain or estimate.  Accordingly, any changes to the Project Scope/Timeline after execution of this Agreement may result in an additional fee in the amount of 10% of the total cost for the project to account for the additional time and expenses that will be incurred by Karpel Solutions in order to accommodate any such changes.  In addition, travel expenses as outlined in the Investment Summary will no longer be applicable, and any such expenses will be charged to Client at the actual cost incurred by Karpel Solutions.

6. Karpel Solutions will honor pricing proposals for Optional Services for up to 90 days of execution of this Agreement.   Upon the request of Client to provide an Optional Service, an official notice to begin the service must be received from Client before the Optional Services will be provided by Karpel Solutions.  This is to ensure there are no misunderstandings between Client and Karpel Solutions as to the provision of Optional Services.

7. The aggregate document / file storage space included with the stated hosted service fee is two terabytes (2TB) of storage per instance of the Software Program(s). If Client’s storage exceeds 2TB in any instance, any additional storage above 2TB will automatically be added to Client’s bill at the rate(s) set forth in the Investment Summary.  Client hereby consents to this additional charge in advance and waives any requirement for additional notice regarding the same.

8. Statewide service is a free service provided to all PROSECUTORbyKarpel clients. To enroll in and activate  this  additional  service,  the  Memorandum  Of  Understanding  at  Appendix  A  must  be separately signed by Client.

9. Client agrees to pay Karpel Solutions for any materials purchased for Client’s use.  Materials may include computer hardware, software, hosting, facility leases, other services, telecommunications charges, freight, shipping, mailing, document reproduction and any other such costs incurred in performance of services for Client.  Client will reimburse Karpel Solutions for all out‐of‐town travel expenses, such as automobile/airline travel, hotel, meals, and ground transportation.

10. As with any project, all prices herein are subject to change as new information arises that will alter or impact the project or as workload for the project increases. Karpel Solutions will seek approval from Client if additional work becomes necessary to make requested changes during the project.

11. Upon  termination  of  this  Agreement,  whether  by  Client,  Karpel,  or  mutual  agreement  of  the parties, Client agrees to pay to Karpel Solutions a data collection fee in the amount of $1,000 to compensate Karpel Solutions for its time and services required in connection with the return of Client Content and Confidential Information upon termination of this Agreement.

5.1 Payment Terms
50%  of  the  Software  Program(s)  User  Licenses  is  due  and  must  be  paid  upon  execution  of  this Agreement by Client, with the remaining amount, including first year annual fees, due and payable within thirty (30) days of completion of implementation of the Software Program(s) and initial training provided  to  Client  by  Karpel  Solutions.  The  Software  Program(s)  User  License  deposit  is  non‐ refundable, including, but not limited to, in the event that this Agreement is later terminated by Client for any reason.

Annual fees for the Agreement will begin upon Client’s go‐live month and will be due and payable on the first of the month each year thereafter, unless Karpel Solutions or Client gives notice as set forth herein of intent not to renew or otherwise terminates this Agreement as set forth in “Termination” below.

TERM. This Agreement shall be for a term of one (1) year and shall automatically renew for subsequent one  (1) year  terms, unless either Karpel Solutions or Client gives notice  to  the other party at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then‐current term of Karpel Solutions or Client’s intent not to renew. Prior to the expiration of the term, Karpel Solutions will send Client a renewal invoice, which must be paid in full within thirty (30) days from the date of the invoice. Pricing for subsequent annual terms is subject to change at the sole discretion of Karpel Solutions, though Karpel Solutions will provide Client with notice of any pricing change one year prior to the renewal date.

SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF SERVICES FOR NON‐PAYMENT.  In the event that Client fails to pay any amounts due and such non‐payment continues for a period of ninety (90) days, Karpel Solutions may suspend Services hereunder until full payment is received and/or may terminate this Agreement for non‐payment, in addition to, and without limitation to, exercising any other rights or remedies which may exist under the law.

INTEREST AND LATE FEES. Past due accounts will be charged interest on a monthly basis, calculated at one and one‐half percent (1.5%) per month of the unpaid balance or the maximum rate allowable by law.  Client agrees to pay any and all costs of collection incurred by Karpel Solutions, including, but not  limited  to,  any  attorneys’  fees  incurred  by  Karpel  Solutions,  with  respect  to  any  past  due balance(s) on Client’s account.

6. ANNUAL SUPPORT

6.1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT FEES
Client understands that technical support fees will be required annually, in order to receive software updates and technical support.  The support period shall begin from the date of go‐live as part of the initial first year costs.  Client may elect to purchase subsequent annual support, on a yearly basis at a fixed cost, and billed annually, separate and apart from any license fees required by this Agreement.

The  option  to  purchase  annual  support  is  solely  at  Client’s  discretion.  Client’s  license  to  use  the Software  Program(s)  is  not  dependent  upon  Client  purchasing  annual  support;  however,  if  Client discontinues  annual  support,  Client  will  not  be  provided  with  updated  versions  of  the  Software Program(s), unless the updates are purchased by Client. Provided Client’s computers, network and systems meet recommended specifications set by Karpel Solutions and Client has purchased and is current with annual support payments, Karpel Solutions will provide updated versions of the Software Program(s) as they become available during the terms of the Agreement.  If Client elects to renew the annual support service, Karpel Solutions has the right to increase current pricing for annual support at the time of renewal, provided that notice of the increased pricing is provided to Client prior to the effective date of the renewal of the annual support service.

6.1.1 SUPPORT PROVIDED
Karpel Solutions will provide support (e.g. software updates, general program enhancements and technical  support)  for  all  Software  Program(s)  provided,  including  ongoing  unlimited  telephone technical support problem determination and resolution.

6.1.2 HOURS OF OPERATION
Karpel Solutions will provide technical support Monday through Friday, between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m. Central time, via a toll‐free telephone number provided. After‐hours support is available as well via the same toll‐free number which will reach the on‐call support group.

6.1.3 INCLUDED SUPPORT
Support services include the detection and correction of errors in the Software Program(s) and the implementation of all of the Software Program(s) changes, updates, and upgrades. Karpel Solutions shall  respond  to  the  inquiries  regarding  the  use  and  functionality  of  the  solution  as  issues  are encountered by Authorized Users. Support to users will be provided through the remote support tool installed on the end user’s computer. This tool was installed at  the time of go‐live, allowing Karpel Solutions to provide the needed support to meet the service level agreement.

6.1.4 RESPONSE TIMES
Karpel Solutions will be responsive and timely to technical support calls/inquires made by Client.

Client will first make support inquires through their qualified system administrators to assure the policies  and  business  practices  of  Client  are  enforced  prior  to  contacting  Karpel  Solutions.    The timeliness of the response is dependent upon the severity of the issue/support problem, as defined below:

The severity* of the issue/support problem shall determine the average problem resolution response time as follows:
*If the remote support tool is not installed or available with respect to a reported issue, Karpel Solutions will not provide technical support for any such reported issues.

Severity Level 1 shall be defined as urgent situations, when Client’s production system is down and Client is unable to use the Software Program(s), Karpel Solutions’ technical support staff shall accept Client’s call for assistance at the time Client places the initial call; however, if such staff is not immediately available, Karpel Solutions shall return Client’s call within one (1) business hour.

Karpel Solutions shall resolve Severity Level 1 problems as quickly as possible, which on average should not exceed two (2) business days, unless otherwise authorized in writing by Client.

Severity Level 2 shall be defined as critical Software Program(s) system component(s) that have significant outages and/or failure precluding successful operation, and possibly endangering the customer’s  environment.    The  Software  Program(s)  may  operate  but  are  severely  restricted.

Karpel Solutions’ technical support staff shall accept Client’s call for assistance at the time Client places  the initial call; however, if such staff is not immediately available, Karpel Solutions shall return Client’s call within four (4) business hours.  Karpel Solutions shall resolve Severity Level 2 problems as  quickly as  possible, which  on average  should  not exceed  three  (3)  business  days, unless otherwise authorized in writing by Client.

Severity Level 3 shall be defined as a minor problem that exists with the Software Program(s) but the majority of the functions are still usable and some circumvention may be required to provide service.  Karpel Solutions’ technical support staff shall accept Client’s call for assistance at the time Client places the initial call; however, if such staff is not immediately available, Karpel Solutions shall return Client’s call on average no later than the next business day.  Karpel Solutions shall resolve  Severity  Level  3  problems  as  quickly  as  possible,  which  should  not  exceed  the  next available release of Software Program(s), unless otherwise authorized in writing by Client.

General Assistance:  For general Software Program(s) support/helpdesk calls not covered by the above severity level descriptions, Karpel Solutions’ technical support staff shall accept Client’s call for assistance at the time Client places the initial call; however, if such staff is not immediately available, Karpel Solutions shall return Client’s call on average no later than the next business day.

6.2 SERVICE LEVEL COMMITMENT
UPTIME: Karpel Solutions is committed to providing the Software Program(s) in a consistent and reliable manner.  Karpel Solutions will  provide  the Software  Program(s)  to  Client with a  stated minimum uptime of 99.5% to Client.

SCHEDULED  MAINTENANCE:  Karpel  Solutions  periodically  performs  scheduled  maintenance Including, but not limited  to, outline, preventative or emergency maintenance of  the Software Program(s).  Client  understands  that  scheduled  maintenance  may  affect  availability  of  the Software Program(s).  If scheduled maintenance is to be performed, Karpel Solutions will provide notice  to Client  three  (3) days prior  to  the scheduled maintenance. Karpel Solutions will make every effort  to schedule maintenance outside of normal business hours of Client between  the hours of ten (10) p.m. and five (5) a.m. Central Standard Time.

DATA RETENTION AND BACKUPS:  As a part of the Software Program(s), Karpel Solutions will use its  best  efforts  to  maintain  consistent,  regular  and  validated  backup  of  Client  Content  and Confidential Information imported into the Software Program(s) in accordance with the Microsoft Azure  government  cloud  network’s  policies  and  procedures.  Upon  written  request,  Karpel Solutions will make available to Client a copy of the current Microsoft Azure retention and backup policies and procedures.

AUDITS  AND  SECURITY:  Karpel  Solutions  is  committed  to  maintaining  the  security  of  Client Content and Confidential Information maintained in  the Software Program(s). Karpel Solutions will maintain  the Software  Program(s) in a  reasonably  secure manner,  subject  to  Client’s  own obligations to protect and safeguard usernames and passwords on Client’s end. Karpel Solutions will perform security audits of the Software Program(s) in accordance with the Microsoft Azure government cloud policies and procedures to protect the integrity and security of the Software Program(s).

DATA TRANSMISSION: Karpel Solutions ensures that all data transmitted to and from the Software Program(s) is transmitted at a minimum level of 128‐bit SSL encryption using digital certificates issued by an internationally recognized domain registrar and certificate authority.

DATA  LOCATION:  Karpel  Solutions  will  maintain  the  Software  Program(s),  Client  Content  and Confidential Information of Client in a SAS 70/SSAE 16 certified data facility.

7. OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
KARPEL  SOLUTIONS  OWNERSHIP:  Karpel  Solutions  retains  all  rights,  title  and  interests  in  and  to  the Software Program(s) and any related Intellectual Property.  Any suggestions, solutions, improvements, corrections, or other contributions Client provides  regarding  the Software Program(s) will become  the property of Karpel Solutions, and Client hereby assigns all such rights to Karpel Solutions without charge.

Client is granted a non‐exclusive, non‐transferable license with respect to the Software Program(s) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

CLIENT OWNERSHIP: Client retains all rights, title, and interests in and to Client Content. Client hereby grants  to  Karpel  Solutions  and  Karpel  Solutions  hereby  accepts  a  non‐exclusive,  non‐transferable, worldwide, fully paid license to use, copy, and modify Client Content solely to the extent necessary and for  the  sole  purposes  of  providing access  to  the Software  Program(s)  or  otherwise  complying with its obligations under this Agreement.

COPYRIGHT. Karpel Solutions reserves the right to seek damages if Client is responsible for a violation of Karpel Solutions’ copyright, and Client assumes full responsibility for the acts and omissions of its agents

acting in the course and scope of their duties for Client with respect to the protection of Karpel Solutions’ copyright.

8. LICENSE TERMS AND USE
The Software Programs are proprietary products of Karpel Solutions.  They are licensed (not sold) and are licensed to Client for its use and only in accordance with the terms set forth below. During the term of this Agreement, Karpel Solutions hereby grants Client a non‐exclusive, non‐transferable right and license to use the Software Program(s) solely in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Client’s license will terminate immediately and automatically upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement.  Client may not sub‐license any rights under this Agreement to any party without Karpel Solution’s prior written consent, which may be withheld by Karpel Solutions in its sole and absolute discretion. Client’s license is subject at all times to Client’s full compliance with this Agreement.

1. Karpel Solutions hereby grants Client a non‐exclusive and non‐transferable sublicense to use any associated Documentation furnished.

2. Client cannot distribute, rent, sublicense, or lease the Software Program(s). A separate license of the Software Program(s) is required  for each authorized user or employee. Each license of  the Software Program(s) may not be shared by more than one full time employee or user (defined as working 20 hours or more per week), nor by more  than  two  (2) part‐time employees or users (defined as working less than 20 hours per week each and working no more than 40 hours per week combined).

Client  agrees  to  allow  Karpel  Solutions  to  audit  Client’s  use  of  the  Software  Program(s)  and licenses of the Software Program(s) at any time. Client will cooperate with respect to the audit, including providing access to any books, computers, records or other information that relate to the  use  of  the  Software  Program(s).  Such  audit  will  not  unreasonably  interfere  with  Client’s activities.

In  the  event  that  an  audit  reveals  unauthorized  use,  reproduction,  distribution,  or  other exploitation of the Software Program(s), Karpel Solutions shall be entitled to, and Client must pay to Karpel Solutions, the monetary equivalent of the costs that would have been incurred by Client had Client  properly obtained  the license, installation and  training  for  the unauthorized  user(s) associated with each violation, and Client will also reimburse Karpel Solutions for the reasonable cost of  the audit, in addition  to any other remedies  to which Karpel Solutions may be entitled under the law.

3. This  license  does  not  transfer  any  rights  to  Software  Program(s)  source  codes,  unless  Karpel Solutions  ceases  to  do  business  without  transferring  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  to another qualified software business.  Karpel Solutions will, at Client’s expense, enter into escrow agreement for the storage of the source codes.

4. Client may not use, copy, modify, or transfer the Software Program(s) or Documentation, in whole or in part, except as expressly provided herein. The Software Program(s) and the Documentation are protected by copyright and trade secret laws. Karpel Solutions retains all rights in any copy, derivative or modification to the Software Program(s) and Documentation no matter by whom made. The Software Program(s) are licensed for single installations of one full time employee or

two part‐time employees as set forth above. A separate license is required for each installation of the  Software  Program(s).  Client  shall  not  provide  or  disclose  or  otherwise make  available  the Software Program(s) or any portion thereof in any form to any third party. Client acknowledges that unauthorized copying and/or distribution will cause substantial damage to Karpel Solutions far greater than the value of the copies involved.

5. The Software Program(s) were developed exclusively at private expense and are Karpel Solutions’ trade secrets. For all purposes of the Freedom of Information Act or any other similar statutory right of “open” or public records, the Software Program(s) and Documentation shall be considered exempt from disclosure.  The Software Program(s) are "commercial computer software" subject to limited utilization "Restricted Rights."  The Software Program(s), including all copies, are and shall  remain  proprietary  to  Karpel  Solutions.   In  the event  that  a  third  party  seeks  to  compel disclosure and/or  production  of  the  Software  Program(s)  or Documentation  by  court  order  or otherwise, Client shall promptly give notice to Karpel Solutions so as to allow Karpel Solutions to take whatever steps it deems necessary to prevent such disclosure and/or production, and Client agrees to cooperate with Karpel Solutions in connection therewith.

6. Public  Agency  Participation  (APPLICABLE  TO  PUBLIC  AGENCY  CLIENTS  ONLY):  Other  public agencies may utilize the terms and conditions established by this Agreement. “Public agency”, for purposes of this paragraph, is defined to include any city, county, district, public authority, public agency, municipality, and other political subdivision. Hawthorne City Attorney’s Office is not an agent, partner, or representative of such public agency, and is not obligated or liable for any action or  debts  that may  arise  out  of  such  independently  negotiated  procurements.  These  so  called “piggy‐back” awards shall be made independently by each public agency, and that agency shall accept  sole  responsibility  for  placing  orders  with  Karpel  Solutions.  Hawthorne  City  Attorney’s Office  does  not  accept  any  responsibility  or  involvement  in  the  purchase  orders  or  contracts issued  by  other  public  agencies.  Any  such  contract  by  another  public  agency  must  be  in accordance  with  the  statutes,  codes,  ordinances,  charter  and/or  procurement  rules  and regulations of such public agency.

9. WARRANTY

1. LIMITED  WARRANTY:  Karpel  Solutions  warrants  it  will  provide  the  Software  Program(s)  and Services  in a  professional manner  by  qualified  personnel.  Karpel Solutions warrants it  has  the requisite power and authority  to enter into and perform its obligations under  this Agreement.

Karpel Solutions warrants that the performance by Karpel Solutions of any services described in this  Agreement  shall  be  in  compliance  with  all  applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations.  Karpel Solutions  warrants  it  will  provide  access  to  and  use  of  the  Software  Program(s)  in  material accordance with the Service Level Commitment outlined in this Agreement. No representations or warranties as to the use, functionality or operation of the Software Program(s) or Services are made  by  Karpel  Solutions  other  than  as expressly  stated  in  this  Agreement.    Karpel  Solutions disclaims all other warranties as set forth below.

Karpel Solutions makes no warranties, express or implied, as to any third‐party software or as to Karpel  Solutions’  ability  to  support  such  software  on  an  on‐going  basis.  Karpel  Solutions  also makes no warranties, express or implied, as to the quality of or the ability of software developed

by Karpel Solutions to operate with, any hardware, network, software, systems and/or external data flows already in place at Client's facilities or as may be added by Client.

2. INTERNET:  Karpel  Solutions  makes  the  Software  Program(s)  available  to  Client  through  the Internet to the extent commercially reasonable, and subject to outages, communication and data flow failures, interruptions and delays inherent in Internet communications. Client recognizes that problems with the Internet, including equipment, software and network failures, impairments or congestion, or the configuration of Client’s computer systems, may prevent, interrupt or delay Client’s access to the Software Program(s). Client agrees that Karpel Solutions is not liable for and agrees  to  hold  Karpel  Solutions  harmless  from  any  delays,  interruptions,  suspensions  or unavailability  of  the  Software  Program(s)  attributable  to  problems  with  the  Internet  or  the configuration of Client’s computer systems or network.

3. SYSTEM  REQUIREMENTS:  Karpel  Solutions  provides  the  Software  Program(s)  based  upon  the system requirements as specified by Karpel Solutions for Client. Client agrees that Karpel Solutions is not liable  for and agrees  to hold Karpel Solutions harmless from any  failure of  the Software Program(s)  based  upon  Client’s  failure  to  comply  with  the  system  requirements  of  Karpel Solutions.

4. WARRANTY  LIMITATION:  The  warranties  set  forth  in  this  Agreement  do  not  apply  if  non‐ compliance is  caused  by,  or  has  resulted  from:  (i)  Client’s  failure  to  use any  new  or  corrected versions of the Software Program(s) made available, (ii) use of the Software Program(s) by Client for any purpose and/or in any manner other than that authorized in this Agreement, (iii) use of the Software Program(s) in combination with other software, data or products that are defective, incompatible with,  or  not authorized  in writing  by  Karpel  Solutions  for  use  with  the  Software Program(s),  (iv)  misuse  of  the  Software  Program(s)  by  Client,  (v)  any  malfunction  of  Client’s software,  hardware,  computers,  computer‐related equipment  or  network  connection,  (vi)  any modification or alteration of the Software Program(s) not performed by or otherwise authorized by Karpel Solutions in writing, or (vii) an event of Force Majeure.

5. DISCLAIMER:  THE  FOREGOING  WARRANTIES  ARE  EXCLUSIVE  AND  ARE  MADE  IN  LIEU  OF  ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED, INCLUDING WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  ANY  IMPLIED  WARRANTIES  OF  NONINFRINGEMENT,  TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING OUT OF A USE IN TRADE OR COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE. KARPEL SOLUTIONS DOES NOT WARRANT: (i) THAT ACCESS TO OR USE OF ALL OR ANY PART OF THE SOFTWARE PROGRAM(S) WILL BE CONTINUOUS, ERROR‐FREE, OR UNINTERRUPTED, (ii) THAT THE RESULTS ARISING OUT OF CLIENT’S USE OF THE SOFTWARE PROGRAM(S) WILL BE ACCURATE, COMPLETE, OR ERROR‐ FREE, OR (iii) THAT THE SOFTWARE PROGRAM(S) WILL MEET CLIENT’S NEEDS.

6. EXCLUSIVE  REMEDIES:  If  the  Software  Program(s)  provided  under  this  Agreement  do  not materially comply with the requirements stated in the Limited Warranty above, Karpel Solutions’ sole obligation shall be to correct or modify the Software Program(s) at no additional charge to Client.  If  Karpel  Solutions  is  unable  to  correct  or  modify  the  Software  Program(s)  to  the satisfaction of Client, Client’s sole remedy will be to terminate this Agreement by written notice to Karpel Solutions and receive a refund of any fees pre‐paid, if any, for the pro rata remainder of the then‐effective term of this Agreement.

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
CLIENT  AGREES  THAT  KARPEL  SOLUTIONS  IS  NOT  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  ANY  LOSS  OF  DATA,  COST  OF PROCUREMENT  OF  SUBSTITUTE  GOODS,  SPECIAL,  INDIRECT,  INCIDENTAL,  EXEMPLARY,  PUNITIVE,  OR CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES  ARISING  OUT  OF  ANY  BREACH  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT,  EVEN  IF  KARPEL SOLUTIONS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND CLIENT WAIVES ANY RIGHTS AND  AGREES TO HOLD  KARPEL  SOLUTIONS HARMLESS  FROM  AND  AGAINST  ANY  SUCH  DAMAGES OR LOSSES. THIS  LIMITATION  APPLIES  TO  ALL  CAUSES OF  ACTION, WHETHER  BASED IN  CONTRACT,  TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), STATUTE OR OTHERWISE. REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE CLAIM, KARPEL SOLUTIONS’ TOTAL LIABILITY TO CLIENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF: (i) THE EXTENT AND AMOUNT OF ANY INSURANCE COVERAGE WHICH IS AVAILABLE FOR SUCH CLAIM(S), OR (ii) THE AMOUNT OF FEES CLIENT HAS PAID TO KARPEL SOLUTIONS PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IN THE THIRTY (30) DAY PERIOD PRIOR TO SUCH CLAIM(S) ARISING.  TO THE EXTENT THAT INSURANCE COVERAGE IS AVAILABLE FOR SUCH CLAIM(S), CLIENT AGREES THAT CLIENT’S SOLE RECOURSE SHALL BE PAYMENT OF ANY AVAILABLE INSURANCE PROCEEDS, AND CLIENT AGREES TO LOOK EXCLUSIVELY TO SUCH INSURANCE PROCEEDS IN FULL SATISFACTION OF SUCH CLAIM(S).

11. TERMINATION

TERMINATION BY CLIENT: In the event that Client believes that Karpel Solutions has failed to perform or materially breached this Agreement, Client shall provide thirty (30) days’ written notice to Karpel Solutions of Client’s intent to terminate this Agreement.  Thereafter, Karpel Solutions will have thirty (30) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the alleged failure or breach.  If the alleged failure or breach cannot be cured within thirty (30) days, but Karpel Solutions has initiated good‐faith efforts to cure the breach within the thirty (30) day period, the cure period shall be extended for a reasonable period of time so as to allow Karpel Solutions to complete the cure of the alleged failure or breach.  If at the end of the cure period Karpel Solutions has not cured the alleged failure or breach, then Client may terminate this Agreement by providing written notice of termination.

TERMINATION BY KARPEL SOLUTIONS: Karpel Solutions may terminate this Agreement on thirty (30) days’ written notice to Client for any reason, including, but not limited to, in the event that Client has failed to perform under or materially breaches this Agreement.  Failure to timely pay all amounts due and owing and failure to reasonably cooperate with Karpel Solutions in connection with the Services, among other things, shall constitute material breaches of this Agreement.

TERMINATION FOR INSOLVENCY.  Either party may immediately terminate this Agreement by providing written notice of termination in the event the other party: (i) files for, or has filed against it, a bankruptcy petition, and such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the filing date, (ii) ceases to conduct business in the normal course, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) is liquidated or otherwise dissolved, (v) becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts in the normal course, or (vi) has a receiver, trustee or custodian appointed for it.

RIGHTS AFTER TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION: Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Karpel Solutions will immediately terminate Client’s access to and use of the Software Program(s), and each party shall immediately cease use of any Confidential Information received from the other party. Within thirty (30) days of written request following termination or expiration of this Agreement, Karpel Solutions shall

coordinate with Client with respect to the return of Client Content and Confidential Information obtained or shared during the course of the Agreement.  Client understands that upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Client must return to Karpel Solutions (or at Karpel Solutions’ election, destroy and certify such destruction in writing) any Documentation or other materials provided by Karpel Solutions, whether in written or electronic form, regarding the Software Program(s) provided under this Agreement.

FINAL PAYMENT.  In addition to the Data Collection Fee set forth in the Investment Summary due and payable  to  Karpel  Solutions  upon  termination  or  expiration  of  this  Agreement,  Client  shall  also  be responsible for and shall pay any and all fees earned by Karpel Solutions prior to termination or expiration for all work and services performed and/or expenses incurred by Karpel Solutions under this Agreement prior to termination or expiration.  Karpel Solutions will send an invoice to Client with respect to these amounts, and final payment of all amounts due by Client to Karpel Solutions must be paid within thirty (30)  days  of  that  invoice.    Past  due accounts will  be  charged  interest at  the  rate  of  one and  one‐half percent (1.5%) per month, or at the maximum rate allowable by law.  Client also agrees to pay any costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Karpel Solutions in connection with this Agreement.

12. NON‐SOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS
NON‐SOLICITATION OF KARPEL SOLUTIONS EMPLOYEES.  Karpel Solutions has invested substantial sums of  money  and  large  amounts  of  time  in  recruiting,  supervising  and  training  its  employees.    Client acknowledges that it has a unique opportunity to evaluate Karpel Solutions employees’ performance and has  the  potential  to  hire  Karpel  Solutions’  employees  away  from  Karpel  Solutions.    Client  further acknowledges that such hiring away would substantially disrupt Karpel Solutions’ business and ability to provide its services to others.  Client understands that Karpel Solutions’ employees are subject to non‐ competition agreements; therefore, Client agrees during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after expiration or termination of this Agreement by either party for any reason, Client will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit or hire, or attempt to solicit, recruit or hire, or otherwise interfere with the employment or engagement of any other employees of Karpel Solutions who are employed or engaged by Karpel Solutions at the time of the solicitation, attempted solicitation, and/or hire  or  who  were  employed  or  engaged  by  Karpel  Solutions  within  the  two  (2)  year  period  prior  to expiration or termination of this Agreement.

CONFIDENTIALITY. Neither  party  shall  disclose  or  use any  Confidential Information  of  the  other  party, except as otherwise set forth in or permitted by this Agreement.

PERSONALLY  IDENTIFIABLE  INFORMATION.  The  parties  recognize  that  certain  data  Client  or  Karpel Solutions may use in conjunction with the Software Program(s) may be confidential Personally Identifiable Information  of  third  parties.  The  parties  shall  use  their  best  efforts  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of Personally Identifiable Information of third parties. Client agrees that Karpel Solutions is not liable, and Client agrees  to hold Karpel Solutions harmless  from any claims arising out of disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information caused in whole or in part by Client’s own negligence, misconduct, or fault. Karpel Solutions agrees that Client is not liable, and Karpel Solutions agrees to hold Client harmless  from any claims arising out of disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information caused in whole or in part by Karpel Solutions’, its agents’, employees’, contractors’ own negligence, misconduct, or fault.

DISCLOSURE REQUIRED BY LAW. In the event that any Confidential Information is required to be disclosed pursuant to any law, code, regulation or court order from a court of competent jurisdiction, the receiving party shall give the disclosing party immediate written notice of such requirement and shall use its best efforts to seek or to cooperate with the disclosing party in seeking a protective order with respect to the Confidential Information requested should the disclosing party wish to seek such a protective order.

SIMILAR PROGRAMS AND MATERIALS. Provided Karpel Solutions is not in violation of the provisions of this  Agreement  regarding  confidentiality,  the  Agreement  shall  not  preclude  Karpel  Solutions  from developing for itself, or for others, programs or materials which are similar to those produced as a result of Services provided to Client hereunder.

INJUNCTIVE RELIEF. The parties acknowledge that any breach of the non‐solicitation and/or confidentiality obligations of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to the other party. Accordingly, the parties agree that  the  non‐breaching  party may enforce  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  by  seeking an  injunction, specific performance, criminal prosecution or other equitable relief which may be available to the non‐ breaching party without prejudice to any other rights and remedies.

13. MISCELLANEOUS
NOTICES.  Any notices provided under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been properly  given  if  delivered  personally  or  if  sent  by:  (i)  a  recognized  overnight  courier,  (ii)  certified  or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) electronic means, followed by mailing a copy by regular U.S. mail, postage prepaid. Karpel Solutions’ address for such notices is set forth below.

Client’s address for such notices will be the address on file with Karpel Solutions as provided by Client.

Such address or contact information may be revised from time to time by Karpel Solutions and/or Client by written notice as described in this Section. All notices sent by certified or registered mail will be deemed received on the tenth (10th) business day after deposit in the mail. All notices sent by overnight courier will be deemed given on the next business day after deposit with the overnight courier. All notices sent by electronic means will be deemed given on the next business day after successful transmission.

Karpel Solutions
c/o Jeff Karpel
9717 Landmark Parkway, Suite 200
St. Louis, MO 63127
(314) 892‐6300
[email protected]
GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION. This Agreement is to be construed and governed by  the laws of the United States and the State of California, without regard to any conflict of laws provisions. Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement must be brought exclusively in the appropriate court(s)  located  in  Los  Angeles  County,  California,  and  Karpel  Solutions  expressly  waives  any  and  all objections regarding jurisdiction, venue, and/or forum non conveniens in such court(s).

ACCEPTANCE TERM. The proposal attached to this Agreement is tendered for acceptance in its entirety within thirty (30) days from the date of the proposal, after which it is to be considered null and void.

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER. Any modifications to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by both parties.  Neither  party  will  be  deemed  to  have  waived  any  of  its  rights  under  the  Agreement  by  any statement  or  representation  other  than  one  made  in  an  explicit  written  waiver  by  an  Authorized Representative.  No  waiver  of  any  breach  of  this  Agreement  will  constitute  a  waiver  of  any  prior  or subsequent breach of this Agreement, whether similar in nature or not.

ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Client, Karpel Solutions, and Karpel Solutions’ successors and assigns.  Client may not assign or otherwise transfer Client’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Karpel Solutions, and any purported  assignment  or  transfer  without  such  consent  will  be  void  and  of  no  force  or effect.  Karpel Solutions may assign and/or transfer this Agreement and/or Karpel Solutions’ rights and obligations under this Agreement at any time, and Client’s consent to such assignment or transfer is not needed.

FORCE  MAJEURE.  Neither  party  shall  be  deemed  in  default  of  this  Agreement  to  the  extent  that performance of its obligations or attempts to cure any breach thereof are delayed or prevented by reason of any act of God, government, fire, natural disaster, accident, terrorism, network or telecommunication system failure, sabotage, pandemic, epidemic, or any other cause beyond the control of such party (“Force Majeure”), provided that such party promptly gives the other party written notice of such Force Majeure.

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. The parties will be deemed to have the status of independent contractors, and  nothing  in  this  Agreement  will  be  deemed  to  place  the  parties  in  the  relationship  of  employer‐ employee, principal‐agent, or partners or joint ventures. Neither party has the authority to bind, commit or make any representations, claims or warranties on behalf of the other party without the party’s prior written authorization, approval, and consent.  Each party shall be responsible for its own conduct and for that of its employees and designated agents with respect to performance and/or non‐performance under this Agreement.  The parties agree to reasonably cooperate with each other with respect to any third‐ party  claims  which  may  arise  from  any  party’s  performance  and/or  non‐performance  under  this Agreement.

SOFTWARE  ANOMALIES.  New  commercial  software  releases  or  upgrades,  and  any  hardware  and/or software  owned  by  or  licensed  to  Client,  used  in  connection  with  the  Software  Program(s) may  have anomalies, performance or integration issues unknown to Karpel Solutions which can impact the timely, successful implementation of information systems.  Karpel Solutions will inform Client promptly if  this occurs and will attempt to analyze, correct and/or work around the anomalies or performance issues on a "best efforts" basis.  Karpel Solutions is not responsible for any delay or inability to complete its Services hereunder if  such anomalies or performance issues occur.  Client is  responsible  for payment  for all of Karpel Solutions’ fees for the Services at the rates stated in the Agreement whether or not a successful solution to such anomalies or issues is achieved.

CLIENT  ENVIRONMENT.  Client  is  responsible  for  the  application,  operation  and  management  of  its information  technology  environment,  including  but  not  limited  to:  (a)  purchasing,  licensing  and maintaining  hardware  and  software;  (b)  following  appropriate  operating  procedures;  (c)  following appropriate  protective  measures  to  safeguard  software  and  data  from  unauthorized  duplication, modification, destruction or disclosure; (d) following adequate backup contingency plans with respect to Client’s own information technology environment; and (e) employing qualified personnel to obtain the desired results. Karpel Solutions is not responsible for loss of data in the Software Program(s) or security breaches that result in unauthorized dissemination of data contained in the Software Program(s) that are

the result of Client’s own actions, including, but not limited to, Client not following appropriate operating procedures, security and protective measures, and/or adequate backup contingency plans.

ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS. Client and Karpel Solutions may communicate by electronic means, including, but not limited to, facsimile documents and email.  Both parties agree that a signature or an identification code ("USERID") contained in an electronic document is legally sufficient to verify the sender's identity and the document's authenticity, an electronic document that contains a signature or USERID is a signed writing, and an electronic document, or any computer printout of it, is an original when maintained in the normal course of business.

SEVERABILITY. If any portion of this Agreement is held to be void, invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining portions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

MARKETING.  Client agrees that Karpel Solutions may identify Client as a customer of Karpel Solutions in Karpel  Solutions’  written  promotional  and  marketing  materials,  as  well  as  in  any  oral  or  visual presentations regarding the business of Karpel Solutions.  Provided Karpel Solutions is not in violation of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  regarding  confidentiality,  Karpel  Solutions  shall  have  the  right  to demonstrate  for  other  prospective  clients  any  application  developed  by  Karpel  Solutions  under  this Agreement  and  shall  have  the  right  to  include  information  about  any  such  application  in  marketing materials and presentations.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this Agreement  to  be executed  on  the  date  set  forth below.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the  entire  agreement  between  the  parties,  superseding  all  prior written and oral agreements.  Prior to acceptance of this Agreement, Karpel Solutions reserves the right to make modifications to this Agreement. The signatories warrant they have the authority to bind their respective party.

City of Hawthorne          Karpel Solutions
California
_______________________________      _______________________________ Signature            Signature
_______________________________      _______________________________ Printed Name            Printed Name
_______________________________      _______________________________ Title              Title
_______________________________      _______________________________ Date              Date

Mailing Contact:
_______________________________________
Mailing Address:
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
Billing Contact:
_______________________________________
Phone Number: __________________________
Email Address: ___________________________
Billing Address:
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
Tax Exempt?   No □     Yes □ If yes, please attach copy of tax exempt certificate Agency Project Manager Contact:
_______________________________________
Phone Number: __________________________
Email Address: ___________________________
Project IT Contact:
_______________________________________
Phone Number: __________________________

Email Address: ___________________________

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU)
BETWEEN HAWTHORNE CITY ATTORNEY’S OFFICE AND KARPEL SOLUTIONS FOR PARTICIPATION IN STATEWIDE DATA SHARING
FOR PROSECUTORBYKARPEL®
Parties:

1. The parties to this MOU are Karpel Solutions and Prosecution Offices that are willing to contribute potentially Confidential, Personally Identifiable, Criminal Justice Information to a Statewide Search system for purposes of information sharing with other Prosecution Offices.

2. The parties agree that maximum participation by all Prosecution Offices will strengthen the purposes of this MOU. Accordingly, the parties anticipate and desire that other eligible offices will join this MOU from time to time in the future. A joining agency shall also be considered a party and shall have the same rights, privileges, obligations, and responsibilities as the original parties.

Authority
Each participating Office warrants that it has the legal authority to enterinto this MOU and share Confidential Information, Personally Identifiable Information and Criminal Justice Information with each other and with Karpel Solutions for the sole purpose under this MOU for the delivery of a Statewide Search function.

Definitions
Confidential Information ‐ Means information of either Karpel Solutions or Contributing Party which is disclosed under this MOU in oral, written, graphic, machine recognizable, electronic, sample or any other form by one office to the other, and which is considered to be proprietary, sensitive, or trade secret by the disclosing party. Confidential Information of Karpel Solutions expressly includes HOSTEDbyKarpel, PROSECUTORbyKarpel, and Statewide Search. The Confidential Information of Contributing Party includes, subject to the limitation below, Personally Identifiable Information and Criminal Justice Information. Confidential Information for purposes of this MOU does not include information with access restricted to certain users or teams within PROSECUTORbyKarpel by the Contributing  Party.

Contributing Party ‐ A Prosecuting Attorney's Office that is a party to this MOU.

Criminal Justice Information ‐ Any information collected and retained by each Contributing Party within PROSECUTORbyKarpel and available  for use by Statewide Search. Criminal Justice

Information shall be considered Confidential Information. Criminal Justice Information includes limited information regarding defendants, co‐defendants, court dates, charges, cases, and law enforcement referrals.

HOSTEDbyKarpel ‐ Application and database delivery platform and website used by PROSECUTORbyKarpel with respect to Confidential Information, Personally Identifiable Information, and Criminal Justice Information delivered through the Statewide Search function.

Information ‐ Includes Confidential Information, Personally Identifiable Information and Criminal Justice Information.

Personally Identifiable Information ‐ Means any information that may be used to identify specific persons or individuals, which is collected by each Contributing Party for use in conjunction with the use of PROSECUTORbyKarpel and Statewide Search on HOSTEDbyKarpel.  Personally Identifiable Information shall be considered Confidential Information. Personally Identifiable Information includes pedigree information used to identify specific persons or individuals and may include, but is not limited to, date of birth, social security numbers, addresses, and alias names.

PROSECUTORbyKarpel ‐ Means the PROSECUTORbyKarpel criminal case management system and specifically each Contributing Party's licensed copy of PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

Statewide Search ‐ Functionality contained in PROSECUTORbyKarpel that allows each Contributing Party to query or search defendant information, co‐defendant information, court dates charge and case information of other Contributing Parties.

Purpose
The Contributing Parties and Karpel Solutions agree that criminal history and case information currently available through other law enforcement and public portals is inadequate and sometimes incomplete.

The Contributing Parties and Karpel Solutions agree that the sharing of information between each Contributing Party will benefit criminal justice statewide as it will allow for better charging, filing and case disposition decisions.

The purpose of this Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is to establish permissions and guidelines for the use of Personally Identifiable Information, Confidential Information, and Criminal Justice.

Information data the parties agree to share between each other and Karpel Solutions in connection with the Statewide Search function is viewable by Contributing Parties inside PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

In addition to the permissions and guidelines, the purpose of the Statewide Search function is multifold:

1. Defendant information ‐ Provide a mechanism for each Contributing Party to search and view basic defendant pedigree information that is contained in each Contributing Party's installation of PROSECUTORbyKarpel and that is  accessible only from inside PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

2. Charge and Case information ‐ Provide a mechanism for each Contributing Party to search and view defendant charge, referral and basic case information contained in each Contributing Party's installation of PROSECUTORbyKarpel and that is accessible only from inside  PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

3. Co‐Defendant information ‐ Provide a mechanism for each Contributing Party to search and view co‐defendant information and associations that are contained in each Contributing Party's installation of PROSECUTORbyKarpel and that is accessible only from inside PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

4. Court Dates ‐ provide a mechanism for each Contributing Party to search and view court date information for cases that are contained in each Contributing Party's installation of PROSECUTORbyKarpel and that is accessible only from inside PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

Ownership, Entry and Maintenance of Information

1. Each Contributing Party retains sole ownership of, exclusive control over, and sole responsibility over all the information it contributes through Statewide Search including Confidential Information, Personally Identifiable Information and Criminal Justice Information, and may at any time update, correct or delete any information contained in PROSECUTORbyKarpel. Any changes made to Information in PROSECUTORbyKarpel by the Contributing Party will be reflected in the Information shared through Statewide Search.

Information shared through Statewide Search cannot be altered by the Contributing Party independent of PROSECUTORbyKarpel. All entries into Statewide Search are clearly delineated to identify the jurisdiction or Contributing Party.

2. Each Contributing Party has the sole responsibility and accountability for ensuring the information it enters into PROSECUTORbyKarpel and subsequently shared through Statewide Search was not obtained in violation of any federal, state, local or tribal law applicable to the Contributing  Party.

3. Each Contributing Party has the sole responsibility and accountability for ensuring compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, policies and procedures applicable to the party's entry of information in PROSECUTORbyKarpel that is subsequently shared through

Statewide Search.

4. As information entered into PROSECUTORbyKarpel and subsequently shared through Statewide Search is separately maintained by each Contributing Party in their separate installation of PROSECUTORbyKarpel, and for which each Contributing Party is solely responsible and accountable, information is not alterable or changeable in the Statewide Search database in any way by any other Contributing Party.

5. Statewide Search is only a view of information from each Contributing Party and is not intended to be an official repository of original records, or to be used as a substitute for one, nor is the information contained in Statewide Search accorded any independent record status. Statewide Search is merely an application to facilitate the sharing of copies of the information outlined above that is contributed from already existing records contained in each Contributing Party's installation of PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

6. Each Contributing Party agrees to treat information shared through Statewide Search, including Confidential Information, Personally Identifiable Information, and Criminal Justice Information, as confidential to the extent authorized by law, including the Freedom of Information Act, 5.U.S.C. § 552, the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. § 552a, and state Sunshine Act laws.

Access to and Use of Information

1. Each Contributing Party will contribute Confidential Information, Personally Identifiable Information, and Criminal Justice Information automatically through PROSECUTORbyKarpel. Each Contributing party agrees and permits other Contributing Parties to access and use through the Statewide Search function such Confidential Information, Personally Identifiable Information, and Criminal Justice Information.

2. Each Contributing Party will have access via PROSECUTORbyKarpel through the Statewide Search function to shared Information for use by Statewide Search.  A snapshot of the Statewide Data Sharing Portal Details is attached hereto as Attachment A for illustrative purposes.

3. Each Contributing Party agrees and understands that cases, persons, and other Information that is given an authorization level by a Contributing Party within PROSECUTORbyKarpel is not subject to dissemination to other Contributing Parties through Statewide Search. Such cases, persons and Information that are assigned specific users or teams (authorizations) through PROSECUTORbyKarpel authorization levels are excluded from Statewide Search results.

4. Prosecution Offices that are not Contributing Parties are not eligible to use Statewide Search function through PROSECUTORbyKarpel and will not have access to Statewide Search within  PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

5. Each Contributing Party is responsible for providing its own Internet connectivity to use Statewide Search.

6. Karpel Solutions houses Information within a secured datacenter that is CJIS compliant and SAS70 audited. Multiple levels of security are in place to access the physical systems along with multiple levels of authentication. All systems are backed up and a copy of those backups is kept in two different locations. Additionally, an outside third‐party security audit is performed annually, testing both the network and application  layers.

7. Karpel Solutions provides a secure method of delivery of the Information that is requested through Statewide Search by providing the information in an encrypted stream through SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) that is only accessible by Contributing Parties.

8. Each Contributing Party has the sole responsibility and accountability for ensuring that its use of the Statewide Search function conforms with laws, regulations, policies and procedures applicable to the Contributing Party.

9. All Contributing Parties agree that any information that is accessed through Statewide Search may only be disseminated in the furtherance of a legitimate law enforcement investigation or criminal prosecution.

10. All Contributing Parties agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Karpel Solutions is allowed to use Statewide Search for demonstration purposes showing only fictitious Information.

Effective Date, Duration, Modification and Termination

1. As among the Contributing Parties and Karpel Solutions, this MOU shall become effective as to each such party when an authorized representative of the party signs it.

2. This MOU shall remain in full force and effect for each Contributing Party as long as they continue to use PROSECUTORbyKarpel.

3. This MOU may be modified or altered upon the mutual written consent of the duly authorized representatives of each Contributing Party and Karpel Solutions. However, Karpel Solutions and the Contributing Parties may modify, address, and resolve technical and operational details with regards to the functionality of Statewide Search and PROSECUTORbyKarpel that relate to this MOU without obtaining the consent of all Contributing Parties provided that such does not conflict with this MOU.

4. This MOU may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the authorized representatives of all the parties. A duly authorized representative of a Contributing Party may also terminate that Contributing Party’s participation in the MOU upon thirty (30) day written notice to all other parties. Karpel Solutions may terminate the provision of Statewide Search to the Contributing Parties upon thirty (30) day written notice to all the Contributing Parties. A Contributing Party's participation may also be terminated by Karpel Solutions if the Contributing Party is not in compliance with the terms of this MOU.

5. Upon termination of this MOU, Karpel Solutions agrees to disconnect the fetching of data  used by the Statewide Search function.

SO AGREED, the parties below have executed this MOU by the signatures of the authorized representative of the Contributing Party on the dates indicated below.

City of Hawthorne          Karpel Solutions
California
_______________________________      _______________________________ Signature            Signature
_______________________________      _______________________________ Printed Name            Printed Name
_______________________________      _______________________________ Title              Title
_______________________________      _______________________________ Date              Date

Statewide Data Sharing Portal Details
When PROSECUTORbyKarpel recognizes identical Persons in the Statewide Data Sharing Portal, the Statewide button will automatically turn blue. Selecting the Statewide button will show the data in the portal as seen below.

AGENDA ITEM NO. 26

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: City Attorney
City Attorney: ___________
Robert Kim
SUBJECT:

Claim for Damages of Leonard Hardaway
RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Deny the Claim of Leonard Hardaway.

DISCUSSION:

Claimant seeks monetary compensation for alleged injuries he sustained when his vehicle was struck by a fleeing felon during a police pursuit.

FISCAL IMPACT:

None.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:
72 hours posted notice pursuant to the Ralph M. Brown Act ATTACHMENT(S):

None.

AGENDA ITEM NO. 27

CITY OF HAWTHORNE
City Council

AGENDA BILL
For the meeting of December 12, 2023
Originating Department: Housing
City Manager: __________
Vontray Norris
Dir. of Housing: ___________
Kimberly Mack
SUBJECT:

Public Hearing on the Draft Substantial Amendment to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan and 2020-2021 Action Plan for the Community Development Block Grant – Coronavirus (CDBG-CV) Program.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

The staff advises that the City Council:

1. Conduct the public hearing and receive comments on the draft Substantial Amendment to the 20-24 Consolidated Plan and 20-21 Action Plan for the use of Community Development Block Grant – Coronavirus (CDBG-CV) funds.

2. Adopt the 20-24 Consolidated Plan and 20-21 Action Plan and authorize the City Manager, or designee, to submit the plan and any necessary amendments to the plan to the United State Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).

3. Authorize the City Manager, or designee, to negotiate, execute, and amend contracts with subrecipients or professional service providers as necessary to implement the CDBG-CV projects identified.

4. Authorize the City Manager, or designee, to execute, amend, and submit to HUD all plans and documents necessary to administer the CDBG-CV program.

DISCUSSION:

The City of Hawthorne City Council adopted the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan on May 12, 2020, which described the City’s housing and community development needs and strategies to address those needs over five years using HUD entitlement grant funds. The Action Plans are the annual plans implementing the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Strategic Plan goals to invest annual

allocations of CDBG and HOME funds from HUD as well as the special one-time CDBG-CV allocation.

As part of its responsibility in receiving these funds, the City must prepare and submit an annual Action Plan outlining the proposed uses of CDBG, CDBG-CV, and HOME funds to address the priorities in the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan. The substantial amendment to the Action Plan reprograms unspent CDBG-CV funds from existing activities identified in the 20-21 Action Plan towards the Bridge of Hope Homeless Center - pallet shelter project.

CDBG-CV PROGRAM
The City received $1,712,974 in CDBG-CV funds from HUD under the CARES Act to prevent, prepare for, and respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. In consultation with key City Departments and partners serving the needs of low- and moderate-income residents, this substantial amendment requests approval to invest CDBG-CV funds towards the activities listed below.

CDBG-CV PROGRAM
Public Service Activities
FPOSB: Homeless Support $19,643.98
COH: Emergency Housing Assistance (ERAG) $535,955.00
Sub-Total: $555,598.98
Capital & Economic Development Activities
COH: Homeless Center (Bridge of Hope) $804,491.09
COH: Small Business Assistance $49,326.00
COH: Microenterprise Assistance $60,000.00
Sub-Total: $913,817.09
Program Administration Activities
City of Hawthorne: CDBG-CV Program Administration $243,557.93 Sub-Total: $243,557.93
CDBG-CV Total: $1,712,974.00
More specifically, the 20-21 Action Plan was amended to revise the following five (5) CDBG-CV activities:
• CDBG-CV Administration (reduced from $342,594 by $99,036.07 to $243,557.93) • CDBG-CV Homeless Support (reduced from $30,000 by $10,356.02 to $19,643.98) • CDBG-CV Homeless Center (increased from $617,262 by $187,229.09 to $804,491.09)
• CDBG-CV Small Business Assistance (reduced from $117,163 by $67,837 to $49,326) • CDBG-CV Microenterprise Assistance (reduced from $70,000 by $10,000 to $60,000)

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIC PLAN:

None
FISCAL IMPACT:

The City received $1,712,974 in CDBG-CV funds from HUD under the CARES Act. Approval of the substantial amendments to the 20-24 Consolidated Plan and 20-21 Annual Action Plan will not impact the General Fund as such costs, including staff and legal counsel costs related to preparation and review of contractual agreements with funding recipients, will be covered by CDBG-CV administrative allocations.

NOTICING PROCEDURES:

In compliance with federal regulations, a Notice of Public Hearing was published on November 9, 2023, in the Hawthorne Press-Tribune, informing the public of the availability of the draft Substantial Amendments. A copy of the draft documents was made available at City Hall, the Public Library, and on the City’s website for public review and comment from November 9, 2023, through and including December 12, 2023.

ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Draft Substantial Amendment to 20-24 Consolidated Plan and 20-21 Action Plan Draft
Substantial
Amendment
Consolidated Plan
FY2020-2024
Annual Action Plan
FY2020-2021
Draft for Public Review & Comment
December 12, 2023
This page intentionally left blank
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 1 Table of Contents
Table of Contents....................................................................................................................................................................................................................1 Executive Summary.................................................................................................................................................................................................................7 ES-05 Executive Summary - 24 CFR 91.200(c), 91.220(b)..................................................................................................................7 The Process...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................15 PR-05 Lead & Responsible Agencies 24 CFR 91.200(b).....................................................................................................................15 PR-10 Consultation - 91.100, 91.200(b), 91.215(l).................................................................................................................................16 PR-15 Citizen Participation.......................................................................................................................................................................................24 Needs Assessment................................................................................................................................................................................................................33 NA-05 Overview.............................................................................................................................................................................................................33 NA-10 Housing Needs Assessment - 24 CFR 91.205 (a,b,c).........................................................................................................38 NA-15 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Problems – 91.205 (b)(2)................................................................49 NA-20 Disproportionately Greater Need: Severe Housing Problems – 91.205 (b)(2)..............................................52 NA-25 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Cost Burdens – 91.205 (b)(2)......................................................55 NA-30 Disproportionately Greater Need: Discussion – 91.205(b)(2)....................................................................................56 NA-35 Public Housing – 91.205(b)....................................................................................................................................................................62 NA-40 Homeless Needs Assessment – 91.205(c).................................................................................................................................67 NA-45 Non-Homeless Special Needs Assessment - 91.205 (b,d)..............................................................................................72 NA-50 Non-Housing Community Development Needs – 91.215 (f).....................................................................................75 Housing Market Analysis...................................................................................................................................................................................................80 MA-05 Overview.............................................................................................................................................................................................................80 MA-10 Number of Housing Units – 91.210(a)&(b)(2)........................................................................................................................82 MA-15 Housing Market Analysis: Cost of Housing - 91.210(a).....................................................................................................85 Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 2 MA-20 Housing Market Analysis: Condition of Housing – 91.210(a).......................................................................................89 MA-25 Public and Assisted Housing – 91.210(b)....................................................................................................................................94 MA-30 Homeless Facilities and Services – 91.210(c)............................................................................................................................97 MA-35 Special Needs Facilities and Services – 91.210(d)...............................................................................................................100 MA-40 Barriers to Affordable Housing – 91.210(e)...........................................................................................................................103 MA-45 Non-Housing Community Development Assets – 91.215 (f)..................................................................................104 MA-50 Needs and Market Analysis Discussion ......................................................................................................................................109 MA-60 Broadband Needs of Housing occupied by Low- and Moderate-Income Households - 91.210(a)(4),

91.310(a)(2)......................................................................................................................................................................................................................111 MA-65 Hazard Mitigation - 91.210(a)(5), 91.310(a)(3)....................................................................................................................113 Strategic Plan..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................115 SP-05 Overview.............................................................................................................................................................................................................115 SP-10 Geographic Priorities – 91.215 (a)(1)............................................................................................................................................117 SP-25 Priority Needs - 91.215(a)(2)...............................................................................................................................................................118 SP-30 Influence of Market Conditions – 91.215 (b)...........................................................................................................................123 SP-35 Anticipated Resources - 91.215(a)(4), 91.220(c)(1,2)........................................................................................................125 SP-40 Institutional Delivery Structure – 91.215(k)...............................................................................................................................130 SP-45 Goals Summary – 91.215(a)(4)...........................................................................................................................................................133 SP-50 Public Housing Accessibility and Involvement – 91.215(c)..............................................................................................136 SP-55 Barriers to affordable housing – 91.215(h)................................................................................................................................137 SP-60 Homelessness Strategy – 91.215(d)................................................................................................................................................139 SP-65 Lead based paint Hazards – 91.215(i) ...........................................................................................................................................141 SP-70 Anti-Poverty Strategy – 91.215(j).....................................................................................................................................................142 Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 3 SP-80 Monitoring – 91.230...................................................................................................................................................................................144 Expected Resources..........................................................................................................................................................................................................146 AP-15 Expected Resources – 91.220(c)(1,2)...........................................................................................................................................146 AP-20 Annual Goals and Objectives..............................................................................................................................................................151 Projects.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................154 AP-35 Projects – 91.220(d)..................................................................................................................................................................................154 AP-38 Project Summary..........................................................................................................................................................................................156 AP-50 Geographic Distribution – 91.220(f).............................................................................................................................................160 Affordable Housing ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................161 AP-55 Affordable Housing – 91.220(g)........................................................................................................................................................161 AP-60 Public Housing – 91.220(h)..................................................................................................................................................................163 AP-65 Homeless and Other Special Needs Activities – 91.220(i)............................................................................................164 AP-75 Barriers to affordable housing – 91.220(j).................................................................................................................................166 AP-85 Other Actions – 91.220(k)...................................................................................................................................................................167 Program Specific Requirements...............................................................................................................................................................................169 AP-90 Program Specific Requirements – 91.220(l)(1,2,4)..............................................................................................................169 Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 4 Version History
Version Summary of Changes
1 Draft Published for Public Comment: 4/9/20 Sent to HUD for Approval: 5/25/20 Conduct Public Hearing: 5/12/20 Approved by HUD: 6/24/20 Original 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan and 2020-2021 Action Plan 2 Draft Published for Public Comment: 8/20/20 Sent to HUD for Approval: 10/20/20 Conduct Public Hearing: 8/25/20 Approved by HUD: 11/18/20 Amendment 1 (Substantial): Incorporated $771,494 of CDBG-CV funds under the CARES Act and $1,194,706 of prior year unused HOME funds to prepare, prevent, and respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. To enable the use of these funds, the following changes to the 20-24 Consolidated Plan were made:
• Addition of ‘COVID-19 Impact’ Priority Need and ‘COVID-19 Response’ Goal to the Strategic Plan • Addition of HOME TBRA sections to Needs Assessment, Market Analysis, Strategic Plan and Action Plan
More specifically, the 20-21 Action Plan was amended to add three (3) new CDBG-CV activities and one (1) new HOME activity with the following budgets:
• CDBG-CV Homelessness Prevention ($30,000)
• CDBG-CV Emergency Housing Assistance ($587,196)
• CDBG-CV Program Planning and Administration ($154,298) • HOME Tenant-Based Rental Assistance (TBRA) ($1,150,236) In addition, the 20-21 Action Plan was modified to increase the budget of one (1) existing HOME activity as specified below:
• HOME Program Planning and Administration (Increase of $44,470 to $97,169) 3 Draft Published for Public Comment: N/A Sent to HUD for Approval: 1/12/21 Conduct Public Hearing: N/A Approved by HUD: 1/15/21
Amendment 2 (Non-Substantial): Incorporated corrected allocation amounts in response to HUD notification received on 12/18/20. The total CDBG budget was reduced by $200 and the HOME budget was reduced by $149. More specifically, the 20-21 Action Plan was amended to reduce the budget of two (2) CDBG activities and two (2) HOME activities as specified below. • CDBG Program Planning and Administration (reduced by $40 to $232,254) • CDBG Community Center (reduced by $160 to $518,974)
• HOME Program Planning and Administration (reduced by $14 to $97,155) • HOME Housing Rehabilitation (reduced by $135 to $536,130) Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 5 4 Draft Published for Public Comment: 3/25/21 Sent to HUD for Approval: 5/15/21 Conduct Public Hearing: 4/27/21 Approved by HUD: TBD
Amendment 3 (Substantial): Incorporated $941,480 of additional CDBG-CV funds under the CARES Act to prepare, prevent, and respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. More specifically, the 20-21 Action Plan was amended to add the following four (4) new CDBG-CV activities:
• CDBG-CV Homeless Center ($100,000)
• CDBG-CV Homeless Center Services ($273,184)
• CDBG-CV Small Business Assistance ($250,000)
• CDBG-CV Microenterprise Assistance ($130,000)
Additionally, the 20-21 Action Plan was modified to increase the budget of one (1) existing CDBG-CV activity as specified below:
• CDBG-CV Program Planning and Administration (increased by $188,296 to $342,594) Lastly, the 20-21 Action Plan was modified to cancel one (1) existing CDBG activity as follows:
• CDBG Community Center (cancelled activity which had budget of $518,974) The City intends to reprogram the funds from the cancelled Community Center project to a Commercial Façade Improvement program as part of the 2021-2022 Action Plan. To facilitate this activity, the City also added an additional Priority Need to promote economic opportunity, and a Consolidated Plan Strategic Plan Goal of Economic Development Opportunities with a goal outcome indicator of assisting 14 businesses.
5 Draft Published for Public Comment: 10/22/22 Sent to HUD for Approval: TBD Conduct Public Hearing: 11/22/22 Approved by HUD: TBD
Amendment 4 (Substantial): The 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan was amended to revise the following five (5) Strategic Plan Goals:
• Affordable Housing Preservation (added rehabilitation of 18 rental units to goal) • Affordable Housing Development (reduced goal from 2 to 1 housing unit / 4 households) • Public Services (increased goal from 500 to 1,500 people served) • COVID-19 Response (added 15 temporary non-congregate shelters; reduced jobs created/retained from 10 to 6; reduced microenterprises assisted from 13 to 7 for goal) The 20-21 Action Plan was amended to revise the following five (5) CDBG-CV activities:
• CDBG-CV Homeless Center (increased from $100,000 by $517,262 to $617,262) • CDBG-CV Homeless Center Services (cancelled and reduced from $273,184 to $0) • CDBG-CV Small Business Assistance (reduced from $250,000 by $132,837 to $117,163) • CDBG-CV Microenterprise Assistance (reduced from $130,000 by $60,000 to $70,000) • CDBG-CV Emergency Housing Assistance (reduced from $587,196 by $51,241 to $535,955) Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 6 6 Draft Published for Public Comment: 11/9/23 Sent to HUD for Approval: TBD Conduct Public Hearing: 12/12/23 Approved by HUD: TBD
Amendment 5 (Substantial): The 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan was amended to revise the following Strategic Plan Goals:
• COVID-19 Response (reduced jobs created/retained from 6 to 2; reduced homeless persons assisted from 30 to 10 for goal)
• Promote Economic opportunities (reduced businesses assisted from 5 to 2; reduced jobs created/retained from 11 to 2)
The 20-21 Action Plan was amended to revise the following five (5) CDBG-CV activities:
• COH: CDBG-CV Administration (reduced from $342,594.00 by $99,036.07 to $243,557.93) • FPOSB: CDBG-CV Homeless Support (reduced from $30,000.00 by $10,356.02 to $19,643.98) • COH: CDBG-CV Small Business Assistance (reduced from $117,163.00 by $67,837.00 to $49,326.00)
• COH: CDBG-CV Microenterprise Assistance (reduced from $70,000.00 by $10,000.00 to $60,000.00)
• COH: CDBG-CV Homeless Center (increased from $617,262.00 by $187,229.09 to $804,491.09) Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 7 Executive Summary
ES-05 Executive Summary - 24 CFR 91.200(c), 91.220(b)

1. Introduction
The City of Hawthorne has prepared the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan as a requirement to receive Federal Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) and HOME Investment Partnerships (HOME) funds. The Consolidated Plan provides the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) with a comprehensive assessment of the City’s housing and community development needs and outlines the City’s priorities, objectives and strategies for the investment of CDBG and HOME funds to address these needs over the next five years, beginning July 1, 2020 and ending June 30, 2025.

The City receives CDBG and HOME funds from HUD on a formula basis each year, and in turn, awards grants and loans to nonprofit, for-profit or public organizations for programs and projects in furtherance of this Plan. The CDBG and HOME programs generally provide for a wide range of eligible activities for the benefit of low- and moderate-income Hawthorne residents, as discussed below.

Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)
The Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 created the CDBG Program. The primary objective of the CDBG program is the development of viable urban communities by providing decent housing, a suitable living environment, and expanding economic opportunities, principally for persons of low- and moderateincome. The CDBG regulations require that each activity meet one of the following national objectives:
• Benefit low- and moderate-income persons; or
• Aid in the prevention or elimination of slums and blight; or • Meet other community development needs having a particular urgency (usually the result of a natural disaster).

Each year, the City certifies with the submission of its Annual Action Plan that it has given maximum feasible priority to activities, which meet the first and second objectives above. Additionally, the City certifies that no less than 70 percent of the CDBG funds received, over a three-year certification period, will be designed to benefit low- and moderate-income persons.

HOME Investment Partnerships (HOME) Program
The Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Housing Act of 1990 created the HOME program to expand the supply of affordable housing for low- and moderate-income households. Often used in partnership with local nonprofit housing development organizations, the HOME program can support a wide range of affordable housing activities, including building, buying, and/or rehabilitating rental and ownership housing or providing direct rental assistance to low- and moderate-income people.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 8 Community Development Block Grant Coronavirus (CDBG-CV) Congress passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act and the President signed it on March 27, 2020 authorizing $2.2 trillion in a variety of stimulus measures to prevent, prepare for, and respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. The law includes $2 billion for Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) entitlement communities. The City of Hawthorne receives regular formula-based entitlement grants of CDBG and HOME Investment Partnership (HOME) funds through the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) each year.

August 2020 Amendment
The City of Hawthorne will receive $771,494 in CDBG-CV funds from HUD under the CARES Act. As of July 10, 2020, HUD continues to release guidance for these programs containing modified program requirements.

Subject to the CARES Act and emerging policy from HUD, the City Council is responsible for determining how CDBG-CV funds will be used to prevent, prepare and respond to the COVID-19 virus. In consultation with key City departments and partners serving the needs of low- and moderate-income residents, this submission to the City Council requests approval to invest $1,194,706 of prior year unused HOME funds as well as CARES Act funding for the CDBG-CV activities listed below.

April 2021 Amendment
The City of Hawthorne received an additional $941,480 in CDBG-CV funds from HUD via the CARES Act.

These funds are separate and distinct from the City’s formula CDBG funds and must comply with the requirements summarized in 24 CFR § 570 and the flexibilities authorized in the CARES Act and summarized in Federal Register Notice 6218-N-01. The submission of this Substantial Amendment to the City Council requests approval to invest CARES Act funding for the CDBG-CV projects listed below as well as cancel the 2020-2021 Community Center Project so that those funds may be reprogrammed as part of the 2021-2022 Action Plan. The City intends to reallocate the Community Center project funds to a Commercial Façade Improvement program in an effort to revitalize the City’s business community. As such, the City is also adding an ‘Economic Development Opportunities’ Strategic Plan Goal to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan to facilitate said project. Note that the Consolidated Plan Strategic Plan goals were developed prior to the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result of the unforeseen consequences at the time it has now been valued as a high priority need based on feedback from City staff, key stakeholders and businesses in the City.

November 2022 Amendment
The 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan was amended to revise the following five (5) Strategic Plan Goals:
• Affordable Housing Preservation (added rehabilitation of 18 rental units to goal) • Affordable Housing Development (reduced goal from 2 to 1 housing unit / 4 households) • Public Services (increased goal from 500 to 1,500 people served) • COVID-19 Response (added 38 temporary non-congregate shelters; reduced jobs created/retained from 10 to 6; reduced microenterprises assisted from 13 to 7 for goal) The 20-21 Action Plan was amended to revise the following five (5) CDBG-CV activities:

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 9 • CDBG-CV Homeless Center (increased from $100,000 by $517,262 to $617,262) • CDBG-CV Homeless Center Services (cancelled and reduced from $273,184 to $0) • CDBG-CV Small Business Assistance (reduced from $250,000 by $132,837 to $117,163) • CDBG-CV Microenterprise Assistance (reduced from $130,000 by $60,000 to $70,000) • CDBG-CV Emergency Housing Assistance (reduced from $587,196 by $51,241 to $535,955) December 2023 Amendment
The 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan was amended to revise the following Strategic Plan Goal:
• COVID-19 Response (reduced jobs created/retained from 6 to 2; reduced homeless persons assisted from 30 to 10 for goal)
• Promote Economic opportunities (reduced businesses assisted from 5 to 2; reduced jobs created/retained from 11 to 2)
The 20-21 Action Plan was amended to revise the following five (5) CDBG-CV activities:
• COH: CDBG-CV Administration (reduced from $342,594.00 by $99,036.07 to $243,557.93) • FPOSB: CDBG-CV Homeless Support (reduced from $30,000.00 by $10,356.02 to $19,643.98) • COH: CDBG-CV Small Business Assistance (reduced from $117,163.00 by $67,837.00 to $49,326.00) • COH: CDBG-CV Microenterprise Assistance (reduced from $70,000.00 by $10,000.00 to $60,000.00) • COH: CDBG-CV Homeless Center (increased from $617,262.00 by $187,229.09 to $804,491.09) 2020-2021 Program Year
In addition to the Consolidated Plan, this document includes the first year’s Annual Action Plan. For the 2020- 2021 program year, the City will receive $1,311,270 of CDBG, $595,700 of HOME, and $1,712,974 in CDBGCV funds from HUD. The 2020-2021 Action Plan allocates these funds, as well as prior year unused HOME funds in the amount of $1,194,706, to the following program activities to be implemented from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 10 2020-2021 CDBG PROGRAM
Public Service Activities
City of Hawthorne: Teen Center $95,000
Mychal’s Learning Center $20,000
New Star Family Justice Center $20,000
Sub-Total: $135,000
Capital Activities
Section 108 Loan Repayment $395,042
City of Hawthorne: Community Center Project (Cancelled) $0 Sub-Total: $395,042
Program Administration Activities
City of Hawthorne: CDBG Program Administration $232,254 Housing Rights Center: Fair Housing Services $30,000
Sub-Total: $262,254
CDBG Total: $792,296
2020-2021 HOME PROGRAM
Housing Activities
CHDO Set-Aside $89,355
City of Hawthorne: Housing Rehabilitation Program (Cancelled) $0 Sub-Total: $89,355
Program Administration Activities
City of Hawthorne: HOME Program Administration $97,155
Sub-Total: $97,155
HOME Total: $186,510
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 11

CDBG-CV PROGRAM
Public Service Activities
Homelessness Prevention $19,643.98
Emergency Housing Assistance to Low/Mod Households $535,955.00 Sub-Total: $555,598.98
Capital & Economic Development Activities
Homeless Center $804,491.09
Small Business Assistance $49,326.00
Microenterprise Assistance $60,000.00
Sub-Total: $913,817.09
Program Administration Activities
City of Hawthorne: CDBG-CV Program Administration $243,557.93 Sub-Total: $243,557.93
CDBG-CV Total: $1,712,974

2. Summary of the objectives and outcomes identified in the Plan Needs Assessment Overview
The priority needs and goals identified in the Plan needs assessment are based on analysis of information including the results of the City’s 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Survey of residents and stakeholders and the housing and community development data elements required by HUD in the online Consolidated Plan system (the eCon Planning Suite). Data supplied by HUD includes the 2011-2015 American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates and the Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) covering the same time period. Other sources of information used to identify needs and establish priorities were obtained through consultation with local nonprofit agencies involved in the development of affordable housing and the delivery of public services to children, families, elderly persons, and persons with special needs throughout the community.

In consideration of community input and available data, the eight (8) priority needs listed below are established as part of this Plan:
• Preserve the supply of affordable housing
• Increase the supply of affordable housing for low-income individuals, families, persons with special needs and persons experiencing homelessness
• Public services for low-and moderate-income income residents • Ensure equal access to housing opportunities
• Improve public facilities and infrastructure
• Address material barriers to accessibility
• COVID-19 Impact
• Promote economic opportunities
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 12 Consistent with HUD’s national goals for the CDBG and HOME programs to provide decent housing opportunities, maintain a suitable living environment and expand economic opportunities for low- and moderate-income residents, the priority needs listed above will be addressed over the next five years through the implementation of CDBG and HOME funded activities aligned with the following measurable goals included in the Strategic Plan section of this Plan:

Goal Name Category Need(s) Addressed Goal Outcome Indicator Affordable Housing
Preservation
Affordable
Housing
Preserve the supply of
affordable housing
Homeowner housing
rehabilitation: 30 Housing
Units
Rental housing rehabilitation:
18 units
Affordable Housing
Development
Affordable
Housing
Increase the supply of
affordable housing
Affordable housing: 1 Housing
Unit / 4 Households
Public Services Non-Housing
Community
Development
Provide public services to
low- and moderate-income
residents
Public service activities other
than Low/Mod Income
Housing Benefit: 1,500
Persons
Fair Housing Services Affordable
Housing
Ensure equal access to
housing opportunities
Other: 1,750 Persons
Public Facilities and
Infrastructure
Improvements
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Improve public facilities and
infrastructure; Address
material barriers to
accessibility
Public facility or infrastructure
activities other than Low/Mod
Income Housing
Benefit: 10,000 People
COVID-19
Response
Non-Housing
Community
Development
COVID-19 Impact Homeless Prevention: 10
people; 15 temporary noncongregate shelter units
Housing Assistance: 105
households
Business Assistance: 2 jobs
created/retained and 7
microenterprises
Economic
Development
Opportunities
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Promote Economic
Opportunities
Commercial Rehabilitation: 2
businesses assisted; 2 jobs
created/retained
Table 1 - Strategic Plan Summary
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 13

3. Evaluation of past performance
The investment of HUD resources during the 2015-2019 program years was a catalyst for positive change in the community. Together with other federal, state and local investments, HUD resources allowed the City and its partners to:
• Provide fair housing services to 1,558 people
• Provide tenant based rental assistance to 72 households • Provide sustainability of decent housing through rehabilitating 15 housing units and conducting 5 leadbased paint testing and abatement • Provide youth with appropriate health, recreational services and after school programs by assisting 420 youths
• Decreasing crime in neighborhoods through youth diversion programs, neighborhood watch, and crime free multifamily housing, and the removal of graffiti where 165,412 people live • Enhance low- and moderate-income neighborhoods by inspecting 4,4250 housing units through code enforcement
• Provide access to local facilities that contribute to community and neighborhood development through the payment of section 108 loan

4. Summary of citizen participation process and consultation process The Consolidated Plan regulations at 24 CFR Part 91 provide the citizen participation and consultation requirements for the development of the Consolidated Plan. Chief among those requirements is the need to consult with the Continuum of Care (CoC) to address homelessness, Public Housing Authorities (PHA), business leaders, civic leaders and public or private agencies that address housing, health, social service, victim services, employment, or education needs of low-income individuals and families, homeless individuals and families, youth and/or other persons with special needs. This qualitative input was combined with a quantitative analysis of demographic, housing and socioeconomic data to develop the strategic plan that reflects the housing, community and economic development needs and priorities for the City of Hawthorne over the next five years.

In accordance with the City’s Citizen Participation Plan, residents and stakeholders were able to participate in the development of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan through surveys, community meetings and public hearings. Efforts were made to encourage participation by low- and moderate-income persons, particularly those living in areas where HUD funds are proposed to be used, and by residents of predominantly low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Efforts were made to encourage the participation of minorities and nonEnglish speaking persons, as well as persons with disabilities. The consultation process included representatives of the CoC, PHA, and other specified groups who completed surveys, provided local data, and assisted the City to ensure practical coordination of strategies to maximize impact and to avoid duplication of effort.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Executive Summary 14

5. Summary of public comments
Community meetings to discuss housing and community development needs in Hawthorne were held on September 26, 2019 at the Hawthorne City Hall – Council Chambers and on October 19, 2019 at the Betty Ainsworth Sports Center.

A public hearing to receive comments on the draft 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan, the draft 2020-2021 Annual Action Plan and the draft Analysis of Impediments to Fair Housing Choice was held before the City Council on May 12, 2020. No comments were received.

A public hearing to receive comments on the draft Substantial Amendment to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan and 2020-2021 Action Plan was held before the City Council on December 12, 2023. Any comments received will be included in Appendix B.

6. Summary of comments or views not accepted and the reasons for not accepting them
All comments and views received by the City in the development of the Consolidated Plan were accepted and taken into consideration in the development of the Consolidated Plan.

7. Summary
Examination of 2011-2015 American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates and the 2001-2015 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data, in addition to local data, as well as consultation with citizens and stakeholders revealed eight (8) high priority needs to be addressed through the investment of an anticipated $9.5 million of CDBG and HOME funds over the five year period of the Consolidated Plan.

The investment of CDBG and HOME funds in eligible activities shall be guided principally by the seven (7) goals of the Strategic Plan. Activities submitted for consideration in response to any solicitation or Notice of Funds Availability (NOFA) process must conform with one of the five Strategic Plan strategies and the associated action-oriented, measurable goals in order to receive consideration for CDBG or HOME funds.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 15
The Process
PR-05 Lead & Responsible Agencies 24 CFR 91.200(b)

1. Describe agency/entity responsible for preparing the Consolidated Plan and those responsible for administration of each grant program and funding source The following are the agencies/entities responsible for preparing the Consolidated Plan and those responsible for administration of each grant program and funding source.

Agency Role Name Department/Agency
CDBG Administrator City of Hawthorne Housing Department HOME Administrator City of Hawthorne Housing Department Table 2 - Responsible Agencies
Narrative
The City of Hawthorne's Housing Department is the lead agency responsible for the administration of the CDBG and HOME programs. The City contracted with LDM Associates, Inc. to prepare the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan.

In the development of this Consolidated Plan, LDM Associates, Inc. developed and implemented a comprehensive citizen participation and consultation process and conducted a needs assessment and market analysis to identify levels of relative need regarding affordable housing, homelessness, special needs, and community development. This information was gathered through consultation with public officials and local agencies, public outreach and community meetings, review of demographic and economic data, and housing market analysis.

In the implementation of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan and each of the five (5) Annual Action Plans, the Housing Department shall be responsible for all grants planning, management and monitoring duties necessary to comply with HUD regulations and City policy.

Consolidated Plan Public Contact Information
Housing Department
Attn: Kimberly Mack, Housing Director
4455 W 126th Street
Hawthorne, CA 90250
(310) 349-1603
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 16
PR-10 Consultation - 91.100, 91.200(b), 91.215(l)

1. Introduction
The City of Hawthorne consulted with representatives from multiple agencies, groups, and organizations involved in the development of affordable housing, creation of job opportunities for low- and moderate-income residents, and/or provision of services to children, elderly persons, persons with disabilities, persons with HIV/AIDS and their families, and homeless persons. To facilitate this consultation, the City solicited feedback through the following methods:
• Survey of residents and stakeholders (web-based and paper surveys) • Individual stakeholder consultations
• Community meetings
• Community events
• Public hearings
• Receipt of written comments
To gather the greatest breadth and depth of information, the City consulted with a wide variety of agencies, groups and organizations concerning the housing, community and economic development needs of the community. Each of the agencies, groups or organizations invited to consult and participate in the planning process is represented in Table 3. The input received from these consultations helped establish and inform the objectives and goals described in the Strategic Plan.

Provide a concise summary of the jurisdiction’s activities to enhance coordination between public and assisted housing providers and private and governmental health, mental health and service agencies (91.215(I)).

The City recognizes the importance of careful coordination and alignment among various service providers to maximize the effectiveness of their programs. As a result, during the development of this Consolidated Plan, the City consulted closely with organizations that provide assisted housing, health services and other community-focused agencies. Outreach efforts included surveys including specific questions associated with coordination, invitations to community meetings and follow-up in-person interviews where appropriate.

The City further recognizes the importance of continued coordination and alignment during the upcoming five (5) year planning period with these organizations and agencies. The City will work on strengthening relationships and alignment among these organizations.

Describe coordination with the Continuum of Care and efforts to address the needs of homeless persons (particularly chronically homeless individuals and families, families with children, veterans, and unaccompanied youth) and persons at risk of homelessness
Los Angeles County’s homeless Continuum of Care (CoC) is comprised of a network of public, private, faithbased, for-profit, and non-profit service providers who utilize several federal, state and local resources to provide services for homeless people. The region’s municipalities, including the City of Hawthorne, also provide resources for services that assist the homeless and those at risk of becoming homeless. The non-profit and faith-based community plays a key role in the current CoC system. Hundreds of agencies throughout the Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 17
County provide programs ranging from feeding the homeless on the street to creating permanent supportive housing opportunities. These services are available to homeless families with children, and single men and women. The non-profit and faith-based community also serves special needs populations, such as victims of domestic violence, veterans, the disabled and youth.

The CoC guides the development of homeless strategies and the implementation of programs to end homelessness throughout the region. The City provided a detailed questionnaire to the CoC to identify the CoC’s perceived needs in the county and its objectives to address the needs of different homeless persons populations, specifically chronically homeless families and individuals, families with children, veterans, unaccompanied youth and persons at risk of homelessness. Following the delivery and response to this questionnaire, the City followed up with the CoC to clarify existing needs and objectives and understand opportunities for collaboration and coordination during the five year planning process.

Describe consultation with the Continuum(s) of Care that serves the jurisdiction's area in determining how to allocate ESG funds, develop performance standards and evaluate outcomes, and develop funding, policies and procedures for the administration of HMIS
The City and the COC will continue to work together to develop performance standards that provide a measure to evaluate each ESG subrecipients effectiveness, such as how well the service provider succeeded at 1) targeting those who need the assistance most; 2) reducing the number of people living on the streets or emergency shelters; 3) shortening the time people spend homeless; and 4) reducing each program participant’s housing barriers or housing stability risks. These performance standards will be incorporated into the City’s Subrecipient Agreement, and to the extent possible, will be tracked and measured in HMIS. Table 3 provides a listing of the entities consulted as part of this planning process.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 18

2. Describe Agencies, groups, organizations and others who participated in the process and describe the jurisdictions consultations with housing, social service agencies and other entities
1 Agency/Group/Organization LAHSA
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-homeless
Continuum of Care
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Homelessness Strategy Homeless Needs -
Chronically homeless
Homeless Needs - Families
with children
Homelessness Needs -
Veterans
Homelessness Needs -
Unaccompanied youth
How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
2 Agency/Group/Organization Legal Aid Society of
Orange County
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services - Victims
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
3 Agency/Group/Organization Los Angeles County
Development Authority
Agency/Group/Organization Type PHA
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Housing Needs How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
4 Agency/Group/Organization Children's Dental Health
Clinic
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Children
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
5 Agency/Group/Organization The Children's Clinic
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Health
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 19
How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
6 Agency/Group/Organization Hawthorne Veteran
Affairs Commission
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Homeless
Veterans
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
7 Agency/Group/Organization Steelworkers Oldtimers
Foundation
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons Services-Persons with
Disabilities
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
8 Agency/Group/Organization Harbor Regional Center
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Persons with
Disabilities
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
9 Agency/Group/Organization Watts Health Center
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Persons with

HIV/AIDS
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
10 Agency/Group/Organization County Public Health
Department
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Persons with

HIV/AIDS
Services-Health
Other government - Local
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 20
11 Agency/Group/Organization Volunteers of America
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-homeless
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Homelessness Strategy Homeless Needs -
Chronically homeless
Homeless Needs - Families
with children
Homelessness Needs -
Veterans
Homelessness Needs -
Unaccompanied youth
How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
12 Agency/Group/Organization South Bay Workforce
Investment Board, Inc.

Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Children
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
13 Agency/Group/Organization C-H #4 Residential Facility Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Residential Facility How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
14 Agency/Group/Organization Champions of Caring
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Education
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
15 Agency/Group/Organization El Nido Family Centers
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Employment
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Economic Development How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
16 Agency/Group/Organization Advantage
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Public Services Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 21
How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
17 Agency/Group/Organization Ashley's Place Adult
Residential II
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Elderly Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
18 Agency/Group/Organization EPI Center
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Elderly Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
19 Agency/Group/Organization Piety and Emenogu-Work
Skill Center
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Elderly Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
20 Agency/Group/Organization Rosecrans Villa Residential Care
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Elderly Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
21 Agency/Group/Organization Moneta Gardens
Improvements
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Education
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Economic Development How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey, e-mail, and in
person
22 Agency/Group/Organization Woodyear Home
Agency/Group/Organization Type Services-Elderly Persons What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Elderly Services How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 22
23 Agency/Group/Organization Los Angeles County
Development Authority
Agency/Group/Organization Type Housing
What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? Housing Need Assessment How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination?
Survey and e-mail
Table 3 - Agencies, groups, organizations who participated Identify any Agency Types not consulted and provide rationale for not consulting The City attempts to maintain a current and comprehensive list of agencies, organizations and other stakeholders and invited representatives from each entity to participate in the planning process at multiple points in the planning process. If an agency did not attend meetings or participate in surveys, it was done so by the agency’s choice.

If an agency or organization was not consulted and would like to be included in the City’s list of stakeholders, the agency or organization may contact the Housing Director at (310) 349-1603.

Other local/regional/state/federal planning efforts considered when preparing the Plan Name of Plan Lead Organization How do the goals of your Strategic Plan overlap with the goals of each plan?
Continuum of Care Los Angeles Homeless
Services Authority
(LAHSA)
The Emergency Shelter/Homeless Prevention / Rapid ReHousing goal of the Strategic Plan is consistent with the County of Los Angeles 10-Year Strategy to End
Homelessness.

City of Hawthorne
2013-2021 Housing
Element
City of Hawthorne
Community
Development
Department
The goals included in the Strategic Plan are consistent with the City of Hawthorne's Housing Element
Table 4 - Other local / regional / federal planning efforts Describe cooperation and coordination with other public entities, including the State and any adjacent units of general local government, in the implementation of the Consolidated Plan (91.215(l)) To enhance coordination among the CoC, public and assisted housing providers and private and governmental health, mental health and service agencies, the City invited each of these entities to provide input on the needs of the community in the development of this Consolidated Plan.

The Housing Department works with subrecipients of CDBG funds to ensure a coordinated effort among service agencies in the region to address the needs of Hawthorne residents, including but not limited to chronically homeless individuals and families, families with children, veterans and their families, unaccompanied youth, and persons who were recently homeless but now live in permanent housing. To promote economic opportunities for low-income residents, the City coordinates with subrecipient social service agencies, Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 23
businesses and housing developers to ensure that where there are job opportunities for low-income people in connection with HUD-assisted projects, information is disseminated through appropriate channels consistent with the objectives of Section 3 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1968.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 24
PR-15 Citizen Participation

1. Summary of citizen participation process/Efforts made to broaden citizen participation
Summarize citizen participation process and how it impacted goal-setting The City established and followed a process for the development of this five-year Consolidated Plan that included broad participation from the community. These activities were coordinated and implemented by the Housing Department.

To assist in the identification of priority needs in the City, a survey was prepared and distributed to residents of the City to solicit resident input in the prioritization of needs related to community services, community facilities, infrastructure, neighborhood services, special needs services, businesses and jobs, and housing. The surveys were available online and also were made available at various public facilities.

Two community meetings to discuss the housing and community development needs in the community were held on September 26, 2019 and October 19, 2019.

At each step in the process, the City was careful to ensure that low- and moderate-income residents, members of minority groups, agencies involved in the provision of services to these populations, and others who are directly impacted by the programs and activities supported by the Consolidated Plan programs had the opportunity to be actively involved.

In the preparation of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan, the City followed the process established for citizen participation set forth in the Citizen Participation Plan. To promote greater public accessibility to program documents, the Citizen Participation Plan, Consolidated Plan, Action Plans and CAPERs will be posted on the City website at: http://www.cityofhawthorne.org/
August 2020 Amendment
Given the urgency to design and launch programs with the CDBG-CV allocation, the CARES Act authorized grantees with the flexibility of providing 5-day public review periods and the authority to use virtual public hearings to fulfill applicable public hearing requirements. On March 31, 2020, HUD issued a memo authorizing grantees to modify public review and hearing requirements to comply with this flexibility. The City of Hawthorne requested the use of these waivers on July 30, 2020 and received approval from HUD on August 5, 2020 to utilize them.

As such, the City of Hawthorne conducted a 5-day review period for this substantial amendment from August 20 – August 25, 2020. The City conducted a virtual public hearing for the substantial amendment as part of the August 25, 2020 City Council meeting. No comments from the public were received. City Councilmember Mike Talleda made a comment that the Council should consider augmenting the Tenant-Based Rental Assistance (TBRA) program from $400,236 by reallocating the $750,000 budgeted for the Community Housing Development Organization (CHDO) project in the draft Action Plan Amendment. The City Council agreed and voted unanimously to approve the Action Plan Amendment with said modifications.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 25
To encourage review and comment on the proposed activities, the City of Hawthorne published notices advertising the substantial amendment in the Hawthorne Press Tribune. In addition, the City posted this amendment on the City’s website for review and comment.

To ensure reasonable participation in the public hearing, the meeting was broadcast live on Channel 3 as well as through the City’s website. Residents wishing to speak during the public hearing will need to dial (310) 349- 2915 to be added to the que for public comment. Residents can submit comments via email to the City Clerk ([email protected]) no later than 5:30 pm on August 25, 2020.

April 2021 Amendment
The City of Hawthorne conducted a 30-day public review period for this substantial amendment from March 25, 2021 through April 27, 2021. The City will conduct a public hearing for the substantial amendment as part of the April 27, 2021 City Council meeting.

To encourage review and comment on the proposed activities, the City published notices advertising the substantial amendment in the Hawthorne Press Tribune, on the City website, and social media accounts in compliance with the City’s Citizen Participation Plan. An electronic copy of the amendment was available on the City website for review and comment.

To ensure reasonable participation in the public hearing, the meeting will be broadcast live on Channel 3 as well as through the City’s website. Residents wishing to speak during the public hearing will need to dial (310) 349-2915 to be added to the queue for public comment. Residents can submit comments via email to the City Clerk ([email protected]) no later than 5:30 pm on April 27, 2021.

November 2022 Amendment
The City of Hawthorne conducted a 30-day public review period for this substantial amendment from October 21, 2022 through November 22, 2022. The City will conduct a public hearing for the substantial amendment as part of the November 22, 2022, City Council meeting.

To encourage review and comment on the proposed activities, the City published notices advertising the substantial amendment in the Hawthorne Press Tribune, on the City website, and social media accounts in compliance with the City’s Citizen Participation Plan. Hard copies were available at City Hall and electronic copies of the amendment were available on the City website for review and comment.

To ensure reasonable participation, residents may attend the public hearing and provide their comments inperson, or they may submit written comments to the City Clerk ([email protected]) or Housing Director ([email protected]) no later than 5:30 pm on November 22, 2022.

December 2023 Amendment
The City of Hawthorne conducted a 30-day public review period for this Substantial Amendment from November 9, 2023 through December 12, 2023. The City will conduct a public hearing for the Substantial Amendment as part of the December 12, 2023 City Council Meeting.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: The Process 26
To encourage review and comment on the proposed activities, the City published notices advertising the Substantial Amendment in the Hawthorne Press Tribune, on the City website, and social media accounts in compliance with the City’s Citizen Participation Plan. Hard copies were available at City Hall and the City Public Library. Electronic copies of the amendment were also available on the City website for review and comment.

To ensure reasonable participation, residents may attend the public hearing and provide comments in-person, or they may submit written comments to the City Clerk or Housing Director no later than 5:30 pm on December 12, 2023.

Citizen Participation Outreach
Sort
Order
Mode of Ou
treach
Target of
Outreach Summary of response/attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments
not accepted
and reasons
URL (If
applicable)
1 2020-2024
Consolidated
Plan Needs
Assessment
Survey
Minorities
Non-English
Speaking -
Specify other
language:

Spanish
Nontargeted/bro
ad
community
The 2020-2024 Consolidated
Plan Needs Assessment Survey
was disseminated on paper and in
electronic form in English and in
Spanish to advise the City on the
highest priority housing,
community and economic
development needs in
Hawthorne.
58 Hawthorne residents
responded to the
survey. The survey was
available from August
2019 to December
2019..

All comments were
accepted and
incorporated into the
survey results.
http://www.city
ofhawthorne.or
g/
2 Public
Meeting
Minorities
Non-English
Speaking -
Specify other
language:

Spanish
Persons with
disabilities
Residents and stakeholders
attended two Community
Meetings held on September 26,
2019 and October 3, 2019.

Residents and
stakeholders
participated in a
presentation concerning
the Consolidated Plan
and Action Plan. A
facilitated discussion of
community needs
followed the
presentation.

All comments were
accepted.
http://www.city
ofhawthorne.or
g/
Sort
Order
Mode of Ou
treach
Target of
Outreach Summary of response/attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments
not accepted
and reasons
URL (If
applicable)
3 Newspaper
Ad
Nontargeted/bro
ad
community
Notice of the 30-day public
review and comment period for
the draft 2020-2024
Consolidated Plan, 2020-2021
Annual Action Plan and Analysis
of Impediments to Fair Housing
Choice. The public notice invited
interested residents to review the
draft documents and where they
were available. Residents were
invited to a public hearing to
provide oral comments before
the Hawthorne City Council on
May 12,2020 at 6:00 p.m.

Not Applicable Not Applicable http://www.city
ofhawthorne.or
g/
4 Public
Hearing
Nontargeted/bro
ad
community
Public hearing for the draft 2020-
2024 Consolidated Plan and the
2020-2021 Annual Action Plan
before the Hawthorne City
Council on May 12, 2020 at 6:00
p.m.

No public comments
were received
Not Applicable http://www.city
ofhawthorne.or
g/
5 Newspaper
Ad
Nontargeted/bro
ad
community
Newspaper ad published on
August 20, 2020 in the
Hawthorne Press Tribune
announcing the availability of the
draft 2020-2021 Action Plan
Substantial Amendment to
include CDBG-CV and HOME
funds.

Not Applicable Not Applicable Not applicable.

Sort
Order
Mode of Ou
treach
Target of
Outreach Summary of response/attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments
not accepted
and reasons
URL (If
applicable)
6 Public
Hearing
Minorities
Non-English
speaking
Persons with
disabilities
Broad
community
Residents of
public/assiste
d housing
Stakeholders
A public hearing was held before
the Hawthorne City Council on
August 25, 2020 to receive input
on the draft 2020-2021 Action
Plan Substantial Amendment to
include CDBG-CV and HOME
funds.

City Councilmember
Mike Talleda made a
comment that the
Council should consider
augmenting the TenantBased Rental Assistance
(TBRA) program from
$400,236 by reallocating
the $750,000 budgeted
for the Community
Housing Development
Organization (CHDO)
project in the draft
Action Plan
Amendment. The City
Council agreed and
voted unanimously to
approve the Action Plan
Amendment with said
modifications.

All comments accepted. Not applicable
Sort
Order
Mode of Ou
treach
Target of
Outreach Summary of response/attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments
not accepted
and reasons
URL (If
applicable)
7 Newspaper
Ad
Nontargeted /
broad
community
Newspaper Ad published on
March 25, 2021 in the
Hawthorne Press Tribune
announcing the availability of the
draft 2020-2021 Action Plan
Substantial Amendment to
incorporate additional CDBG-CV
funds.

Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
8 Public
Hearing
Minorities
Non-English
Speaking
Persons with
Disabilities
Broad
community
Residents of
public/assiste
d housing
Stakeholders
A public hearing was held before
the Hawthorne City Council on
April 27, 2021 to receive input on
the draft 2020-2021 Action Plan
Substantial Amendment to
include CDBG-CV funds.

No public comments
were received
Not applicable
Sort
Order
Mode of Ou
treach
Target of
Outreach Summary of response/attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments
not accepted
and reasons
URL (If
applicable)
9 Newspaper
Ad
Nontargeted /
broad
community
Newspaper Ad published on
October 20, 2022 in the
Hawthorne Press Tribune
announcing the availability of the
draft 2020-2021 Action Plan
Substantial Amendment to
reprogram CDBG-CV funds and
2020-2024 Consolidated Plan to
update the Strategic Plan goals.

Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
10 Public
Hearing
Minorities
Non-English
Speaking
Persons with
Disabilities
Broad
community
Residents of
public/assiste
d housing
Stakeholders
A public hearing was held before
the Hawthorne City Council on
November 22, 2022 to receive
input on the draft 2020-2021
Action Plan Substantial
Amendment to reprogram
CDBG-CV funds, 2020-2024
Consolidated Plan to update the
Strategic Plan goals.

None. Not applicable. Not applicable.

Sort
Order
Mode of Ou
treach
Target of
Outreach Summary of response/attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments
not accepted
and reasons
URL (If
applicable)
11 Newspaper
Ad
Nontargeted/bro
ad
community
Newspaper Ad published on
November 9, 2023 in the
Hawthorne Press Tribune
announcing the availability of the
draft Substantial Amendment to
the 2020-2021 Action Plan to
reprogram CDBG-CV funds and
2020-2024 Consolidated Plan to
update the Strategic Plan goals.

Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
12 Public
Hearing
Minorities
Non-English
Speaking
Persons with
Disabilities
Broad
community
Residents of
public/assiste
d housing
Stakeholders
A public hearing was held before
the Hawthorne City Council on
December 12, 2023 to receive
input on the draft Substantial
Amendment to the 2020-2021
Action Plan to reprogram CDBGCV funds and the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan to update the
Strategic Plan goals.

Table 5 – Citizen Participation Outreach
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 33 Needs Assessment
NA-05 Overview
Needs Assessment Overview
The Needs Assessment section of the Consolidated Plan examines housing, homelessness, non-homeless special needs and non-housing community development needs. The housing needs assessment section evaluates household income, tenure (renter or owner), housing cost as a function of household income, disproportionate need amongst racial and ethnic groups and public housing needs. The homeless needs assessment examines the sheltered and unsheltered homeless population in Los Angeles County to inform the City’s strategy to address homelessness during the next five years. The non-homeless special needs assessment section evaluates the needs of people who are not homeless but due to various reasons are in need of services including but not limited to elderly, frail elderly, severe mentally ill, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, persons with alcohol or other drug addictions, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence. The non-housing community development needs assessment section discusses the need for public facilities, public infrastructure improvements and public services to benefit low- and moderate-income residents.

Methodology
To assess community needs, the City examined data, held community meetings, conducted a Consolidated Plan Survey and consulted with local stakeholders. The Needs Assessment primarily relies on the following sources of data:
• American Community Survey (2011-2015, five-year estimates) • Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (2011-2015, five-year estimates) • Point in Time Count (2019)
• Center for Disease Control (2013-2017 Drug Overdose Death Rate Increases) • Annual HIV Surveillance Report (2017)
• State of California Department of Justice (2018)
• National Crime Victimization Survey (2018)
This report utilizes the 2011-2015 ACS 5-year estimates and the 2011-2015 CHAS 5-year estimates as they are the most current data sets supplied through HUD’s eCon Planning Suite.

Consolidated Plan Survey for Residents and Stakeholders Hawthorne residents had the opportunity to respond to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Survey to rate the need in Hawthorne for housing facilities, housing services, community services, services for special needs populations, neighborhood services, community facilities, infrastructure and business and jobs services. The results of the 58 Hawthorne residents who responded to the survey are represented in Figures 1-8 below.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 34 Figure 1 - Need for Improved Housing Facilities
Figure 2 - Need for Improved or Additional Housing Facilities Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 35 Figure 3 - Need for Improved or Additional Community Services by Type or Target Population Figure 4 - Need for Improved or Additional Services for Special Needs Populations Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 36 Figure 5 - Need for Improved or Additional Neighborhood Services Figure 6 - Need for Improved or Additional Community Facilities Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 37 Figure 7 - Need for Improved or Additional Infrastructure Improvements Figure 8 - Need for Improved or Additional Business Services Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 38 NA-10 Housing Needs Assessment - 24 CFR 91.205 (a,b,c)
Summary of Housing Needs
From 2009-2015, the City’s population increased slightly from 84,293 to 86,565 and the number of households increased from 27,432 to 29,160. The median household income increased from $44,052 to $44,504. The City of Hawthorne includes 29,160 households, of which 19,050 or 65.3% earn less than 80% of AMI and 10,110 or 34.7% earn more than 80% of AMI.

When evaluating housing needs and problems, the Consolidated Plan considers households that are cost burdened (pay more than 30 percent of their income for housing costs), overcrowded (more than one person per room), and lack complete plumbing and/or kitchen facilities. Of all households earning less than 80 percent of AMI, 10,330, or 54.2 percent, experienced at least one of these housing problems. This is most pronounced (43.6 percent) for households that earn less than 50 percent of AMI.

The ACS and CHAS data in Tables 6-13 below focus on the housing needs of different households in the City for different levels of income. Analysis of the tables indicate a high need for housing assistance targeted at 12,060 households earning at or below 50 percent of AMI, of which 10,434 pay more than 30 percent of their income for housing costs and 6,580 severely cost burdened households who pay more than 50 percent of their income for housing costs. Renter households that earn less than 50 percent of AMI are much more likely to experience cost burden than owner households at the same income range, 47.2 percent versus 7.4 percent respectively.

Table 7 presents the number of different household types in the City for different levels of income. Small Family Households consist of 2-4 family members, while large family households have more than 5 persons per household. The income levels are divided by different HUD Area Median Family Income (HAMFI) levels corresponding with HUD income definitions as follows:
• 0-30% HAMFI: extremely low-income - 22 percent of all households; • 30-50% HAMFI: low-income - 20 percent of all households; • 50-80% HAMFI: moderate-income -24 percent of all households; • 80-100% HAMFI: medium-income - 10 percent of all households; and • Greater than 100% of AMI upper income -25 percent of all households.

Based on 2007-2011 CHAS data, 65 percent of all households in the City of Hawthorne earned less than 80 percent of HAMFI, and 35 percent of all households earning 80 percent or more than HAMFI for the Los Angeles – Long Beach Metropolitan Statistical Area.

Tables 8 and 9 indicate the number of renter- and owner-occupied households for different Area Median Income (AMI) levels that are experiencing housing problems. HUD defines four (4) different housing problems as:

1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities: Household lacks a sink with piped water, a range or stove, or a refrigerator
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 39

2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities: Household lacks hot and cold piped water, a flush toilet and a bathtub or shower

3. Overcrowding / severe overcrowding: A household is considered to be overcrowded if there are more than 1.01 people per room. A household is considered severely overcrowded if there are more than

1.5 people per room.

4. Cost burden / severe cost burden: A household is considered cost burdened if the household pays more than 30 percent of its total gross income for housing costs. A household is considered severely cost burdened if the household pays more than 50 percent of its total income for housing costs. For renters, housing costs include rent paid by the tenant plus utilities. For owners, housing costs include mortgage payment, taxes, insurance, and utilities.

Demographics Base Year: 2009 Most Recent Year: 2015 % Change Population 84,293 86,565 3%
Households 27,432 29,160 6%
Median Income $44,052.00 $44,504.00 1%
Table 6 - Housing Needs Assessment Demographics
Data Source: 2005-2009 ACS (Base Year), 2011-2015 ACS (Most Recent Year) Number of Households Table
0-30%
HAMFI
>30-
50%
HAMFI
>50-
80%
HAMFI
>80-
100%
HAMFI
>100%
HAMFI
Total Households 6,275 5,785 6,990 2,920 7,190
Small Family Households 2,720 2,675 3,295 1,375 3,870
Large Family Households 830 895 820 460 710
Household contains at least one person 62-74
years of age 815 645 980 485 1,540
Household contains at least one person age 75
or older 360 500 460 250 300
Households with one or more children 6 years
old or younger 1,584 1,495 1,305 509 885
Table 7 - Total Households Table
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 40 Housing Needs Summary Tables

1. Housing Problems (Households with one of the listed needs) Renter Owner
0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total 0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS
Substandard
Housing -
Lacking
complete
plumbing or
kitchen
facilities 240 90 85 10 425 15 20 10 0 45
Severely
Overcrowde
d - With
>1.51 people
per room
(and
complete
kitchen and
plumbing) 590 530 525 110 1,755 75 25 0 4 104
Overcrowde
d - With

1.01-1.5
people per
room (and
none of the
above
problems) 745 695 640 200 2,280 15 110 150 75 350
Housing cost
burden
greater than
50% of
income (and
none of the
above
problems) 3,335 1,105 160 35 4,635 320 405 445 150 1,320 Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 41 Renter Owner
0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total 0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total
Housing cost
burden
greater than
30% of
income (and
none of the
above
problems) 195 2,130 1,930 95 4,350 40 65 320 270 695
Zero/negativ
e Income
(and none of
the above
problems) 360 0 0 0 360 55 0 0 0 55
Table 8 – Housing Problems Table
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS

2. Housing Problems 2 (Households with one or more Severe Housing Problems: Lacks kitchen or complete plumbing, severe overcrowding, severe cost burden)
Renter Owner
0-
30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total
0-
30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS
Having 1 or more of
four housing problems 4,910 2,425 1,410 365 9,110 425 555 605 230 1,815 Having none of four
housing problems 315 2,410 4,320 1,615 8,660 205 395 650 715 1,965 Household has
negative income, but
none of the other
housing problems 360 0 0 0 360 55 0 0 0 55
Table 9 – Housing Problems 2
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 42

3. Cost Burden > 30%
Renter Owner
0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
Total 0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
Total

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS
Small Related 2,350 2,225 1,005 5,580 190 205 445 840
Large Related 630 560 130 1,320 120 165 215 500
Elderly 710 390 330 1,430 135 159 159 453
Other 1,345 1,175 800 3,320 30 45 60 135
Total need by
income 5,035 4,350 2,265 11,650 475 574 879 1,928
Table 10 – Cost Burden > 30%
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS

4. Cost Burden > 50%
Renter Owner
0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
Total 0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
Total

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS
Small Related 2,090 540 70 2,700 170 185 260 615
Large Related 505 40 0 545 120 105 75 300
Elderly 600 175 0 775 120 125 64 309
Other 1,285 455 90 1,830 20 45 60 125
Total need by
income 4,480 1,210 160 5,850 430 460 459 1,349
Table 11 – Cost Burden > 50%
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 43 Figure 9 - Extremely Low-Income Households with Severe Cost Burden Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Figure 10 - Low-Income Households with Severe Cost Burden Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 44 Figure 11 - Moderate-Income Households with Severe Cost Burden Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS

5. Crowding (More than one person per room)
Renter Owner
0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total
0-
30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
>80-
100%
AMI
Total

NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS
Single family
households 1,265 1,125 990 220 3,600 15 75 110 44 244
Multiple,
unrelated family
households 95 100 145 95 435 75 60 40 30 205
Other, nonfamily
households 45 0 50 0 95 0 0 0 0 0
Total need by
income 1,405 1,225 1,185 315 4,130 90 135 150 74 449
Table 12 – Crowding Information – 1/2
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 45 Renter Owner
0-30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
Total
0-
30%
AMI
>30-
50%
AMI
>50-
80%
AMI
Total
Households
with Children
Present 1,415 1,295 1,100 3,810 169 200 205 574
Table 13 – Crowding Information – 2/2
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS data
Describe the number and type of single person households in need of housing assistance.

There are 8,003 single person households in the City, representing 27.4 percent of all households.

Approximately 1,662 of the single person households are 65 years of age or older according to the ACS (), indicating that approximately 6,341 single person households are ages 18-64.

According to Table 10, 3,455 single person households categorized as “other” experienced a cost burden.

Other households include either single person households or unrelated households. Of those "other" households that are cost burdened, the majority are renters that earn between 0-20 percent of AMI. Over half of the homeowners that are cost burdened earn between 0-50 percent of AMI. According to Table 11, 1,955 households categorized as “other” experienced a severe cost burden. Of these “other” households experiencing a severe cost burden, the majority are renters earning 0-50 percent of AMI. By definition, singleperson households do not experience housing overcrowding. No data is available for single-person households occupying substandard housing units.

Estimate the number and type of families in need of housing assistance who are disabled or victims of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault and stalking.

Based on ACS data, the total Civilian Noninstitutionalized Population age 16 and over in Hawthorne is 84,293.

Of this population, an estimated 5,394 persons have a disability and may require housing assistance. The obstacle to independent living for these adults is not only their disability, but also the lack of financial resources, often related to limited employment. Additionally, persons with disabilities have high health care costs, are dependent on supportive services, and may require accessibility modifications to accommodate their disability.

As such, evaluation of household income characteristics reveals that households with members that have a disability are more likely to be low- or moderate-income households with one or more of the four housing problems.

The State of California Department of Justice maintains statistics on domestic violence statewide by jurisdiction.

In 2018, the Hawthorne Police Department responded to a total of 302 calls related to domestic violence. Of these calls:
• 157 of these domestic incidents did not involve a weapon Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 46 • 145 calls involved a weapon
• 1 domestic incidents involved firearm
• 8 domestic incidents involved a knife or cutting instruments • 25 domestic incidents involved other dangerous weapons • 111 domestic incidents involved personal weapons (i.e. feet or hands, etc.) • 3 domestic incidents involved strangulation
• 20 domestic incidents involved suffocation
Therefore, if each one of these calls represented a household with member(s) who required housing assistance, it can be estimated that there were up to 302 households in 2018 who were in need of some form of housing assistance. According to the 2018 National Crime Victimization Survey, this is a conservative estimate at best since most domestic violence cases (53 percent) are never reported to legal authorities. In households where physical violence occurred, it is possible that at least one member of the household will need to relocate to escape recurring violence. If 75 percent need to move, approximately 227 individuals – possibly with minor children – may require temporary housing assistance.

The form of housing assistance required for special needs populations varies depending on the specific circumstances of each case. The City recognizes that it is crucial to prioritize the creation of additional affordable housing opportunities for low- and moderate-income households. It is also important to ensure that both new and existing affordable housing opportunities are accessible to special needs populations such as victims of domestic violence, persons with disabilities, single heads of households, seniors and transition age youth.

What are the most common housing problems?
The most common housing problem in the City is cost burden, which affects 71 percent of low- and moderateincome households, including 11,650 renter households and 1,928 owner households who pay more than 30 percent of their monthly gross income for housing costs. Further, 38 percent of households earning 0-80 percent of AMI pay more than 50 percent of their monthly gross income for housing costs. This problem is particularly acute for renter households earning 0-50 percent of AMI and who pay 50 percent of their income for rent and utilities, as well as for homeowner households earning between 50-80 percent of AMI who experience a cost burden or severe cost burden.

According to information presented in Table 12, the second most common housing problem in the City is overcrowding. Overcrowded housing conditions occur primarily for one of two reasons. First, a single-family household will be overcrowded because the housing unit they occupy is too small to accommodate the number of people in the family. Second, overcrowding occurs when more than one family occupied a housing unit. Of the households earning 0-80 percent of AMI in Hawthorne:
• 4,190 (21.99 percent) are overcrowded
o 3,815 are renter households
o 3,380 are single-family households
o 340 are multiple, related family households
o 55 are other, non-family households
o 375 are owner households
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 47 o 200 are single-family households
o 175 are multiple, related family households
Based on the information in Table 12, family renter households are having the most difficult time renting a housing unit that is large enough to accommodate their families. However, compared to cost burden, the breadth of this problem is relatively lower.

Are any populations/household types more affected than others by these problems? For households earning 0-80 percent of AMI, 6,420 small related households are cost burdened, of which 5,580 are renters and 840 are owners. For renters, households that earn 0-30 percent of AMI experience more cost burden than other income groups. For owners, cost burden is more evenly distributed among the income levels. In both tenure types, small and large related family households are the largest groups experiencing cost burden. According to data in Table 11, renters earning 0-30 percent of AMI are the most heavily impacted by severe cost burden, while owners earning 0-50 percent of AMI are the most severely cost burdened.

According to data in Table 12, overcrowded housing conditions primarily impact renter households with 91.05 percent of all overcrowded households comprised of renters. For the renter households that are overcrowded, 34 percent earn between 0-30 percent of AMI, 30 percent earn between 30-50 percent of AMI, 29 percent earn between 50-80 percent of AMI, and 8 percent earn between 80-100 percent of AMI.

Housing overcrowding mostly impacts extremely low-income renters. Evaluation of information in Table 12 showing housing overcrowded by household type reveals that overcrowding primarily impacts single family households. It is also noteworthy that there are 435 multiple, unrelated family households renting overcrowded units and that there are 205 multiple, unrelated family households occupying owner housing units.

Describe the characteristics and needs of Low-income individuals and families with children (especially extremely low-income) who are currently housed but are at imminent risk of either residing in shelters or becoming unsheltered 91.205(c)/91.305(c)). Also discuss the needs of formerly homeless families and individuals who are receiving rapid re-housing assistance and are nearing the termination of that assistance The leading indicators of risk for homelessness include extremely low income and housing cost burden. Tables 10 and 11 indicate the number of currently housed households with housing cost burdens more than 30 percent and 50 percent, respectively, by household type, tenancy, and household income. Based on the data in Table 10, 5,510 (41 percent) of households earning 0-30 percent of AMI in the City experience a cost burden.

Of these households, 5,035 (37.0 percent) are renters and 475 (3.4 percent) are owners. Most cost-burdened renter households are extremely low-income households. Of the 5,035 extremely low-income renters that are cost burdened, 4,480 are severely cost burdened, paying more than 50 percent of their income for housing costs. Because this group has the lowest income and has housing costs that are less fixed than homeowners, this group is generally viewed as being the most at-risk of homelessness.

Additionally, according to Table 13, 1,584 households earning less than 30 percent of AMI have one or more child 6 years old or younger. Of those 1,584 households, 1,415 are renter households which may be indicative of the number of households with young children that are currently housed that may be most at-risk becoming homeless or experiencing unstable housing.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 48 If a jurisdiction provides estimates of the at-risk population(s), it should also include a description of the operational definition of the at-risk group and the methodology used to generate the estimates:

The assessment of at-risk populations is based on ACS and CHAS data in the Consolidated Plan using HUD definitions for household types and housing problems. In Hawthorne, the group that is most at-risk of homelessness includes those renters who earn 0-30 percent of AMI because this group has the lowest income and has housing costs that are not fixed.

Specify particular housing characteristics that have been linked with instability and an increased risk of homelessness
The leading indicators of risk for homelessness include extremely low income, housing cost burden, and severe cost burden. As discussed earlier, there are 4,480 extremely low-income severely cost burdened in Hawthorne.

This group has the lowest income and has housing costs that are not fixed. Therefore this group is viewed as being unstably housed and is generally the most at-risk of homelessness.

Discussion
Based on the data presented in Tables 6-13, the most significant housing needs exist for an estimated 6,724 low- and moderate-income households paying more than 50 percent of their income for housing costs, particularly renter households that account for the majority of severely cost burdened households. Of those severely cost burdened renter households, the 4,775 households earning less than 30 percent of AMI are the most at-risk of homelessness.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 49 NA-15 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Problems – 91.205 (b)(2)
Introduction
HUD requires all grantees to compare and assess the need for housing for any racial or ethnic group present in the community. A disproportionately greater need exists when the members of a racial or ethnic group experience a housing problem at a greater rate (10 percentage points or more) than the income level as a whole. For example, when evaluating 0-30 percent of AMI households, if 50 percent of the households experience a housing problem, but 60 percent or more of a particular racial or ethnic group of households experience housing problems, that racial or ethnic group has a disproportionately greater need.

The housing problems identified in Tables 14-17 below are defined as:

1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities: Household lacks a sink with piped water, a range or stove, or a refrigerator

2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities: Household lacks hot and cold piped water, a flush toilet and a bathtub or shower

3. Overcrowding: A household is considered to be overcrowded if there are more than 1.01 people per room.

4. Cost burden: A household is considered cost burdened if the household pays more than 30% of its total gross income for housing costs. For renters, housing costs include rent paid by the tenant plus utilities. For owners, housing costs include mortgage payment, taxes, insurance, and utilities. 0%-30% of Area Median Income
Housing Problems
Has one or
more of four
housing
problems
Has none of
the four
housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income, but
none of the other
housing problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 5,575 285 415
White 360 25 24
Black / African American 2,095 105 225
Asian 200 0 35
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 0 0 0
Hispanic 2,555 125 124
Table 14 - Disproportionally Greater Need 0 - 30% AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 50 30%-50% of Area Median Income
Housing Problems
Has one or more
of four housing
problems
Has none of the
four housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income,
but none of the
other housing
problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 5,175 610 0
White 260 200 0
Black / African American 1,670 180 0
Asian 320 60 0
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 30 0 0
Hispanic 2,655 170 0
Table 15 - Disproportionally Greater Need 30 - 50% AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
50%-80% of Area Median Income
Housing Problems
Has one or more
of four housing
problems
Has none of the
four housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income,
but none of the
other housing
problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 4,270 2,725 0
White 430 220 0
Black / African American 1,120 985 0
Asian 260 155 0
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 15 20 0
Hispanic 2,175 1,170 0
Table 16 - Disproportionally Greater Need 50 - 80% AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 51 80%-100% of Area Median Income
Housing Problems
Has one or more
of four housing
problems
Has none of the
four housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income,
but none of the
other housing
problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 960 1,960 0
White 135 175 0
Black / African American 180 810 0
Asian 75 140 0
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 0 0 0
Hispanic 545 725 0
Table 17 - Disproportionally Greater Need 80 - 100% AMI Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Discussion
Based on this analysis, the following racial or ethnic groups were found to have disproportionately greater levels of housing problems relative to the percentage of all households in the given income category experiencing housing problems:
• Black / African American households with incomes of 30-50 percent • Asian households with incomes of 50-80 percent
• American Indian / Alaskan Native households with incomes of 0-30 percent of AMI At 0-30 percent of AMI, 88 percent of all households experience at least one housing problem. 100 percent of American Indian / Alaska Native (10) households at this income level experience a housing problem resulting in a disproportionately greater need.

At 30-50 percent of AMI, 81.5 percent of all households experience at least one housing problem. 97.9 percent of Black / African American (184) households at this income level experience a housing problem resulting in a disproportionately greater need.

At 50-80 percent of AMI, 61.9 percent of all households experience at least one housing problem. 72.6 percent of Asian (305) households at this income level experience a housing problem resulting in a disproportionately greater need.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 52 NA-20 Disproportionately Greater Need: Severe Housing Problems –

91.205 (b)(2)
Introduction
Assessing housing conditions in the City provides the basis for developing strategies to maintain and preserve the quality of the housing stock. Similar to the previous section, a disproportionately greater need exists when the members of a racial or ethnic group experience a housing problem at a greater rate (10 percentage points or more) than the income level as a whole. For example, when evaluating 0-30 percent of AMI households, if 50 percent of the households experience a housing problem, but 60 percent or more of a particular racial or ethnic group experiences a housing problem, that racial or ethnic group has a disproportionately greater need.

Severe housing problems include:

1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities: Household lacks a sink with piped water, a range or stove, or a refrigerator.

2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities: Household lacks hot and cold piped water, a flush toilet and a bathtub or shower.

3. Severe overcrowding: A household is considered to be severely overcrowded if there are more than

1.5 people per room.

4. Severe cost burden: A household is considered severely cost burdened if the household pays more than 50 percent of its total gross income for housing costs. For renters, housing costs include rent paid by the tenant plus utilities. For owners, housing costs include mortgage payment, taxes, insurance, and utilities.
0%-30% of Area Median Income
Severe Housing Problems*
Has one or more
of four housing
problems
Has none of the
four housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income,
but none of the
other housing
problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 5,335 520 415
White 320 65 24
Black / African American 2,055 145 225
Asian 180 20 35
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 0 0 0
Hispanic 2,415 265 124
Table 18 – Severe Housing Problems 0 - 30% AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 53 30%-50% of Area Median Income
Severe Housing Problems*
Has one or more
of four housing
problems
Has none of the
four housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income,
but none of the
other housing
problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 2,980 2,805 0
White 175 285 0
Black / African American 905 950 0
Asian 190 190 0
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 30 0 0
Hispanic 1,595 1,235 0
Table 19 – Severe Housing Problems 30 - 50% AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
50%-80% of Area Median Income
Severe Housing Problems*
Has one or more
of four housing
problems
Has none of the
four housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income,
but none of the
other housing
problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 2,015 4,970 0
White 220 430 0
Black / African American 325 1,780 0
Asian 175 240 0
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 0 35 0
Hispanic 1,235 2,110 0
Table 20 – Severe Housing Problems 50 - 80% AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 54 80%-100% of Area Median Income
Severe Housing Problems*
Has one or more
of four housing
problems
Has none of the
four housing
problems
Household has
no/negative income,
but none of the
other housing
problems
Jurisdiction as a whole 595 2,330 0
White 45 260 0
Black / African American 94 895 0
Asian 19 200 0
American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 0 0 0
Hispanic 425 850 0
Table 21 – Severe Housing Problems 80 - 100% AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Discussion
Based on this analysis, the following racial or ethnic groups were found to have a disproportionately greater level of severe housing problems relative to the percentage of all households in the given income category experiencing severe housing problems:
• Black / African American households with incomes of 30-50 percent • American Indian / Alaska Native households with incomes of 50-80 percent of AMI At 30-50 percent of AMI, 51.6 percent of all households experience at least one severe housing problem. 65.8 percent of Black / African American (125) households at this income level experience a severe housing problem resulting in a disproportionately greater need.

At 50-80 percent of AMI, 31.7 percent of all households experience at least one severe housing problem. 50 percent of Native Indian / Alaska Native (4) at this income level experience a severe housing problem resulting in a disproportionately greater need.

Due to the low share of American Indian / Alaskan Native and Pacific Islander households in the City, the estimates from the ACS and CHAS datasets for specific income levels present data with relatively large margins of error. As such, these populations are included in the analysis, but should be evaluated with the understanding of the larger margin of errors.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 55 NA-25 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Cost Burdens – 91.205 (b)(2)
Introduction:

A disproportionately greater need exists when the members of a racial or ethnic group are cost burdened at a greater rate (10 percentage points or more) than the population as a whole. For example, if 50 percent of the households are cost burdened, but 60 percent or more of a particular racial or ethnic group are cost burdened, that racial or ethnic group has a disproportionately greater level of cost burden. HUD defines cost burden as the extent to which gross housing costs, including utility costs, exceeds 30 percent of a given household’s gross income. A household is considered severely cost burdened if gross housing costs, including utility costs, exceeds 50 percent of a household’s gross income.

Housing Cost Burden
Housing Cost Burden <=30% 30-50% >50%
No / negative
income (not
computed)
Jurisdiction as a whole 13,655 7,455 7,560 485
White 2,255 710 680 24
Black / African American 4,250 2,090 2,685 290
Asian 1,105 555 300 35
American Indian, Alaska
Native 25 0 0 0
Pacific Islander 70 45 0 0
Hispanic 5,315 3,515 3,495 129
Table 22 – Greater Need: Housing Cost Burdens AMI
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Discussion:

Based on this analysis, 25.2 percent of all Hawthorne households experience a cost burden and 21.2 percent of Hawthorne households are severely cost burdened, while 53.6 percent are not cost burdened or severely cost burdened. The following racial or ethnic groups were found to have a disproportionately greater cost burden or severe cost burden relative to the percentage of all households experiencing a cost burden or severe cost burden:
• 42.4 percent of American Indian / Alaska Native households experience cost burden which is a rate

17.1 percentage points more than the City as a whole.
• 71.4 percent of Pacific Islander households experience severe cost burden which is a rate 50.3 percentage points more than the City as a whole
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 56 NA-30 Disproportionately Greater Need: Discussion – 91.205(b)(2) Are there any Income categories in which a racial or ethnic group has disproportionately greater need than the needs of that income category as a whole? Based on this analysis, the following racial or ethnic groups were found to have a disproportionately greater level of housing problems relative to the percentage of all households in the given income category experiencing housing problems:
• Black / African American households with incomes of 30-50 percent • Asian households with incomes of 50-80 percent
• American Indian / Alaskan Native households with incomes of 0-30 percent of AMI Based on this analysis, the following racial or ethnic groups were found to have a disproportionately greater level of severe housing problems relative to the percentage of all households in the given income category experiencing severe housing problems:
• Black / African American households with incomes of 30-50 percent • American Indian / Alaska Native households with incomes of 50-80 percent of AMI Due to the low share of American Indian / Alaskan Native and Pacific Islander households in the City, the estimates from the ACS and CHAS datasets for specific income levels present data with relatively large margins of error. As such, these populations are included in the analysis, but should be evaluated with the understanding of the larger margin of errors.

If they have needs not identified above, what are those needs? No other housing needs for these specific racial or ethnic groups were identified through consultation with stakeholders o through citizen participation.

Are any of those racial or ethnic groups located in specific areas or neighborhoods in your community? Examination of CPD Maps (Figures 12-19) reveals the following for each of the racial or ethnic groups determined to have a housing problem or a severe housing problem:
• White: According to Figure 12, high concentrations of this race are located in the southwestern region of the City with most of these Census tracts ranging from 58-76 percent. • Black / African American: According to Figure 13, there is a concentration of this race located in the northeastern region of the City with Census tracts over 53 percent, however, several grater than 28 percent.
• Asian: According to Figure 14, concentrations are evenly distributed across the with most of these Census tracts ranging from 17-31 percent.
• American Indian / Alaska Native: According to Figure 15, there are no concentrations of this race in any particular area of the City. Each of the City’s Census tracts are comprised of fewer than 3 percent American Indian / Alaskan Native people.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 57 • Pacific Islander: According to Figure 16, there are no concentrations of this race in any particular area of the City. Each of the City’s Census tracts are comprised of fewer than 3 percent Pacific Islander. • Hispanic: According to Figure 19, high concentrations of this ethnicity are located in the northern region of the City with Census tracts ranging above 71 percent; however, several Census tracts in the City’s central region exhibit concentration levels between 47 to 71 percent.

Figure 12 - White Alone (Not Hispanic)
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 58 Figure 13 - Black / African American
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Figure 14 – Asian
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 59 Figure 15 - American Indian / Alaskan Native
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Figure 16 - Native Hawaiian / Pacific Islander
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Figure 17 - Two or More Races
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 60 Figure 18 - Some Other Race
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Figure 19 – Hispanic
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 61 Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 62 NA-35 Public Housing – 91.205(b)
Introduction
The Hawthorne Department of Housing through its Housing Authority (HHA) is responsible for administering the City’s public housing programs as the Housing Successor Agency for the City’s former Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA). The Housing Authority administers the City’s 711 Housing Choice Voucher Program (Section 8 vouchers) through the City but it does not own or maintain any HUD public housing developments. In addition, the Housing Authority serves 711 participants who have Housing Choice Vouchers from either the County or the City of Los Angeles through their portability provisions.

The City is within the service area of the Los Angeles County Development Authority (LACDA). The goal of LACDA is to “build better lives and better neighborhoods. LACDA currently manages an active portfolio of nearly 3,000 public housing units and more than 21,000 Section 8 vouchers.

The data presented in tables below is for LACDA activity in the City of Hawthorne. The narrative questions address the needs for both the City of Hawthorne and the entire county.

Totals in Use
Program Type
Certificate ModRehab
Public
Housing
Vouchers
Total Project
-based
Tenant
-based
Special Purpose Voucher
Veterans
Affairs
Supportive
Housing
Family
Unification
Program
Disabled
*
# of
units /
vouchers
in use 0 253 2,883 21,087 47 20,550 268 163 59
Table 23 - Public Housing by Program Type
*includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Data Source: PIC (PIH Information Center)
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 63 Characteristics of Residents
Program Type
Certificate ModRehab
Public
Housing
Vouchers
Total Project
-based
Tenant
-based
Special Purpose Voucher
Veterans
Affairs
Supportive
Housing
Family
Unification
Program
Average
Annual Income 0 14,341 13,522 14,839 15,746 14,816 14,829 17,842 Average length
of stay 0 6 8 8 0 8 0 6
Average
Household size 0 3 2 2 2 2 1 4
# Homeless at
admission 0 0 0 184 0 42 142 0
# of Elderly
Program
Participants
(>62) 0 48 1,138 6,753 15 6,670 38 2
# of Disabled
Families 0 40 534 4,416 17 4,269 83 16
# of Families
requesting
accessibility
features 0 253 2,883 21,087 47 20,550 268 163
# of HIV/AIDS
program
participants 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
# of DV
victims 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 24 – Characteristics of Public Housing Residents by Program Type Data Source: PIC (PIH Information Center)
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 64 Race of Residents
Program Type
Race Certificate ModRehab
Public
Housing
Vouchers
Total Project
-based
Tenant
-based
Special Purpose Voucher
Veterans
Affairs
Supportive
Housing
Family
Unification
Program
Disabled
*
White 0 148 1,710 10,344 33 10,071 80 120 40
Black/African
American 0 60 1,035 8,432 12 8,188 179 38 15
Asian 0 8 120 2,181 1 2,173 3 1 3
American
Indian/Alaska
Native 0 0 11 76 1 67 6 2 0
Pacific
Islander 0 37 7 54 0 51 0 2 1
Other 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 25 – Race of Public Housing Residents by Program Type *includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Data Source: PIC (PIH Information Center)
Ethnicity of Residents
Program Type
Ethnicity Certificate ModRehab
Public
Housing
Vouchers
Total Project
-based
Tenant
-based
Special Purpose Voucher
Veterans
Affairs
Supportive
Housing
Family
Unification
Program
Disabled
*
Hispanic 0 124 1,121 7,293 11 7,122 40 105 15
Not
Hispanic 0 129 1,762 13,794 36 13,428 228 58 44
Table 26 – Ethnicity of Public Housing Residents by Program Type *includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Data Source: PIC (PIH Information Center)
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 65 Section 504 Needs Assessment: Describe the needs of public housing tenants and applicants on the waiting list for accessible units:

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in any program or activity that is conducted by federal agencies or that receives financial assistance from a federal agency. A housing provider may not deny or refuse to sell or rent to a person with a disability and may not impose application or qualification criteria, rental fees or sales prices and rental or sales terms or conditions that are different than those required of or provided to persons who are not disabled. Further, housing providers may not require persons with disabilities to live only on certain floors, or to all live in one section of the housing.

Housing providers may not refuse to make repairs and may not limit or deny someone with a disability access to recreational and other public and common use facilities, parking privileges, cleaning or janitorial services or any services which are made available to other residents.

County-wide LACDA has 204 accessible public housing units available for disabled residents, representing 6.3% of the total units in public housing developments. LACDA has policies and procedures in place that are designed to provide assurances that all persons with disabilities, including applicants and current residents are provided with reasonable accommodations so that they may fully access and utilize LACDA's housing programs related services.

The City’s run Housing Choice Voucher program, which includes the County and City of Los Angeles Vouchers that it administers, gives families the flexibility to search for rental units on the open market that meet their disability related needs. For County public housing, LACDA estimates that 591 of the 1,642 households receiving a voucher have at least one member with a disability. LACDA provides resources through its website and at all offices on services available to households with disabilities.

Most immediate needs of residents of Public Housing and Housing Choice voucher holders The Hawthorne Housing Authority and LACDA's primary goal is to fulfill the immediate needs of public housing residents: living in safe, decent and sanitary housing; and achieving self-sufficiency. The most pressing needs of residents include:
• Education support for youth
• Adult learning
• English as a Second language services
• Supportive services to special needs populations
• Workforce development
• Resident empowerment
• Public safety
• Social services
How do these needs compare to the housing needs of the population at large The needs of public housing residents in Los Angeles County are very similar to the needs of very low-income and low-income households in Hawthorne as they are both requiring affordable housing and seeking similar services.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 66 Discussion
The Hawthorne Housing Authority will continue administer the City’s Housing Choice Voucher Program (Section 8 vouchers) through the City in addition to the 539 Housing Choice Vouchers from either the County or the City of Los Angeles through their portability provisions.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 67 NA-40 Homeless Needs Assessment – 91.205(c)
Introduction:

There are four federally defined categories under which individuals and families may qualify as homeless: 1) literally homeless; 2) imminent risk of homelessness; 3) homeless under other Federal statues; and 4) fleeing/attempting to flee domestic violence.

According to the 2019 Annual Homeless Assessment Report (AHAR) to Congress, over one quarter of the nation’s homeless population is in California and nearly half of all the nation’s homeless individuals are in three states: California (27 percent), New York (16 percent), and Florida (five percent). California and New York have the highest rate of homelessness among all individuals, at 38 and 46 people per 10,000 individuals.

Los Angeles County has more than 10 million residents and a geographic area of 4,081 square miles that includes 88 cities. Homelessness is addressed regionally through the Continuum of Care (CoC) led by the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority (LAHSA), a joint powers authority of the City and County of Los Angeles that coordinates and manages over $300 million annually in federal, state, county and city funds for programs providing shelter, housing and services to men, women and children experiencing homelessness. The Los Angeles County Continuum of Care includes the entire county with the exception of the cities of Glendale, Pasadena and Long Beach, who administer and operate their own CoC systems. To facilitate planning and administration of services, LAHSA adopted eight regional Service Planning Areas (SPAs). The City of Hawthorne is part of Service Planning Area (SPA) 8 – South Bay.

Nature and Extent of Homelessness in Los Angeles County vs. the National Average To better understand the nature and extent of homelessness, every year on a single night in January, HUD requires communities across the country to conduct a comprehensive count of their homeless population. The most recent available data is from the Point in Time Homeless Count (PIT Count) held in January 2019 and conducted by the Los Angeles Homeless Service Authority (LAHSA). In recent years, HUD has expanded Point-in-Time (PIT) count data collection to include information on the number of young adults and children who are experiencing homelessness without a parent or guardian present. Unaccompanied youth are people under the age of 25 who are not accompanied by a parent or guardian and do not have a parent presenting with or sleeping in the same place. Of the 36,361 unaccompanied homeless youth under the age of 25 nationally counted in 2018, California reported the largest number of homeless unaccompanied youth (12,396 people), accounting for one-third of all unaccompanied youth. Of that amount, Los Angeles County reported 2,452 unaccompanied youth; an eleven percent decrease over the previous year. Of the 2,452 unaccompanied youth, 157 or seven percent were reported in SPA 8, which includes Hawthorne. 2019 PIT Count Results
The 2019 PIT Count reported that 58,936 men, women and children are homeless in Los Angeles County on any given night. Overall, 2019 PIT Count illustrates a 12 percent increase in homelessness when compared to the prior year PIT Count. The 2019 PIT Count for SPA 8 is 4,409 homeless persons on any given night. This is a seven percent increase since 2018. In 2018, the number of homeless persons in SPA 8 was 4,138.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Needs Assessment 68 Conversely, the City of Hawthorne 2019 PIT Count reported that 108 people are homeless on any given night. This represents a two percent decrease over the prior year of 149 homeless persons.

Homeless Needs Assessment
Population
Estimate the # of
persons experiencing
homelessness on a given
night
Estimate the
#
experiencing
homelessness
each year
Estimate
the #
becoming
homeless
each year
Estimate the
# exiting
homelessness
each year
Estimate the
# of days
persons
experience
homelessness
Sheltered Unsheltered
Persons in
Households with
Adult(s) and
Child(ren) 453 128 0 0 0 0
Persons in
Households with
Only Children 283 70 0 0 0 0
Persons in
Households with
Only Adults 335 3,400 0 0 0 0
Chronically
Homeless
Individuals 35 1,326 0 0 0 0
Chronically
Homeless
Families 26 17 0 0 0 0
Veterans 180 80 0 0 0 0
Unaccompanied
Child 0 0 0 0 0 0
Persons with HIV 6 165 0 0 0 0
Table 27 - Homeless Needs Assessment - 2019 SPA 8 LA COUNTY - LAHSA Data Source: Homeless Count & Survey Report
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 69 Figure 20 - Change in Homeless Rates in California Counties, 2017 and 2019 Data Source: California Department of Finance
Year Unsheltered Sheltered Total
2013 12,934 22,590 35,524
2019 44,214 14,722 58,936
Table 28 - County Point-In-Time Homeless Counts
If data is not available for the categories "number of persons becoming and exiting homelessness each year," and "number of days that persons experience homelessness," describe these categories for each homeless population type (including chronically homeless individuals and families, families with children, veterans and their families, and unaccompanied youth):

A chronically homeless individual is an unaccompanied homeless individual (living in an emergency shelter or in an unsheltered location) with a disabling condition that has been continuously homeless for a year or more, or has had at least four episodes of homelessness in the past three years. Of the 1,361 homeless individuals that were reported as chronically homeless in SPA 8, 35 individuals were sheltered, and 1,326 individuals were unsheltered.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 70 Families with children include at least one household member age 18 or over, and at least one household member under the age of 18. According to the 2019 PIT Count for SPA 8, there were 581 homeless family members (those persons in family units with at least one adult and one child). Of that amount, 453 family members were living in emergency or transitional shelters and 128 were unsheltered.

Veterans are persons who have served on active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States. This does not include inactive military reserves or the National Guard unless the person was called up to active duty. The 2019 PIT Count revealed 180 sheltered veterans and 83 unsheltered veterans in SPA 8. Of these homeless veterans, 31 were chronically homeless veterans that were unsheltered, and 12 chronically homeless veterans were sheltered.

Unaccompanied youth are individuals under the age of 18 years old, who are presumed to be emancipated if they are unsheltered without an adult. No unaccompanied youth were reported homeless and unsheltered according to the 2019 PIT Count for SPA 8.

The 2019 PIT Count indicated that 915 homeless individuals in SPA 8 were severely mentally ill, meaning that they have mental health problems that are expected to be of long continued and indefinite in duration and will substantially impair their ability to live independently. Of the 915 homeless individuals in SPA 8 that were reported as severely mentally ill, 66 individuals were sheltered, and 849 individuals remained unsheltered.

The 2019 PIT Count indicated that there were 171 persons that were homeless and living with HIV/AIDS in SPA 8. Of the 171 persons, six were sheltered and 165 were unsheltered.

Nature and Extent of Homelessness:

Race: Sheltered: Unsheltered (optional)
White 114 1,110
Black or African American 443 930
Asian 2 44
American Indian or Alaska
Native 3 94
Pacific Islander 3 51
Ethnicity: Sheltered: Unsheltered (optional)
Hispanic 246 1,430
Not Hispanic 9 54
Table 29 - Nature and Extent of Homelessness
Data Source: LASHA 2019 Los Angeles Homeless Count – SPA 8 Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 71 Estimate the number and type of families in need of housing assistance for families with children and the families of veterans.

According to the 2019 PIT Count, there were a total of 581 homeless persons in family units in the Los Angeles County Service Planning Area (SPA) 8. Of that amount, 453 were living in emergency or transitional shelters and 128 persons in family units were unsheltered. Of the total of 581 homeless persons in family units, 353 were children under the age of 18 years. Based on this data, 581 persons in family units require housing affordable to extremely low-income households to reduce the number of homeless families with children in SPA 8.

Veterans are persons who have served on active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States. This does not include inactive military reserves or the National Guard unless the person was called up to active duty. The 2019 PIT Count revealed a total of 263 homeless veterans in SPA 8. Of that amount, 180 veterans were sheltered and 83 were unsheltered veterans. Among the homeless veterans, 31 were chronically homeless and unsheltered and 12 were chronically homeless sheltered veterans. In SPA 8, an estimated 263 homeless veterans require housing units that are affordable to extremely-low or low-income households in order to reduce the number of homeless veterans.

Describe the Nature and Extent of Homelessness by Racial and Ethnic Group.

According to the 2019 PIT Count, of the 4,409 homeless persons counted in SPA 8, the majority (1,676 persons or 38 percent) identified as Hispanic/Latino, followed by 1,363 (31 percent) Black/African American and 1,110 (25 percent) identified as White. This last statistic is consistent with the County, State and nation as a whole, where Black people are more likely than White people to experience homelessness in the United States.

Describe the Nature and Extent of Unsheltered and Sheltered Homelessness.

According to the 2019 PIT Count, of the 108 homeless persons in Hawthorne, 99 were unsheltered and 9 were sheltered. Of the 99 unsheltered persons, the majority, or 44 percent (44 persons), were living on the street; 28 percent (28 persons) were living in cars; and, 27 percent were living in vans, campers or recreational vehicles (27 persons).

In SPA 8, approximately 4,409 people were homeless, of which 810 or 19 percent were sheltered and 3,599 or 81 percent were unsheltered. Countywide, approximately 44,214 people or 75 percent of Los Angeles County’s homeless people were unsheltered and living in uninhabitable living environments including living on the streets, in vehicles or in tents. Thus, the majority of homeless persons found in Hawthorne, SPA region 8, and the County remain unsheltered. The lack of affordable housing, current economic conditions and barriers to receiving supportive services throughout the Los Angeles region contribute to homelessness.

In 2019, a total of 1,265 shelter and housing units were occupied in SPA 8. Of that amount, 328 or 26 percent were emergency shelter units and 173 or 14 percent were transitional housing units. SPA 8 also registered 65 safe haven units (a form of supportive housing that serves hard-to-reach homeless persons with severe mental illness who come primarily from the streets and have been unable or unwilling to participate in housing or supportive services). Countywide, a total of 31,749 shelter and housing units were occupied. Of that amount, Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 72 7,825 or 25 percent were emergency shelters units, 8.5 percent, or 2,703 were transitional housing units, which included safe haven shelter units. Significant gains were achieved in permanent supportive housing placements.

Permanent supportive housing includes housing choice vouchers made available directly to individuals or families; sponsor-based projects in which community organizations administer housing vouchers on behalf of a Public Housing Authority directly; and Project-Based Vouchers, in which the subsidy is tied directly to a Public Housing Authority project site. In 2019, 387 units of permanent supportive housing and 308 units of rapid rehousing units [a form of permanent housing that is short-term (up to 3 months) and/or medium-term (for 3 to 24 months) tenant-based rental assistance] were available to homeless persons in SPA 8.

Discussion:

Within the past two years, Los Angeles County’s homeless services system has doubled the number of people moving from homelessness into housing and tripled prevention, outreach, and engagement services. Yet, in 2019, the County as a whole experienced a 12 percent increase in the number of homeless persons. Similarly, SPA region 8 experienced a seven percent increase, while the City of Hawthorne saw a two percent decrease (149 homeless persons counted in 2018 to 108 homeless persons counted in 2019).

The lack of affordable housing continues to be the primary factor of homelessness within the County and has led to high rent burdens, overcrowding, and substandard housing; forcing many people into homelessness and placing a growing number of people at risk of becoming homeless.

Los Angeles County remains committed to ending homelessness. Los Angeles County voter-approved Measure H supports the development of permanent affordable housing units through new construction or rehabilitation of existing buildings and provides vital, comprehensive human services in permanent supportive housing critical for housing retention.

NA-45 Non-Homeless Special Needs Assessment - 91.205 (b,d) Introduction:

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 73 The special needs population consists of persons who are not homeless but due to various reasons are in need of services and supportive housing. Persons with special needs include the elderly, frail elderly, severe mentally ill, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, persons with alcohol or other drug addictions, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence. The City of Hawthorne will consider allocating CDBG public service funding to various programs that provide services to special needs populations, including but not limited to those serving the elderly, frail elderly, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, mentally disabled, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence.

Describe the characteristics of special needs populations in your community:

Elderly and Frail Elderly: The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) defines elderly as a person who is 62 years of age or older. A frail elderly person is an elderly person who is unable to perform at least three activities of daily living including eating, bathing, or home management activities. Based on 2011- 2015 CHAS data, of the 6,335 households containing at least one elderly person, 59 percent (3,760) households earn less than 80 percent of the Area Median Income in Hawthorne.

Persons with Disabilities: HUD defines a disabled person as having a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities. Additionally, persons with disabilities have high dependency on supportive services and may require accessibility modifications to accommodate their unique conditions. Based on ACS data, of the total Civilian Noninstitutionalized Population (86,231) in Hawthorne,6,897 persons have a disability. Of these 6,897 disabled persons, a total of 75.7% are 65 years and over..

Alcohol and Other Drug Addictions: Drug abuse or substance abuse is defined as the use of chemical substances that lead to an increased risk of problems and an inability to control the use of the substance.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, there were 70,237 drug overdose deaths in the United States in 2017 and that of those deaths, 47,600 involved opioids. According to the CDC, the national ‘opioid epidemic’ began in the 1990s with increased prescribing of opioids such as Methadone, Oxycodone, and Hydrocodone. Beginning in 2010, CDC reported rapid increases in overdose deaths involving heroin. The third wave began in 2013 with increases in overdose deaths involving synthetic opioids such as the illicitly manufactured fentanyl, often found in combination with heroin, counterfeit pills, and cocaine. Although California was among 10 states with the lowest drug overdose mortality in each year from 2014-2017, the proliferation of fentanyl is a significant and relatively new issue requiring increased public awareness and services.

HIV/AIDS: Human immunodeficiency virus infection (HIV) is a virus that weakens one’s immune system by destroying important cells that fight diseases and infection. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) is the final stage of the HIV infection. According to the 2017 Annual HIV Surveillance Report for Los Angeles County, there were 51,438 persons living with HIV.

Victims of Domestic Violence: Domestic Violence includes, but is not limited to felony or misdemeanor crimes of violence committed by a current or former spouse of the victim or by a person who is cohabitating with or has cohabited with the victim as a spouse. In 2018, the Hawthorne Police Department responded to a total of 302 calls related to domestic violence. Of these calls, 157 of these domestic incidents did not involve a weapon.

However, 145 calls involved a weapon of which 1 involved a firearm, 8 involved a knife or cutting instrument, 25 involved other dangerous weapons and 111involved personal weapons such as feet or hands.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 74 What are the housing and supportive service needs of these populations and how are these needs determined? To determine the level of need and types of services needed by special needs populations, including elderly, frail elderly, severe mentally ill, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, persons with alcohol or other drug additions, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence, the City conducted surveys, consulted with local service providers and reviewed ACS data. Supportive services required for special needs populations include case management, medical or psychological counseling and supervision, childcare, transportation and job training provided for the purpose of facilitating a person’s stability and independence.

In housing, accessibility modifications to accommodate persons with mobility disabilities may include, but are not limited to, wider doorways, no step thresholds, installation of ramps, grab bars, lowered countertops and accessible hardware. The needs of residents with sensory disabilities are different from those with mobility disabilities. Individuals with hearing disabilities require visual adaptations for such items as the telephone ringer, the doorbell and smoke alarms. Residents who are blind may require tactile marking of changes in floor level and stair edges and braille markings on appliances and controls. People with low vision may require large print markings and displays, contrasting colors to distinguish changes in level or transition from one area to another, proper lighting, and reduced glare from lighting and windows.

For persons with special needs, the high cost of living in Los Angeles County makes it very difficult for to maintain a stable residence. Often these segments of the population rely on support services from various Los Angeles’s non-profit organizations to avoid becoming homeless or institutionalized.

Discuss the size and characteristics of the population with HIV/AIDS and their families within the Eligible Metropolitan Statistical Area:

There were 51,438 persons living with HIV and 27,314 persons living with AIDS in Los Angeles County at the end of 2017. The number of persons living with HIV/AIDS in the County has decreased steadily since 2010. Males currently represent about seven out of eight (88%) persons living with HIV/AIDS in Los Angeles County. The majority of the persons (65 percent) living with HIV/AIDS are between the ages of 20 and 39 years old. About 48% of persons living with HIV/AIDS in the County are Latino, 18% White, 25% African American, and 5% Asian/Pacific Islander. In Service Planning Area (SPA) 8, which includes Hawthorne, 3,769 persons were living with HIV. Of that amount, approximately 86 percent were male, and 14 percent were female. Seventy persons reported an AIDS diagnosis in SPA 7. A larger percentage AIDS cases were reported for males (87 percent) compared to females (13 percent).

Severe HIV Disease is also known as Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome, or AIDS. The annual number of AIDS diagnoses in the County has steadily decreased since 2010 from greater than 1,000 cases to approximately 720 cases (as of (2017). According to the 2017 Los Angeles County Public Health Annual HIV Surveillance Report, the annual number of AIDS cases decreased for all races/ethnicities in the last 10 years.

Half (50 percent) of AIDS diagnoses occurred among Latinos, followed by African Americans at 22 percent, and 19 percent among whites.

Discussion:

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 75 Hawthorne residents with special needs include, but are not limited to the elderly, frail elderly, severe mentally ill, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, persons with alcohol and other drug addictions, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence. Challenges these special needs populations face include low income and high housing cost. This segment of the population also struggles for a decent quality of life that includes basic necessities, adequate food and clothing and medical care.

The City of Hawthorne has historically not provided CDBG public service funds for activities including those support services for the special needs population but has budgeted other sources of funds for these support services.

NA-50 Non-Housing Community Development Needs – 91.215 (f) Describe the jurisdiction’s need for Public Facilities:

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 76 The City’s public facility priorities are to construct, expand or rehabilitate public facilities for the primary benefit of low-income persons. CDBG public facility projects that meet CDBG eligibility requirements align with the goals of the Strategic Plan and address a CDBG National Objective will be considered for funding in the Annual Action Plans.

Within the Strategic Plan, a goal has been established to improve public facilities used by low- and moderateincome residents and residents with special needs. Such projects may include the construction of new facilities, rehabilitation of existing facilities or expansion of existing facilities to better meet the needs of Hawthorne residents. Such facilities include, but are not limited to youth centers, community centers, senior centers, parks and recreation facilities and childcare centers.

The City of Hawthorne has the Hawthorne Senior Center which serves as a resource to help direct seniors to valuable outside resources and programs and also offers high-quality programming to enrich the lives of seniors. Additionally, the City has five community centers located throughout the City that provide services such as computer labs and education programs for youth and adults alike. These include the following facilitates:
• Betty Ainsworth Sport Center
• Memorial Center
• Senior Center
Parks and recreational facilities serve an important role in a community. They provide opportunities for resident interaction and improve the overall aesthetic of a neighborhood. Funds can be used to acquire land, build or improve playgrounds or buildings used primarily for recreation, and develop open spaces that will serve low to moderate-income areas. The City of Hawthorne has 9 parks totaling almost 52 acres, the including a skate park at Eucalyptus Park. Parks in the City include:
• Eucalyptus Park/Skate park, S. Inglewood Ave. – 6.2 Acres • Glasgow Place, Glasgow Place - 4.7 Acres
• Holly Park, W. 120th Street – 10.3 Acres
• Holly Glen Park, W. 137th St. – 1.0 Acres
• Jim Thorpe Park, S. Prairie Ave. - 8.9 Acres
• Memorial Park, El Segundo Blvd. – 13.5 Acres
• Ramona Park, W. 136th St. – 5.7 Acres
• Zela Davis Park, W. 133rd St. - .7 Acres
• Bicentennial Park, S. Doty Ave. - .85 Acres The City considers parks and recreational facilities a high priority for residents, particularly residents of low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.

How were these needs determined?
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 77 The needs identified for public facilities in the City were determined in consultation with the City of Hawthorne's Housing Department as well as through citizen participation meetings, responses from the 2020- 2024 Consolidated Plan Survey.

Figure 21 - Need for Additional or Improved Community Facilities Describe the jurisdiction’s need for Public Improvements:

The sidewalks, curbs, gutters, driveway approaches, alleys, pedestrian crossings and street lights located within the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas are among the oldest infrastructure in the City and are in need of improvement to preserve neighborhood aesthetics, increase pedestrian and motorist safety, promote more efficient traffic circulation and deter crime while promoting a safe and suitable living environment. Activities of this nature undertaken within the low- and moderate-income primarily residential Census Tract Block Groups of the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas would be considered consistent with this Consolidated Plan.

How were these needs determined?
The needs identified for public infrastructure improvements in the City were determined in consultation with the Hawthorne Public Works Department and Community Development Department, as well as through citizen participation meetings, responses from the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Survey.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 78 Figure 22 - Need for Additional or Improved Infrastructure Improvements Figure 23 - Need for Additional or Improved Neighborhood Services Describe the jurisdiction’s need for Public Services:

Public service activities are consistently ranked as a high priority by residents and other stakeholders. Pursuant to CDBG regulations, only 15 percent of the City’s annual grant allocation (plus 15 percent of prior year program income) can be used for public service-type activities. The City proposes to focus funds on lowerincome households in order to establish, improve, and expand existing public services, such as: senior and youth activities, domestic violence services, and services for the disabled.

Hawthorne residents rated anti-crime programs as a high priority in the Consolidated Plan Survey. Crime against persons or property is a concern for residents. The Hawthorne Police Department operates a number of crime prevention programs that are adapted to particular community needs, one of which provides youth Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 79 (Hawthorne Force) an opportunity for youth ice hockey. The program aids youth of low- and moderateincome households by not turning any child away due to being unable to pay. Since these programs are budgeted from other sources of funds, the City does not anticipate using CDBG public service funds for anticrime programs.

How were these needs determined?
Public service needs are based on the City’s desire to ensure that high quality services are provided to residents to maintain a high quality of life and to promote the well-being of all Hawthorne residents—particularly lowand moderate-income residents. As a result of the citizen participation and consultation process and in consideration of the local nonprofits and City Departments offering services, the City considers public services benefitting low- and moderate-income residents a high priority in the Strategic Plan.

Figure 24 - Need for Additional or Improved Community Services by Type or Target Population Figure 25 - Need for Additional or Improved Services for Special Needs Populations Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 80 Housing Market Analysis
MA-05 Overview
Housing Market Analysis Overview:

The City analyzed existing housing market conditions in Hawthorne in terms of housing supply, demand, condition and cost. Hawthorne’s housing stock primarily consists of single-family detached residential dwellings and multi-family units of 20 or more. More than half of the housing stock consisting one to two-bedroom rental units available in many different neighborhoods throughout the community.

In the period between 2009 and 2015, the median home price in Hawthorne decreased by 21 percent from $515,000 to $404,500 and the median contract rent increased by 11 percent from $894 to $988 as median income increased by only 1 percent. Hawthorne rental households have become increasingly cost-burdened.

The data shows that there is an insufficient number of housing units affordable to people with incomes less than 50 percent of AMI and for those between 80 and 100 percent of AMI. The aforementioned time period represents the period for the data set provided by HUD.

More current data obtained through Zumper, a rental listing aggregator, shows the average rents for 1- bedroom, 2-bedroom, and 3-bedroom all rose from January 2015 to February 2020 and significantly exceeded the median contract rent as reported by the ACS 2011-2015 estimates documented in the Cost of Housing table below.

Similarly, owner-occupied housing costs have also increased over the past five years. According to Zillow, from January 2015 to December 2019, the median sales price rose from $404,500 to $750,000 far outpacing the ACS estimates for median home value.

Of the 19,050 households earning 0-80 percent of AMI in the City, 13,578 are cost burdened households— meaning households paying more than 30 percent of their income for housing. Additionally, 7,199 of the cost burdened households are considered severely cost burdened households—meaning that they pay more than 50 percent of their income for housing. Of the 7,199 severely cost burdened households, 5,850 are renters.

Of those severely cost burdened renter households, 5,690 households earn less than 50 percent of AMI and are considered the most at risk of becoming homeless.

According to Table 36 in Section MA-15, there are 17,225 housing units in the City of Hawthorne affordable to households earning less than 80 percent of AMI. According to Table 7, there are 19,050 households in Hawthorne who earn less than 80 percent of AMI, resulting in an estimated need for approximately 1,825 additional housing units that are affordable to households earning less than 80 percent of AMI.

In the last decade, the City has pursued opportunities to add to its inventory of affordable rental housing units and continues to pursue affordable housing development; however, the elimination of local Redevelopment Agencies by the State of California resulted in the loss of a crucial resource for the development and preservation of affordable housing. This was the most significant public policy change impacting affordable housing and residential investment.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 81 Considering scarce monetary resources available to create new affordable housing units and the continuing recovery of the Southern California housing market after the recession, housing affordability problems will become an increasingly difficult challenge to the community during the period of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 82 MA-10 Number of Housing Units – 91.210(a)&(b)(2)
Introduction
According to 2011-2015 ACS data, 48 percent of the City’s housing stock is comprised of single- family housing (1-4 units). Multifamily housing (5+ units) accounts for 51 percent of total housing units in the City and a majority of these dwelling units are in larger multifamily structures containing more than 20 units. Mobile homes comprise the smallest portion of the housing stock in the City (1 percent).

Most of the City’s ownership housing (78 percent) is comprised of larger units containing three or more bedrooms. In comparison, only 12 percent of the City’s rental housing is comprised of larger units. The tables below indicate the number of residential properties in the City by property type, unit size and tenure.

All residential properties by number of units
Property Type Number %
1-unit detached structure 9,345 30%
1-unit, attached structure 1,805 6%
2-4 units 3,570 12%
5-19 units 6,550 21%
20 or more units 9,300 30%
Mobile Home, boat, RV, van, etc 210 1%
Total 30,780 100%
Table 30 – Residential Properties by Unit Number
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Unit Size by Tenure
Owners Renters
Number % Number %
No bedroom 50 1% 2,550 12%
1 bedroom 155 2% 8,330 39%
2 bedrooms 1,500 19% 8,025 37%
3 or more bedrooms 6,045 78% 2,505 12%
Total 7,750 100% 21,410 100%
Table 31 – Unit Size by Tenure
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 83 Project Name Total Units/ Funding Programs At-Risk Status TELACU Senior 75/75 HUD Section 202 Renewed annually
TELACU Terrace 74/74 HUD Section 202 Renewed every 5 Years 3621-3653 120th Street 25/25 Various nonprofit Affordable in perpetuity 3921 W. 119th Place 2 Various nonprofit Affordable in perpetuity 3733 W. 120th Street 2 Various nonprofit Affordable in perpetuity 11975 Acacia Avenue 4 Various nonprofit Affordable in perpetuity 11983 Acacia Avenue 4 Various nonprofit Affordable in perpetuity Hawthorne Gardens 100 Various nonprofit Expires 2059
12726 Grevillea Ave 8/8 Housing Authority Expires 2064
11605 Gail Avenue 10/10 Housing Authority Expires 2064
11529 Gail Avenue 12/12 Housing Authority Expires 2064
11537 Gail Avenue 5/5 Housing Authority Expires 2064
Truro Avenue 3/3 Housing Authority Expires 2064
12501 Kornblum Ave 7/7 Housing Authority Expires 2064
14004 Doty Ave 22/6 Various nonprofit Expires 2043
14105 Chadron Ave 109/28 Various nonprofit Expires 2043 14134 Yukon Ave 127/127 Various nonprofit Expires 2069
Table 32 - Affordable Housing Covenants
Sources: City of Hawthorne 2013-2021 Housing Element and HUD Multifamily Assistance & Section 8 Database, Accessed November 9, 2019.

Describe the number and targeting (income level/type of family served) of units assisted with federal, state, and local programs.

Use restrictions, as defined by State law, means any federal, state or local statute, regulation, ordinance or contract which as a condition of receipt of any housing assistance, including a rental subsidy, mortgage subsidy, or mortgage insurance, to an assisted housing development, establishes maximum limitations on tenant income as a condition of eligibility for occupancy.

As of March, 2015, the City has a total of 359 affordable housing units that are not at risk of conversion to market rate housing. The 15 projects consist of a total of 440 units in which 359 units are restricted to lowand moderate-income households. Table 31 provides a description of the assisted housing developments in Hawthorne. All multi-family rental units assisted under federal, state, and/or local programs, including HUD programs, state and local bond programs, redevelopment programs, density bonus, or direct assistance programs, are included in Table 31. In addition to the units shown in Table 31, there are two projects with a total of 149 units (149 assisted) that are on annual or 5 year renewals and are considered at risk of potential conversion.

Provide an assessment of units expected to be lost from the affordable housing inventory for any reason, such as expiration of Section 8 contracts.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 84 HUD requires that the City undertake an analysis of federal, state and locally assisted housing units that may be lost from the City’s affordable housing stock. The expiration of affordability restrictions on government assisted rental units is the typical reason of this potential loss. Much of the housing at-risk of conversion from affordable housing to market rate housing is predominantly reserved for lower income households. There are no assisted units at risk of conversion in the City of Hawthorne. • TELACU Senior Housing: 75 total units, 75 assisted (HUD Section 202; HUD Section 8; Redevelopment) Five year renewal period ; and
• TELACU Terrace: 74 total units, 74 assisted (HUD Section 202; HUD Section 8; Redevelopment) Annual renewal period.

Does the availability of housing units meet the needs of the population? According to the 2011-2015 American Community Survey Estimates, there are 30,780 residential properties in Hawthorne. Table 29 indicates that there are 30,575 housing units (not including Mobile Home, boat, or RV units) available in the community. As shown in the following Housing Market Analysis section, extremely lowincome and low-income households generally cannot afford to own or rent market rate housing and require assistance to obtain decent and affordable housing. A large percentage of households are at or below the area median income and experiencing a disproportionate housing need.

The City has a significant need for affordable housing. Currently, waiting lists for publicly assisted housing range from two to four years and Housing Choice Vouchers have a wait period of at least eight years. In addition to challenges associated with housing affordability, housing conditions are also of concern. With more than 70.86 percent of the housing units older than forty years of age, a large portion of the City's housing stock may need substantial rehabilitation, including roofing, plumbing, electrical, mechanical and structural repairs. The extent of housing needs in the City far exceeds the resources available to address those needs.

Describe the need for specific types of housing:

According to Table 32 in Section MA-15, there are 17,945 housing units in the City of Hawthorne affordable to households earning less than 80 percent of AMI. According to Table 7, there are 19,050 households in Hawthorne who earn less than 80 percent of AMI, resulting in an estimated need for approximately 1,105 additional housing units that are affordable to households earning less than 80 percent of AMI.

Discussion
The number and size of housing units in the City of Hawthorne is insufficient for the number and type of households residing in the City according to the 2011-2015 ACS; Moreover, housing affordability continues to be a challenge for renters earning less than 80 percent of AMI. During the period of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2025, the City will prioritize the development of additional affordable rental housing units and the preservation of both rental and ownership units that are currently affordable to low- and moderate-income households.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 85 MA-15 Housing Market Analysis: Cost of Housing - 91.210(a) Introduction
One of the most important factors in evaluating a community’s housing market is the cost of housing and, even more significant, whether the housing is affordable to households who live there or would like to live there.

Housing problems directly relate to the cost of housing in a community. If housing costs are relatively high in comparison to household income, a correspondingly high prevalence of housing cost burden and overcrowding occurs.

Tables 32 and 33 indicate the median home value and contract rent (not including utility or other associated costs). These values are self-reported by residents through the U.S. Census American Community Survey.

However, in looking at more current housing sales and rental market data – the cost of housing has risen tremendously over the past five years.

According to Zumper, a rental listing aggregator, average rents for 1-bedroom, 2-bedroom, and 3-bedroom all rose from January 2015 to February 2020 and significantly exceeded the median contract rent as reported by the ACS 2011-2015 estimates documented in the Cost of Housing table below.

Similarly, owner-occupied housing costs have also increased over the past five years. According to Zillow, from January 2015 to January 2020, the median sales price rose from $459,000 to $742,000 (an increase of 62%), far outpacing the ACS estimates for median home value.

Based on the reported housing costs, Table 34 indicates the number of units that are currently affordable to households at different levels of the HUD Area Median Family Income (HAMFI). It is important to note, that just because a unit is affordable to residents at that income level, it does not necessarily mean that a household at that income level is occupying the unit.

Cost of Housing
Jan. 2015 Feb. 2020 Percent Change
1-bedroom $950 $1,450 53%
2-bedroom $1,275 $1,875 47%
3-bedroom $1,750 $2,698 54%
Table 33 - Rental Housing Cost Estimates
Data Source: Zumper Research (accessed 2/24/2020)
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 86 Figure 26 - Change in Median Sales Price
Data Source: Zillow Research (accessed 2/24/2020)
Base Year: 2009 Most Recent Year: 2015 % Change
Median Home Value 515,000 404,900 (21%)
Median Contract Rent 894 988 11%
Table 34 – Cost of Housing
Data Source: 2005-2009 ACS (Base Year), 2011-2015 ACS (Most Recent Year) Rent Paid Number %
Less than $500 790 3.7%
$500-999 10,520 49.1%
$1,000-1,499 8,215 38.4%
$1,500-1,999 1,325 6.2%
$2,000 or more 565 2.6%
Total 21,415 100.0%
Table 35 - Rent Paid
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 87 Housing Affordability
% Units affordable to Households
earning Renter Owner
30% HAMFI 385 No Data
50% HAMFI 1,865 240
80% HAMFI 14,975 480
100% HAMFI No Data 1,158
Total 17,225 1,878
Table 36 – Housing Affordability
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Monthly Rent
Monthly Rent ($) Efficiency (no
bedroom) 1 Bedroom 2 Bedroom 3 Bedroom 4 Bedroom
Fair Market Rent 1,067 1,284 1,663 2,231 2,467
High HOME Rent 1,067 1,163 1,397 1,605 1,771
Low HOME Rent 848 909 1,091 1,260 1,406
Table 37 – Monthly Rent
Data Source: HUD FMR and HOME Rents
Is there sufficient housing for households at all income levels? According to the 2011-2015 ACS data in Table 7, there are 19,050 extremely-ow and low-income households in Hawthorne who earn less than 80 percent of AMI. According to CHAS data in Table 34, there are 17,945 housing units in the City that are affordable to extremely-low- and low-income households. Subtracting the 17,945 units that are affordable to extremely-low and low-income households from the 19,050 extremelylow- and low-income households in the City indicates a need for approximately 1,105 additional housing units that are affordable to households earning less than 80 percent of AMI.

Approximately 6,275 households earning less than 30 percent of AMI reside in the City; however, there are only approximately 385 dwelling units affordable to those at this income level. Similarly, the City has 5,785 households earning between 31 and 50 percent of AMI and only 2,105 housing units affordable to those at this income level. The shortage of affordable units is most prevalent for households with the lowest incomes, unlike households earning between 50 and 80 percent AMI where there is ample housing available. The City is home to 6,990 households earning between 50 and 80 percent AMI with 15,455 housing units being affordable to those at this income level.

Although a housing unit may be considered affordable to a particular income group, this does not necessarily mean that the unit is actually occupied by a household in that income group. Therefore, the affordability mismatches are likely to be more severe than presented by the CHAS data.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 88 How is affordability of housing likely to change considering changes to home values and/or rents? The data presented in Tables 34 and 35 was sourced from 2011-2015 during a period of recovery in the housing market that is making housing less affordable in the City. As the housing market has recovered during the last five years, home values and rents increased, which will further exacerbate housing problems such as cost burden, severe cost burden and overcrowding—particularly for low- and moderate-income renter households who generally do not benefit from the historically affordable single-family home values.

How do HOME rents / Fair Market Rent compare to Area Median Rent? How might this impact your strategy to produce or preserve affordable housing?
According to ACS data, High HOME rents that are intended to be affordable to households earning 51-80 percent of AMI are generally lower than Fair Market Rents, except for efficiency units where the two values are identical. The median contract rent in Hawthorne of $988 is in line with the Fair Market Rent for an efficiency unit, indicating that rents in Hawthorne are generally more affordable than the market rents charged throughout Los Angeles County, where rents charged are generally higher as exhibited by the Fair Market Rents. Based on this information and the supply of housing that is affordable to households earning more than 30 percent of AMI, the City could either subsidize rents for extremely-low income households or subsidize development of units targeted at the extremely-low income level.

Discussion
In the decade between 2000 and 2011, the median home price in Hawthorne increased by 150 percent from $184,800 to $461,800 and the median contract rent increased by 60 percent from $594 to $951 as median income increased by only 43% percent. Data from 2015 shows that while the median contract rent continues to rise ($988 as of 2015) the median price of single-family ownership housing is $404,900, 20 percent lower than the peak value of $515,000 in 2009. However, Zumper and Zillow indicate that in the past five years, rent has increased approximately 50 percent and the average cost to purchase a home has increase nearly $200,000.

As a result, Hawthorne's renter households have become increasingly cost-burdened while homeownership has become less affordable.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 89 MA-20 Housing Market Analysis: Condition of Housing – 91.210(a) Introduction
Assessing housing conditions in the City provides the basis for developing strategies to maintain and preserve the quality of the housing stock. The ACS defines a “selected condition” as owner- or renter-occupied housing units having at least one of the following conditions: 1) lacking complete plumbing facilities; 2) lacking complete kitchen facilities; 3) more than one occupant per room; and 4) selected monthly housing costs greater than 30 percent of household income. Based on the definition of selected conditions, Table 38 shows that 41 percent of owner-occupied households in the City have at least one selected condition and 51 percent of all renteroccupied households in the City have at least one selected condition.

Definitions
A substandard condition is one that affects the health and safety of a resident’s habitability. As defined by California Health and Safety Code, a substandard condition exists to the extent that it endangers the health and safety of its occupants or the public. Following is a list of substandard conditions:
• Inadequate sanitation.
• Structural hazards.
• Any nuisance which endangers the health and safety of the occupants or the public. • All substandard plumbing, wiring, and/or mechanical equipment, unless it conformed to all applicable laws in effect at the time of installation and has been maintained in a good and safe condition. • Faulty weather protection.
• The use of construction materials not allowed or approved by the health and safety code. • Fire, health and safety hazards (as determined by the appropriate fire or health official). • Lack of, or inadequate fire-resistive construction or fire-extinguishing systems as required by the health and safety code, unless the construction and/or systems conformed to all applicable laws in effect at the time of construction and/or installation and adequately maintained. • Inadequate structural resistance to horizontal forces. • Buildings or portions thereof occupied for living, sleeping, cooking, or dining purposes which were not designed or intended to be used for such occupancies.
• Inadequate maintenance which causes a building or any portion thereof to be declared unsafe. ‘Standard’ housing condition in the City of Hawthorne is defined as being in conformance with the California State Health and Safety Codes. For the purposes of the Consolidated Plan grant programs, a unit in substandard condition is considered suitable for rehabilitation provided that the estimated cost of rehabilitation does not exceed the estimated cost of reconstructing the unit.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 90 Condition of Units
Condition of Units Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied
Number % Number %
With one selected Condition 3,140 41% 11,000 51%
With two selected Conditions 360 5% 2,805 13%
With three selected Conditions 0 0% 60 0%
With four selected Conditions 0 0% 0 0%
No selected Conditions 4,245 55% 7,550 35%
Total 7,745 101% 21,415 99%
Table 38 - Condition of Units
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Year Unit Built
Year Unit Built Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied
Number % Number %
2000 or later 715 9% 465 2%
1980-1999 1,120 14% 6,195 29%
1950-1979 4,365 56% 12,625 59%
Before 1950 1,535 20% 2,130 10%
Total 7,735 99% 21,415 100%
Table 39 – Year Unit Built
Data Source: 2011-2015 CHAS
Risk of Lead-Based Paint Hazard
Risk of Lead-Based Paint Hazard Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied Number % Number %
Total Number of Units Built Before 1980 5,900 76% 14,755 69% Housing Units build before 1980 with children present 2,133 28% 323 2% Table 40 – Risk of Lead-Based Paint
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS (Total Units) 2011-2015 CHAS (Units with Children present) Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 91 City 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Total
EBLL’s* 2 2 2 1 2 9
Cases 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 41 - Number of Elevated Blood Lead Levels and Cases LOS ANGELES: http://publichealth.lacounty.gov/lead/reports/leaddata_new.htm Note: EBLL’s are defined as > 9.5 µg/dL, and are “Uniquely Identified” by year. Only the highest BLL is displayed per year per child. A child may be reported more than once across years, but only once per year. BLL’s <10 µg/dL not displayed.

Vacant Units
Suitable for
Rehabilitation
Not Suitable for
Rehabilitation Total
Vacant Units 0 0 0
Abandoned Vacant Units 0 0 0
REO Properties 0 0 0
Abandoned REO Properties 0 0 0
Table 42 - Vacant Units
Data Source: No data available.

Need for Owner and Rental Rehabilitation
As the City's housing stock ages, a growing percentage of housing units may need rehabilitation to allow them to remain safe and habitable. The situation is of particular concern for low- and moderate-income homeowners who are generally not in a financial position to properly maintain their homes.

The age and condition of Hawthorne’s housing stock is an important indicator of potential rehabilitation needs.

Commonly, housing over 30 years of age needs some form of major rehabilitation, such as roof replacement, electrical work and plumbing systems. Housing over 15 years of age will generally exhibit deficiencies in terms of paint, weatherization, heating / air-conditioning systems, hot water heaters and finish plumbing fixtures.

According to CHAS data showing the year that housing units were built categorized by owner and renter tenure:
• 5,900 or 76 percent of the 7,735 owner-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built 40 or more years ago (built prior to 1980)
• 1,120 or 14 percent of the 7,735 owner-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built between 30 and 40 years ago (built between 1980 and 1999)
• 14,755 or 69 percent of the 21,415 renter-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built 40 or more years ago (built prior to 1980)
• 6,195 or 29 percent of the 21,415 renter-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built between 30 and 40 years ago (built between 1980 and 1999)
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 92 According to CHAS data, 46 percent of Hawthorne’s owner-occupied households experience some form of housing problem. HUD defines housing problems as housing overcrowding, housing cost burden, or units that are lacking adequate kitchen or plumbing facilities. In numbers, there are 7,745 owner-occupied households, of which 4,500 have a housing problem. Sixty-four percent of Hawthorne’s renter-occupied households experience some form of housing problem. In numbers, there are 21,415 renter-occupied households, of which 13,805 have a housing problem.

Preservation of the physical and functional integrity of existing housing units occupied by low- and moderateincome households is a cost-effective way to invest limited resources to retain existing housing units that are already affordable to low- and moderate-income households in the community. Addressing substandard housing conditions through housing preservation activities provide that all economic segments of the community have the means to ensure that their property meets local standards and that all Hawthorne residents have the opportunity to live in decent housing.

Estimated Number of Housing Units Occupied by Low or Moderate Income Families with LBP Hazards Residents of any housing built before 1978 are considered to be at risk of containing some amount of leadbased paint. Older housing is more likely to have lead-based paint and the amount of lead pigment in the paint tends to increase with the age of the housing. The vast majority of Hawthorne’s housing stock (70.86 percent) was built prior to 1979, putting at risk the residents of these homes from lead-based paint hazards. Lead can cause severe damage in young children. It attacks the central nervous system, the neurological system, and can cause brain damage, IQ reduction, learning disabilities, decreased attention span, hyperactivity, growth inhibition, comas, seizures, and in some cases, death.

The most common source of child lead poisoning is exposure to lead-based paint (and lead-contaminated dust) in the child's home. Housing built before 1978 may contain some lead-based paint since the use of lead-based paint became illegal that year. Since the amount of lead pigment in the paint tends to increase with a home's age, older housing is more likely to have lead-based paint hazards.

There are 20,655 housing units built before 1980 that may contain lead-based paint, of which 5,900 are owneroccupied units and 14,755 are renter-occupied units. There are 2,456 units built before 1980 with children present, including 2,133 owner-occupied units and 323 renter-occupied units. According to data presented in Table 7, 65 percent of Hawthorne’s households are low- and moderate income households. By extension, it could be estimated that 1,024 housing units with lead-based paint hazards may be estimated to be occupied by low- and moderate-income families. However, the majority of low- and moderate-income households live in the eligible CDBG Census Tract/Block Groups where the housing stock is generally older than that of the balance of the City.

Number of Children with Elevated Blood Levels of Lead and Cases The State of California mandates lead screening for all children who participate in publicly funded health programs. In California, screening typically occurs at ages one and two years. A blood level of 10 µg/dL or higher was previously referred to as an “elevated blood level (EBL).” However, as it is now recognized that there is no safe level of lead, and adverse effects occur at levels below 10 µg/dL, an “elevated” blood lead level Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 93 is no longer defined at a particular cut point. Therefore, categories indicating increased levels of exposure are presented here.

In accordance with State of California regulations, a “case” is defined as a child having a blood lead level equal to or greater than 20 µg/dL, or persistent levels between 15-19 µg/dL. Once a case is reported, the Los Angeles County Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program is involved in the case management, as described below under the heading “Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program (CLPP).” Table 41 provides data for 2009-2013, the most recent five years for which data was available through the CLPPP. Consultation with the CLPPP in 2019 revealed that data collection and aggregation responsibilities have changed and that the medical professionals are responsible for collecting the data; however, there is not an entity designated to receive and aggregate reports on this data at the Countywide level.

Discussion
As noted in the needs assessment, a large share of owner and renter households experience at least one substandard housing condition. Based on the results of the Needs Assessment, the most prevalent condition is cost-burden – indicating that the housing stock is not generally suitable for habitation. However, based on the age of the housing stock, a significant need exists for the preservation of older housing units occupied by lowand moderate-income households. The City will continue to address this need through the implementation of programs designed to preserve the stock of affordable housing.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 94 MA-25 Public and Assisted Housing – 91.210(b)
Introduction
As indicated in section NA-35, the Hawthorne Housing Authority administers Section 8 and does not own HUD Public Housing. Hawthorne is within the service area of the Los Angeles County Development Authority (LACDA) for the purposes of Section 8 and Public Housing. The data presented in the tables below is for Hawthorne and the narrative responses address the needs for the entire county, with specific references to the City of Hawthorne.

Totals Number of Units
Program Type
Certificate ModRehab
Public
Housing
Vouchers
Total Project
-based
Tenant
-based

Special Purpose Voucher
Veterans
Affairs
Supportive
Housing
Family
Unification
Program
Disabled
*
# of
Hawthorne
units
vouchers
available 0 261 2,962 21,798 1 21,797 1,264 1,357 558
# of
County
units
vouchers
available 405 1,208 6,921 46,611 1,530 45,081 8,032 862 1,173 # of
accessible
units
Table 43 – Total Number of Units by Program Type
*includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Data Source: PIC (PIH Information Center)
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 95 Describe the supply of public housing developments:

Not applicable. There are no public housing developments in the City of Hawthorne.

Describe the number and physical condition of public housing units in the jurisdiction, including those that are participating in an approved Public Housing Agency Plan:

Not applicable. There are no public housing developments in the City of Hawthorne.

Public Housing Condition
Public Housing Development Average Inspection Score

N/A N/A
Table 44 - Public Housing Condition
Describe the restoration and revitalization needs of public housing units in the jurisdiction:

Not applicable. There are no public housing developments in Hawthorne.

Describe the public housing agency's strategy for improving the living environment of low- and moderateincome families residing in public housing:

CHA and LACDA's primary goal is to fulfill the immediate needs of public housing residents: living in safe, decent and sanitary housing; and achieving self-sufficiency. The PHAs meets these needs by providing the following services to residents year round:

Educational Partnerships: This program supports the residents in a variety of ways including English as a Second Language instruction, homework assistance, arts and crafts activities, and more. Students are able to receive real-life experiences in a variety of fields including after-school education, social services, criminal justice, the arts, human resources, information technology, and various fields of research.

Family Learning Centers: Address the need for education, literacy, and after-school programming in public housing. The centers, located at several large public housing developments provide after-school programs, adult education, training, technology, and other classes.

Resident Opportunities and Self-Sufficiency (ROSS): Program grants from HUD have allowed LACDA to offer several programs including family self-sufficiency grants.

Capital Fund Program (CFP): Provides for rehabilitation, repair, and physical and management improvements of County-owned public housing developments throughout the year. The CFP program requires that a physical and management needs assessment be done every six years, allowing work items to be identified and prioritized.

A Five-Year Plan is then developed to identify which projects will be funded in each year.

Community Policing Program (CPP): Provides onsite Community Policing Teams throughout the County of Los Angeles. The CPP ensures that LACDA's housing developments are safe for our residents. A fulltime Los Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 96 Angeles Sheriff’s Department (LASD) Sergeant, four Deputies, and a part-time Operations Assistant implement the community policing program at all LACDA sites, along with two fulltime Long Beach Police Department (LBPD) officers. The result has been a 72 percent reduction in crime at the sites and an increase in the quality of life for public housing residents, since program inception.

The Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act (JJCPA): Provides prevention and intervention services for at-risk youth and their families at the four large housing sites: Carmelitos, Nueva Maravilla, Harbor Hills, and South Scattered Sites including summer programs and back-to-school events such as camping, other outdoor adventures, and a summer reading program.

Family Resource Center (FRC) provides clinical/case management services to public housing residents. Frequent problems at the sites include domestic violence, child abuse, mental illness, aging-related issues, and general crisis intervention. Special support is provided for the homeless and emancipated youth housed at the sites and the clinician is on-call to conduct emergency mental health assessments.

Discussion:

According to HUD, City of Hawthorne Housing Authority is designated as Medium High, meaning it administers 500 - 1,249 Section 8 vouchers. LACDA administers Section 8 to provide rental assistance to low-income families, senior citizens, and disabled individuals. The Hawthorne Housing Authority is currently administering 1,124 Section 8 voucher units (includes County and City of Los Angeles portable vouchers) that are located within Hawthorne. The HHA also manages approximately 138 Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers that ported into City of Hawthorne.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 97 MA-30 Homeless Facilities and Services – 91.210(c)
Introduction
The 2019 Greater Los Angeles Homeless Count identified 58,936 homeless people in Los Angeles County.

Although, this was a 12% increase from the prior year count of 52,765 homeless persons, since 2017, Los Angeles County’s system of homeless services resulted in twice the number of people moving from homelessness into housing and tripled homeless prevention, outreach, and engagement services.

During 2018-2019, the Los Angeles County’s Continuum of Care (CoC), known as Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority (LAHSA), assisted 21,631 people move into permanent housing. Ninety-two percent of those permanently placed stayed housed through the end of 2018 and did not return to homelessness.

Compared to 2015, services provided by LAHSA resulted in twice as many people placed into permanent homes, prevented three times as many people from falling into homelessness (5,643), and provided outreach to three times as many people (34,110). In the past year, 75,796 people were helped through programs and services of Los Angeles County’s homeless services system. Conversely, 23% (approximately 9,200 persons) of unsheltered persons experienced homelessness for the first time. Most reported (53%) economic hardship as the cause.

Facilities and Housing Targeted to Homeless Households
Emergency Shelter Beds Transitional
Housing Beds
Permanent Supportive
Housing Beds
Year Round
Beds
(Current &
New)
Voucher /
Seasonal /
Overflow
Beds
Current &
New
Current &
New
Under
Development
Households with
Adult(s) and Child(ren) 6,209 4,341 1,273 5,343 0
Households with Only
Adults 5,845 13 2,123 14,876 0
Chronically Homeless
Households 0 0 0 6,665 0
Veterans 175 0 472 6,071 0
Unaccompanied Youth 39 0 0 0 0
Youth* 344 0 714 242 0
Table 45 - Facilities and Housing Targeted to Homeless Households Data Source 2019 Housing Inventory Count_LACoC Totals (Countywide)_LAHSA *Includes transition age youth (ages 18-24) Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 98 Describe mainstream services, such as health, mental health, and employment services to the extent those services are use to complement services targeted to homeless persons In California, the primary programs for assisting families in poverty are CalWORKs, CalFresh, and Medi-Cal.

These programs provide clients with employment assistance, discounted food, medical care, child care, and cash payments to meet basic needs such as housing, health care and transportation. A short description of each is provided below.

CalWORKs
The California Work Opportunities for Kids (CalWORKs) program is a public assistance program that provides cash aid and services to eligible families that have a child or children in the home. Through this program, eligible families receive immediate short-term help with housing, food, utilities, clothing or medical care. Child care is also available through this program.

CalFresh Program
CalFresh, known federally as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program or SNAP, provides monthly food benefits to low-income individuals and families. CalFresh benefits encourage families to purchase more nutritious food, including fruit, vegetables and other healthy foods. The amount of benefits a household receives is dependent on a household size’s countable income, and monthly expenses, such as housing and utilities. The program issues monthly benefits on an Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) card. Food may be purchased at any grocery store or farmers market that accepts EBT cards.

Medi-Cal
The California Medical Assistance Program (Medi-Cal or MediCal) serves low-income individuals, including families, seniors, persons with disabilities, children in foster care, pregnant women, and childless adults with incomes below 138% of federal poverty level. Benefits include ambulatory patient services, emergency services, hospitalization, maternity and newborn care, mental health and substance use disorder treatment, dental (Denti-Cal), vision, and long term care.

CDBG, HOME, and ESG Activities
Congress designed the CDBG, HOME and ESG programs to serve low-income people, some of which may meet the federal poverty definition, and at least 51 percent of whom are low- and moderate-income individuals and families. At least 70% of all CDBG funds must be used for activities that are considered under program rules to benefit low- to moderate-income persons. Additionally, every CDBG activity must meet one of three national objectives: 1) benefits low- and moderate-income persons (at least 51 percent of the beneficiaries must be low- to moderate-income; 2) addresses slums or blight, or 3) meets a particularly urgent community development need.

Under the HOME Investment Partnerships Program (HOME), households must earn no more than 80 percent of the Area Median Income (AMI), adjusted for household size, to be eligible for assistance. Furthermore, 90 Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 99 percent of a HOME Participating Jurisdiction’s (PJ’s) annual HOME allocation that is invested in affordable rental housing must go to assist households earning no more than 60 percent of AMI.

The Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG) program provides homeless persons with basic shelter and essential supportive services. It can assist with the operational costs of the shelter facility, and for the administration of the grant. ESG also provides short-term homeless prevention assistance to persons at imminent risk of losing their own housing due to eviction, foreclosure, or utility shutoffs. The County’s ESG program is administered through its Continuum of Care provider Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority (LAHSA), LAHSA provides leadership, advocacy, planning and management of program funding for a vast network of local, non-profit agencies with missions to help people leave homelessness permanently. This network of agencies are dedicated to providing as much assistance as possible, including a variety of support services that assist with health, mental health, and employment training and opportunities.

List and describe services and facilities that meet the needs of homeless persons, particularly chronically homeless individuals and families, families with children, veterans and their families, and unaccompanied youth.

If the services and facilities are listed on screen SP-40 Institutional Delivery Structure or screen MA-35 Special Needs Facilities and Services, describe how these facilities and services specifically address the needs of these populations.

For many Los Angeles County residents, the first entry into the CoC is through the County’s Coordinated Entry System (CES). The CES facilitates the coordination and management of resources and services through a crisis response system. CES efficiently and effectively connects people to interventions that aim to rapidly resolve housing crises. In SPA 3, Volunteers of America and Union Station Homeless Services are two examples of points of entry for individuals and families seeking emergency housing and supportive services directed to getting people off the streets and into a safe environment.

Other components of the CoC is transitional housing, designed as short-term housing for up to two years, where persons move into a more stabilized housing arrangement than an emergency shelter. The final component of the CoC is permanent housing, both with and without supportive services. The ultimate goal of the CoC system is to move people toward housing alternatives where they are able to reside permanently in safe and sanitary housing.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 100 MA-35 Special Needs Facilities and Services – 91.210(d) Introduction
Special needs populations consist of persons who are not homeless but due to various reasons are in need of services and supportive housing. Persons with special needs include, but are not limited to, the elderly, frail elderly, severe mentally ill, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, persons with alcohol or other drug addictions, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence. The City of Hawthorne will consider allocating CDBG public service funding to various programs that provide services to special needs populations, including but not limited to those serving the elderly, frail elderly, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, mentally disabled, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence.

HUD defines elderly as a person who is 62 years of age or older. A frail elderly person is an elderly person who is unable to perform at least three activities of daily living including eating, bathing, or home management activities. Based on 2011-2015 CHAS data, of the 6,335 households containing at least one elderly person, 59 percent (3,760) households earn less than 80 percent of the Area Median Income in Hawthorne.

HUD defines a disabled person as having a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities. Additionally, persons with disabilities have high dependency on supportive services and may require accessibility modifications to accommodate their unique conditions. Based on ACS data, of the total Civilian Noninstitutionalized Population (86,231) in Hawthorne, 6,897 persons have a disability. Of these 6,897 disabled persons, a total of 75.7% are 65 years and over.

Drug abuse or substance abuse is defined as the use of chemical substances that lead to an increased risk of problems and an inability to control the use of the substance. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, there were 70,237 drug overdose deaths in the United States in 2017 and that of those deaths, 47,600 involved opioids. According to the CDC, the national ‘opioid epidemic’ began in the 1990s with increased prescribing of opioids such as Methadone, Oxycodone, and Hydrocodone. Beginning in 2010, CDC reported rapid increases in overdose deaths involving heroin. The third wave began in 2013 with increases in overdose deaths involving synthetic opioids such as the illicitly manufactured fentanyl, often found in combination with heroin, counterfeit pills, and cocaine. Although California was among 10 states with the lowest drug overdose mortality in each year from 2014-2017, the proliferation of fentanyl is a significant and relatively new issue requiring increased public awareness and services.

Human immunodeficiency virus infection (HIV) is a virus that weakens one’s immune system by destroying important cells that fight diseases and infection. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) is the final stage of the HIV infection. According to the 2017 Annual HIV Surveillance Report for Los Angeles County, there were 51,438 persons living with HIV.

Domestic Violence includes, but is not limited to felony or misdemeanor crimes of violence committed by a current or former spouse of the victim or by a person who is cohabitating with or has cohabited with the victim as a spouse. In 2018, the Hawthorne Police Department responded to a total of 302 calls related to domestic violence. Of these calls, 157 of these domestic incidents did not involve a weapon. However, 145 calls involved a weapon of which 1 involved a firearm, 8 involved a knife or cutting instrument, 25 involved other dangerous weapons and 111 involved personal weapons such as feet or hands.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 101 Including the elderly, frail elderly, persons with disabilities (mental, physical, developmental), persons with alcohol or other drug addictions, persons with HIV/AIDS and their families, public housing residents and any other categories the jurisdiction may specify, and describe their supportive housing needs To determine the level of need and types of services needed by special needs populations, including elderly, frail elderly, severe mentally ill, developmentally disabled, physically disabled, persons with alcohol or other drug addictions, persons with HIV/AIDS and victims of domestic violence, the City conducted surveys, consulted with local service providers and reviewed ACS data. Supportive services required for special needs populations include case management, medical or psychological counseling and supervision, childcare, transportation and job training provided for the purpose of facilitating a person’s stability and independence. In housing, accessibility modifications to accommodate persons with mobility disabilities elderly persons and frail elderly persons may include, but are not limited to, wider doorways, no step thresholds, installation of ramps, grab bars, lowered countertops and accessible hardware. The needs of residents with sensory disabilities are different from those with mobility disabilities. Individuals with hearing disabilities require visual adaptations for such items as the telephone ringer, the doorbell and smoke alarms. Residents who are blind may require tactile marking of changes in floor level and stair edges and braille markings on appliances and controls. People with low vision may require large print markings and displays, contrasting colors to distinguish changes in level or transition from one area to another, proper lighting, and reduced glare from lighting and windows.

For persons with special needs, the high cost of living in Los Angeles County makes it very difficult for to maintain a stable residence. Often these segments of the population rely on support services from various non-profit organizations to avoid becoming homeless or institutionalized.

Describe programs for ensuring that persons returning from mental and physical health institutions receive appropriate supportive housing
Persons with special needs, such as the elderly and those with disabilities, must also have access to housing in the community. Community care facilities provide a supportive housing environment to persons with special needs in a group setting. According to the California Department of Social Services Community Care Licensing Division, the majority of community care beds in Hawthorne (171) are for elderly persons ages 60 or above.

There are also (522) community care beds for adults between ages 18-59 and (15) for youth below the age of 18 at small family homes and group homes.

Specify the activities that the jurisdiction plans to undertake during the next year to address the housing and supportive services needs identified in accordance with 91.215(e) with respect to persons who are not homeless but have other special needs. Link to one-year goals. 91.315(e) The question is specific to State grantees. For response by entitlement grantee, see below.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 102 For entitlement/consortia grantees: Specify the activities that the jurisdiction plans to undertake during the next year to address the housing and supportive services needs identified in accordance with 91.215(e) with respect to persons who are not homeless but have other special needs. Link to one-year goals. (91.220(2)) During the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan period, the Strategic Plan does not call for the City to use CDBG funds to provide special needs services. Instead, the City will use other funding sources to assist persons with special needs including, but not limited, to those concerned with disabilities, domestic violence, and substance abuse and HIV/AIDS.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 103 MA-40 Barriers to Affordable Housing – 91.210(e)
Negative Effects of Public Policies on Affordable Housing and Residential Investment A barrier to affordable housing is a public policy or nongovernmental condition that constrains the development or rehabilitation of affordable housing, such as land use controls, property taxes, state prevailing wage requirements, environmental protection, cost of land and availability of monetary resources. Barriers to affordable housing are distinguished from impediments to fair housing choice in the sense that barriers are lawful and impediments to fair housing choice are usually unlawful.

Based on information gathered during community meetings, the Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey, the 2013-2021 Housing Element and market analysis, the primary barriers to affordable housing in Hawthorne are housing affordability and the lack of monetary resources necessary to develop and sustain affordable housing. The two barriers are related in the sense that demand for affordable housing exceeds the supply and insufficient resources are available to increase the supply of affordable housing to meet demand.

For low- and moderate-income households, finding and maintaining decent affordable housing is difficult due to the high cost of housing in Hawthorne and throughout Southern California in general. Based on evaluation of 2007-2011 ACS and CHAS data, there is a high need for housing units affordable for households earning less than 80 percent of AMI. Of the 19,050 households earning 0-80 percent of AMI in the City, 13,578 are cost burdened households—meaning households paying more than 30 percent of their income for housing.

Additionally, 7,199 of the cost burdened households are considered severely cost burdened households— meaning that they pay more than 50 percent of their income for housing. Of the 7,199 severely cost burdened households, 5,850 are renters. Of those severely cost burdened renter households, 5,690 households earn less than 50 percent of AMI and are considered the most at risk of becoming homeless. Consistent with available data, responses to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey indicate a high need for additional affordable housing in Hawthorne.

In the last five years, the elimination of local Redevelopment Agencies by the State of California resulted in the loss of a crucial resource for the development and preservation of affordable housing. This was the most significant public policy change impacting affordable housing and residential investment. While there are mechanisms whereby certain affordable housing assets tied to the former Redevelopment Agencies may be utilized today, these resources are finite and scarce.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 104 MA-45 Non-Housing Community Development Assets – 91.215 (f) Introduction
The City places a high priority on non-housing community development needs including those associated with neighborhood services such as graffiti removal and public facilities improvements such as park and community center rehabilitation or ADA improvements and infrastructure improvements including sidewalks, curbs, gutters, driveway approaches, alleys and pedestrian crossings. During the implementation of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan, the City will use CDBG funds to address some of these needs and provide a suitable living environment for low- and moderate-income people living in the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas.

To expand economic opportunities for low- and moderate-income people and provide a pathway out of poverty, the Strategic Plan and the 2020-2021 Annual Action Plan include public service programs that support family self-sufficiency, such as the youth after school program. This approach fulfills several needs in the community including ensuring that all students have the opportunity to succeed without regard to family economic status.

Economic Development Market Analysis
Business Activity
Business by Sector
Number
of
Workers
Number
of Jobs
Share of
Workers
%
Share of
Jobs
%
Jobs less
workers
%
Agriculture, Mining, Oil & Gas Extraction 253 3 1 0 -1
Arts, Entertainment, Accommodations 5,090 1,919 16 9 -7 Construction 994 766 3 4 1
Education and Health Care Services 5,519 3,713 17 17 0
Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate 1,846 566 6 3 -3
Information 1,185 195 4 1 -3
Manufacturing 2,704 5,680 8 26 18
Other Services 1,371 548 4 3 -2
Professional, Scientific, Management
Services 2,511 683 8 3 -5
Public Administration 0 0 0 0 0
Retail Trade 3,908 3,820 12 18 6
Transportation and Warehousing 2,426 1,391 7 6 -1
Wholesale Trade 1,547 1,245 5 6 1
Total 29,354 20,529 -- -- --
Table 46 - Business Activity
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS (Workers), 2015 Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics (Jobs) Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 105 Labor Force
Total Population in the Civilian Labor Force 45,410
Civilian Employed Population 16 years and over 40,875
Unemployment Rate 9.96
Unemployment Rate for Ages 16-24 35.00
Unemployment Rate for Ages 25-65 5.65
Table 47 - Labor Force
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Occupations by Sector Number of People
Management, business and financial 6,690
Farming, fisheries and forestry occupations 2,145
Service 6,045
Sales and office 11,015
Construction, extraction, maintenance and repair 3,130
Production, transportation and material moving 2,475
Table 48 – Occupations by Sector
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Travel Time
Travel Time Number Percentage
< 30 Minutes 22,400 58%
30-59 Minutes 12,125 31%
60 or More Minutes 4,210 11%
Total 38,735 100%
Table 49 - Travel Time
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 106 Education
Educational Attainment
In Labor Force
Civilian Employed Unemployed Not in Labor
Force
Less than high school graduate 7,770 580 3,335
High school graduate (includes
equivalency) 8,080 755 2,560
Some college or Associate's degree 10,840 900 2,915
Bachelor's degree or higher 7,780 420 990
Table 50 - Educational Attainment by Employment Status
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Educational Attainment by Age
Age
18–24 yrs 25–34 yrs 35–44 yrs 45–65 yrs 65+ yrs
Less than 9th grade 150 615 1,310 4,000 1,885
9th to 12th grade, no diploma 1,445 1,705 2,340 1,715 625 High school graduate, GED, or
alternative 2,660 3,740 3,330 4,320 1,905
Some college, no degree 4,210 4,495 2,355 4,615 1,210
Associate's degree 355 1,130 855 1,200 520
Bachelor's degree 605 2,560 1,965 2,430 700
Graduate or professional degree 35 745 685 820 430
Table 51 - Educational Attainment by Age
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Educational Attainment – Median Earnings in the Past 12 Months Educational Attainment Median Earnings in the Past 12 Months Less than high school graduate 20,950
High school graduate (includes equivalency) 25,373
Some college or Associate's degree 31,915
Bachelor's degree 43,485
Graduate or professional degree 63,359
Table 52 – Median Earnings in the Past 12 Months
Data Source: 2011-2015 ACS
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 107 Based on the Business Activity table above, what are the major employment sectors within your jurisdiction? According to 2011 Longitudinal Employer Household Dynamics (LEHD) data, the major employment sectors in the City of Hawthorne include Manufacturing (3,864 jobs), Retail Trade (3,479 jobs), Education and Health Care Services (2,303 jobs), Transportation and Warehousing (2,064 jobs) and Arts, Entertainment, Accommodations (1,668 jobs).

Describe the workforce and infrastructure needs of the business community:

The business community in Hawthorne relies on a highly educated workforce, starting with the Hawthorne Unified School District and continuing with 7 colleges and universities located within a 10 mile radius and over 30 additional colleges and universities in the surrounding region. A diverse group of leading employers in arts and entertainment, retail trade, healthcare, professional services, education and research in Hawthorne benefit from the ever growing opportunities and expansion that the City offers. However, it should be noted that based on the number of jobs available far exceeds the number of workers in the City. As a result, residents must go outside of the City for employment opportunities.

Describe any major changes that may have an economic impact, such as planned local or regional public or private sector investments or initiatives that have affected or may affect job and business growth opportunities during the planning period. Describe any needs for workforce development, business support or infrastructure these changes may create.

The City is currently working with the owner/developer of the Hawthorne Plaza to transform the plaza into a destination outlet mall. The Plaza is located on Hawthorne Boulevard and was once home to a thriving regional retail shopping center. The Plaza has been closed since 1999. Plans are being developed for a retail center that will house everything from a high-end to the standard outlet stores.

In response, the City will invest approximately $14 million dollars into street improvements to boost curb appeal and invite business that will also provide much needed jobs. These improvements will have a positive impact on job and business growth opportunities toward the end of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan period.

The workforce throughout the region is undergoing changes and as such, there is a need to accommodate the needs of the new workforce. Specific programs need to be rolled out to address the millennial and independent worker. In addition, younger workers are used to social networks and digital communications. Younger workers are project oriented. Younger workers are not used to hierarchical organizations and prefer to work in teams.

New workforce training programs need to address the independent workforce – this type of worker prefers to work flexible hours, work from home or in co-working spaces, and prefers to negotiate a rate based on skills and experience in lieu of market dynamics.

In addition, the senior’s workforce (ages 60+) is a willing and untapped resource for employers. This workforce is active, reliable, and willing to work in sometimes less than desirable jobs. They are experienced and are often times looking for a way to engage with a community.

Economic Developers need to be aware of all levels of the changing workforce in addition to promoting vocational programs, internships, and foreign work visa programs.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 108 How do the skills and education of the current workforce correspond to employment opportunities in the jurisdiction?
The majority of employees in the civilian labor force have a post-secondary education, which is beneficial considering some of the faster growing occupational sectors offer jobs that require higher education and training. Generally, the skills and education of the current workforce in Hawthorne correspond to the employment opportunities in the City. Although there are a variety of job opportunities available in the City, 54 percent of the workforce commutes more than 30 minutes to work each day according to Table 49.

Describe any current workforce training initiatives, including those supported by Workforce Investment Boards, community colleges and other organizations. Describe how these efforts will support the jurisdiction's Consolidated Plan.

The El Camino College Business Training Center (BTC) office located at 13430 Hawthorne Boulevard contributes to economic vitality by providing training, education, and community based programs that lead to success, employment and positive growth. The office provides services that includes the Workforce Training Program. BTC is a resource and conduit for businesses who are in need of customized training, assistance with SBA loan information, workforce development and skills upgrade. BTC also assist individuals that would like to start or build a business, or those seeking to improve their career opportunities. The BTC programs are available to assist low- and moderate-income people with regard to business assistance skills and vocational training along with various other forms of assistance.

In addition, El Camino Community College Student Services Center provides students the opportunity to apply for CalWORKs. CalWORKs is the community portion of the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids Act: the welfare reform program established by Assembly Bill (AB) 1542. CalWORKs funds assist single or two-parent families who are receiving Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), and those in transition off welfare, to achieve long-term self-sufficiency through coordinated student services. The on campus program offering these services is the CalWORKs Program.

CalWORKs provides support to eligible students to obtain their educational degrees and certificates while gaining work experience leading to sustainable employment. The CalWORKs program works to provide quality career training and degree programs. A wide array of services are offered to help you achieve your goals.

Does your jurisdiction participate in a Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy (CEDS)? Yes
If so, what economic development initiatives are you undertaking that may be coordinated with the Consolidated Plan? If not, describe other local/regional plans or initiatives that impact economic growth.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 109 The City of Hawthorne was included as part of the CEDS prepared by the Los Angeles County Workforce Investment Board (LAWIB) for 2013-2018. Every five years, LAWIB develops the CEDS for the region with the assistance of the South Bay Workforce Investment Board (SBWIB) to present the current condition of the Los Angeles County economy and its impact on residents and businesses. The analysis identifies economically vulnerable areas suitable for economic development investment by considering indicators such as unemployment, income and education as well as infrastructure, business activity and economic competitiveness relative to other markets
Discussion
Hawthorne’s location at the hub of the south bay, adjacent to the Los Angeles Airport and in near proximity to the San Pedro Harbor makes it a highly desirable location for a wide variety of businesses. In addition, Hawthorne’s infrastructure and skilled workforce make it an ideal place for small and large companies to call home.

MA-50 Needs and Market Analysis Discussion
Are there areas where households with multiple housing problems are concentrated? (include a definition of "concentration")
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 110 Based on a review of CPD Maps, there is one area of the City where multiple housing problems are concentrated. One Census Tract in the City experience cost burden in excess of 73 percent of all households paying more than 30 percent of their monthly income for housing costs. This was located on the southwestern part of the City to the east of the 405 freeway. Evaluation of maps showing housing overcrowding and substandard housing revealed discernable concentrations on the northern part of the City along the 105 freeway.

Definitions of Concentration
Low-Income
Threshold: A Census tract is deemed to have a concentration of low-income residents if the poverty rate of a given Census tract has 20 percentage points or more than the average poverty rate for the jurisdiction.

How to Determine:

1. Use ACS Table DP03 to identify poverty rate

2. In CPD Maps, using the Map Query Tool, select “Poverty Rate” as the data element

3. Set the minimum bound of the parameters to 20 percentage points over the City’s poverty rate

4. Identify the Census tracts that meet the threshold
Minority
Threshold: A Census tract is deemed to have a concentration of minority residents if the share of minority residents of a given Census tract has 20 percentage points or more than the average minority concentration for the jurisdiction.

How to Determine:

1. Use ACS Table DP05 to identify share of White Alone (not Hispanic) population

2. Subtract 20 percentage points from the share of White Alone (not Hispanic)

3. In CPD Maps, using the Map Query Tool, select “White Alone” as the data element

4. Set the maximum bound of the parameters to the number determined in Step 2

5. Identify the Census tracts that meet the threshold
Multiple Housing Problems
Threshold: A Census tract is deemed to have a concentration of multiple housing problems if a Census tract has 20 percentage points or more than the share of households experiencing cost burden AND overcrowding in the jurisdiction.

How to Determine:

1. From the NA/MA Calculation Sheet – identify total share of households experiencing cost burden and overcrowding

2. Add 20 percentage points to each figure

3. In CPD Maps, using the Map Query Tool select both Housing Cost Burden and Overcrowding data elements

4. Set the minimum bounds of each parameter to the numbers determined in Step 2

5. Identify the Census tracts that meet the threshold
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 111 Are there any areas in the jurisdiction where racial or ethnic minorities or low-income families are concentrated? (include a definition of "concentration") According to Figure 19, at least 24 percent of the households in each of the Census Tracts within the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas are Hispanic. In addition, low-income household concentrations can be found in the majority of the Census Tracts located east of the 405 freeway, which represents a majority of the Census Tracts in the City.

What are the characteristics of the market in these areas/neighborhoods? According to demographic data generated through CPD Maps for the Census Tracts noted in the question above, the Census Tracts are considered low- and moderate-income areas in accordance with CDBG requirements. As noted above, these Census Tracts are over 46 percent Hispanic with an income below the median income for the City. These Census Tracts contain the highest level of unemployment for the City at over 12 percent of the residents in the area. In addition, the poverty in this areas is also the highest in the City at a level above 7 percent.

Are there any community assets in these areas/neighborhoods? There are numerous community assets in the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas, including:
• Hawthorne City Hall
• Hawthorne Historic Civic Center
• Hawthorne Public Library
• Hawthorne Plaza
• Numerous parks and recreational facilities
Are there other strategic opportunities in any of these areas? The redevelopment of the Hawthorne Plaza will increase economic opportunity in the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas for the future and will likely bring additional diversity to the area in terms of race, ethnicity and income.

MA-60 Broadband Needs of Housing occupied by Low- and ModerateIncome Households - 91.210(a)(4), 91.310(a)(2) Describe the need for broadband wiring and connections for households, including low- and moderate-income households and neighborhoods.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 112 Throughout the City of Hawthorne, residents have consistent and multiple options to access broadband, highspeed internet. For broadband download speeds of 25 megabytes per second (mbps), 100% of residents are serviced by at least three internet service providers. For download speeds of 100 mbps, 71% of residents are serviced by two internet service providers and 28% of residents are serviced by one provider. According to broadbandnow, the average download speed in Hawthorne is 70.91 mbps which is 119.3% faster than the average internet speed in California.

Of those who participated in the community outreach survey, 87% indicated that they had access to broadband internet.

Hawthorne complies with HUD’s Narrowing the Digital Divide Through Installation of Broadband Infrastructure in HUD-Funded New Construction and Substantial Rehabilitation of Multifamily Rental Housing (81 FR 92626) rule (effective January 19, 2017). Through this rule, all new HUD-funded multi-family construction or substantial rehabilitation has included broadband infrastructure including cables, fiber optics, wiring and wireless connectivity to ensure that each unit has the infrastructure to achieve at least 25 mbps download and 3 mbps upload speeds.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 113 Describe the need for increased competition by having more than one broadband Internet service provider serve the jurisdiction.

Throughout the city, residents are serviced by two, oftentimes at least three internet service providers who offer high speed internet. The three primary service providers in Hawthorne are Spectrum, ATT and Earthlink.

While broadband is available through multiple providers, residents who participated in the community outreach survey, identified that access to broadband was the highest public infrastructure need in Hawthorne.

MA-65 Hazard Mitigation - 91.210(a)(5), 91.310(a)(3)
Describe the jurisdiction’s increased natural hazard risks associated with climate change.

Climate change has increased the prevalence and severity of natural hazard risks including drought, flash floods/storms, and extreme heat events in Hawthorne. To help counter the impact of these risks, and complies Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Market Analysis 114 with CAL Green building standards. Through both of these initiatives, the City promotes multiple strategies to mitigate the impact of climate-related hazards by promoting green building, reducing water usage/ storm water run off, improving weatherization of residential properties, and promoting alternative transportation and permeable pavement and landscaping.

Describe the vulnerability to these risks of housing occupied by low- and moderate-income households based on an analysis of data, findings, and methods.

Low- and moderate-income residents and special needs populations are especially vulnerable to the risks of climate-related hazard risks. The residences of low- and moderate-income households are more often in worse condition and thus are more susceptible to external weather conditions such as extreme heat. Likewise, elderly residents are at a greater risk to weather conditions such as extreme heat.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 115 Strategic Plan
SP-05 Overview
Strategic Plan Overview
The Strategic Plan is a guide for the City of Hawthorne to establish its housing and community development priorities, objectives and strategies for the investment of Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) and HOME Investment Partnerships (HOME) funds from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) over the next five years, beginning July 1, 20120 and ending June 30, 2025. The priority needs and goals established in this Strategic Plan (Plan) are based on analysis of information including the results of the City’s 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey and housing and community development data elements required by HUD in the online Consolidated Plan system (the eCon Planning Suite) from the 2011- 2015 American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates and the Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) covering the same time period. Additional sources of information used to identify needs and establish priorities were obtained through consultation with local nonprofit agencies involved in the development of affordable housing and the delivery of public services to children, families, elderly persons and persons with special needs throughout the community.

In consideration of community input and available data, the eight (8) priority needs listed below are established as part of this Plan.
• Preserve the supply of affordable housing
• Increase the supply of affordable housing for low-income individuals, families, persons with special needs and persons experiencing homelessness
• Public services for low-and moderate-income income residents • Ensure equal access to housing opportunities
• Improve public facilities and infrastructure
• Address material barriers to accessibility
• COVID-19 impact
• Promote economic opportunities
Consistent with HUD’s national goals for the CDBG and HOME programs to provide decent housing opportunities, maintain a suitable living environment and expand economic opportunities for low- and moderate-income residents, the priority needs listed above will be addressed over the next five years through the implementation of CDBG and HOME funded activities aligned with the following seven (7) measurable Strategic Plan goals:
• Affordable Housing Preservation
• Affordable Housing Development
• Fair Housing Services
• Public Services
• Public Facilities and Infrastructure Improvements
• COVID-19 response
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 116 • Economic development opportunities
Historically, the City of Hawthorne has used the CDBG and HOME programs to support activities that meet one of the seven (7) aforementioned goals or similar goals established in prior Consolidated Plans. The City is able to provide these programs through its collaboration with its local nonprofit agencies that provide direct services to the City of Hawthorne residents. Over the next five years, the City will continue this emphasis and will also use these resources to support City sponsored programs and activities that support the goals and objectives of this Plan.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 117 SP-10 Geographic Priorities – 91.215 (a)(1)
Geographic Area
Target Area Descriptions
1 Citywide Hawthorne will allocate resources across the City based on need and eligibility
Table 53 - Geographic Priority Areas
General Allocation Priorities
According to data from the 2011-2015 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates in HUD’s eCon Planning Suite for the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan, the City's household median income is $45,610. Evaluation of maps generated through HUD's Community Planning and Development mapping system (CPD Maps) reveals that approximately 11 of the Census Tracts in the City of Hawthorne have a median household income of $45,610 or less. Based on the data, the Census Tracts having a median household income below $45,610 occur on the north and lower east side of the City.

Based on the evaluation of CPD Maps data, the majority of the city with the exception of the western part of the City exhibits a greater level of need for services for low- and moderate-income residents; therefore, no geographic priorities are being established within the Consolidated Plan and efforts for allocation priorities in will be made primarily based on the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas or low- and moderate income persons.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 118 SP-25 Priority Needs - 91.215(a)(2)
Priority Needs
1 Priority Need
Name
Preserve the supply of affordable housing
Priority Level High
Population Extremely Low
Low
Moderate
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Citywide
Associated
Goals
Affordable Housing Preservation
Description As the City's housing stock ages, a growing percentage of housing units may need rehabilitation to allow them to remain safe and habitable. The situation is of particular concern for low- and moderate-income home owners who are generally not in a financial position to properly maintain their homes.

Currently, over 70% percent of the City of Hawthorne existing housing stock is over 35 years old. The age and condition of Hawthorne’s housing stock is an important indicator of potential rehabilitation needs. Commonly, housing over 30 years of age needs some form of major rehabilitation, such as roof replacement, foundation work and plumbing systems. Housing over 15 years of age will generally exhibit deficiencies in terms of paint, weatherization, heating / airconditioning systems, hot water heaters and finish plumbing fixtures.

According to CHAS data showing the year that housing units were built categorized by owner and renter tenure:
• 5,900 or 76 percent of the 7,735 owner-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built 40 or more years ago (built prior to 1980)
• 1,120 or 14 percent of the 7,735 owner-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built between 30 and 40 years ago (built between 1980 and 1999) • 14,755 or 69 percent of the 21,415 renter-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built 40 or more years ago (built prior to 1980)
• 6,195 or 29 percent of the 21,415 renter-occupied housing units in Hawthorne were built between 30 and 40 years ago (built between 1980 and 1999) Only 715 or 9 percent of the 7,735 owner-occupied housing units were built after 2000.

In addition, for low- and moderate-income households, finding and maintaining decent affordable housing is difficult due to the high cost of housing in Hawthorne and throughout Southern California in general. Based on evaluation of 2011-2015 ACS and CHAS data, there is a high need for housing units affordable for households earning less than 80 percent of AMI. Of the 19,050 households earning 0-80 percent of AMI in the City, 13,578 are cost burdened households— meaning households paying more than 30 percent of their income for housing. Additionally, 7,199 of the cost burdened households are considered severely cost burdened households—meaning Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 119 that they pay more than 50 percent of their income for housing. Of the 7,199 severely cost burdened households, 5,850 are renters. Of those severely cost burdened renter households, 5,690 households earn less than 50 percent of AMI and are considered the most at risk of becoming homeless. Consistent with available data, responses to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey indicate a high need for additional affordable housing in Hawthorne.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
To specifically address housing needs of the most vulnerable populations, the City is placing a high priority on rental assistance, and may, subject to funding availability, allocate HOME funding for Tenant-Based Rental Assistance projects in Action Plans during the 2020-2024 planning period.

Pursuant to HUD regulations at 24 CFR 91.225(d), the City of Hawthorne certifies as part of its Action Plan(s) from 2020-2024 that the use of HOME funds for tenant-based rental assistance is an essential element of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan for the affordability and availability of decent, safe, sanitary and affordable housing.

Preservation of the physical and functional integrity of existing housing units occupied by lowand moderate-income households is a cost-effective way to invest limited resources to retain existing housing units that are already affordable to low- and moderate-income households in the community. Addressing substandard housing conditions through housing preservation activities allows economically disadvantaged segments of the community to the means to ensure that their property meets local standards and that all Hawthorne residents have the opportunity to live in decent housing. Housing preservation is rated as a high priority need based on the demand for service reported by the City's Community Development Department and responses to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey. 2 Priority Need
Name
Expand the supply of affordable housing for low-income individuals, families, persons with special needs and person experiencing homelessness
Priority Level High
Population Extremely Low
Low
Moderate
Families with Children
Public Housing Residents
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Citywide
Associated
Goals
Affordable Housing Development
Description Based on evaluation of 2011-2015 ACS and CHAS data, there is a high need for housing units affordable for households earning less than 80 percent of AMI. Of the 19,050 households earning 0-80 percent of AMI in the City, 13,578 are cost burdened households—meaning households paying more than 30 percent of their income for housing. Additionally, 7,199 of the cost burdened households are considered severely cost burdened households—meaning that they pay more than 50 percent of their income for housing. Of the 7,199 severely cost burdened households, 5,850 are renters.

Of those severely cost burdened renter households, 5,690 households earn less than 50 percent of AMI and are considered the most at risk of becoming homeless.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
The acquisition and rehabilitation of additional housing units affordable for low- and moderate-income households is rated as a high priority need due to the number of severely cost burdened households in Hawthorne, especially rental households.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 120 Additionally, responses to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey support the development of additional affordable housing units in Hawthorne. 3 Priority Need
Name
Provide Public Services to low-and moderate-income residents Priority Level High
Population Extremely Low
Low
Moderate
Elderly
Frail Elderly
Persons with Physical Disabilities
Victims of Domestic Violence
Other
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Citywide
Associated
Goals
Public Services
Description According to 2011-2015 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates data, there are 19,050 or 65% low- and moderate-income households earning less than 80 percent of AMI.

Consultation with organizations that provide a range of public services targeted to low- and moderate-income residents revealed the need for public services addressing a variety of needs including those associated with youth and senior services for eligible residents living in Hawthorne.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
Consistent with the City of Hawthorne Strategic Plan and results of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey, the provision of a range of public services for low- and moderate-income residents is a high priority.
4 Priority Need
Name
Ensure Equal Access for Housing Opportunities
Priority Level High
Population Extremely Low
Low
Moderate
Middle
Large Families
Families with Children
Elderly
Frail Elderly
Persons with Mental Disabilities
Persons with Physical Disabilities
Persons with Developmental Disabilities
Other
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Citywide
Associated
Goals
Fair Housing Services
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 121 Description HUD mandates that all recipients of federal housing and community development assistance such as CDBG and HOME take actions to affirmatively further fair housing choice within their communities. The City of Hawthorne will certify its compliance with HUD’s requirement to affirmatively further fair housing choice in each Annual Action Plan requesting an annual allocation of CDBG and HOME funds.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
Affirmatively furthering fair housing choice by ensuring equal access to housing opportunities is a high priority for HUD and the City of Hawthorne. In accordance with HUD requirements, this priority will be addressed using CDBG funds.
5 Priority Need
Name
Improve Public Facilities and Infrastructure
Priority Level High
Population Non-housing Community Development
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Low- and Moderate-Income Census Tract/Block Group
Associated
Goals
Public Facilities and Infrastructure Improvements
Description Assessments of City public facilities, parks and infrastructure improvements prepared by the City of Hawthorne Public Works and the Recreation and Community Services Department revealed the need for various park enhancements and infrastructure improvements, street reconstruction, located in primarily residential and eligible census tracts and block groups.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
Based on need and available resources and results of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey, the improvement of public facilities, parks and infrastructure owned and operated by the City of Hawthorne is rated as a high priority need for CDBG funds. 6 Priority Need
Name
Address material barriers to accessibility
Priority Level High
Population Non-housing Community Development
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Citywide
Associated
Goals
Public Facilities and Infrastructure Improvements
Description Assessments of City public facilities, parks and infrastructure improvements prepared by the City of Hawthorne Public Works and the Recreation and Community Services Department revealed a need for the installation of accessibility features to ensure that public buildings, parks and sidewalks are accessible to all persons. Barriers to accessibility were identified at various public facilities, parks and sidewalks.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
Based on need and available resources and results of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey, the improvement of public facilities, parks and infrastructure owned and operated by the City of Hawthorne is rated as a high priority need for CDBG funds. 7 Priority Need
Name
COVID-19 Impact
Priority Level High
Population Non-housing Community Development
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Citywide
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 122 Associated
Goals
COVID-19 Response
Description The City received CDBG-CV funds to prevent, prepare for, and respond to the impact of COVID-19.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
Based on need and available resources, a response to the impact of COVID-19 is a high priority need.
7 Priority Need
Name
Promote economic opportunities
Priority Level High
Population Non-Housing Community Development
Geographic
Areas
Affected
Citywide
Associated
Goals
Economic development opportunities
Description Assessments revealed the need for the City to promote economic and job opportunities for local low- and moderate-income residents through the implementation of programs that support businesses in Hawthorne.

Basis for
Relative
Priority
Based on need and available resources and results of the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey, the improvement of business services offered via the provision of a wide range of economic opportunities for low- and moderate-income residents is a high priority.

Table 54 – Priority Needs Summary
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 123 SP-30 Influence of Market Conditions – 91.215 (b)
Influence of Market Conditions
Affordable
Housing Type
Market Characteristics that will influence
the use of funds available for housing type
Tenant Based
Rental Assistance
(TBRA)
The City of Hawthorne will use HOME-ARP funds to provide Tenant-Based Rental Assistance qualified populations.

As the Needs Assessment and Market Analysis in this document have clearly shown, thousands of Hawthorne households are cost burdened and in need of rental assistance. Of the 5,510 severely cost burdened households, 5,035 are renters. Of those severely cost burdened renter households, 4,480, households earn less than 50 percent of AMI and are considered the most at risk of becoming homeless. Section 8 vouchers administered by City's Housing Authority will continue to be a critical resource for low‐income families and individuals.

TBRA for NonHomeless Special
Needs
The City of Hawthorne will use HOME-ARP funds to provide Tenant-Based Rental Assistance to extremely low and low-income seniors experiencing housing cost burden or severe housing cost burden.

New Unit
Production
As documented in the Needs Assessment and Market Analysis, the need for affordable housing is high throughout Hawthorne. Due to resource scarcity, investments will focus on the acquisition of affordable housing (owner and renter occupied) and not the creation of new housing units.

Rehabilitation The City will invest CDBG and HOME funds in the Residential Rehabilitation Program as a cost effective means of preserving the supply of both ownership and rental housing. Preservation of the physical and functional integrity of existing housing units occupied by low- and moderate-income households is a cost-effective way to invest limited resources to retain existing housing units that are already affordable to lowand moderate-income households in the community. Addressing substandard housing conditions through housing preservation activities provided that all economic segments of the community have the means to ensure that their property meets local standards and that all Hawthorne residents have the opportunity to live in decent housing.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 124 Affordable
Housing Type
Market Characteristics that will influence
the use of funds available for housing type
Acquisition,
including
preservation
As the Needs Assessment and Market Analysis in this document have clearly shown, thousands of Hawthorne households are cost burdened and likely eligible for acquisition and rehabilitation of existing affordable housing units if sufficient resources existed to develop an adequate supply to address the need. Typically the City’s resources are only sufficient to leverage other larger sources such as low income housing tax credits. In addition, costs for labor and materials affect the overall rehabilitation costs and the number of units that the City can support in any given year. Another critical issue that influences the use of funds to acquire properties for the preservation of affordable units is the lack of a permanent source of takeout/capital financing. Affordable housing financing deals are comprised of a number of financing sources, all dependent on each other to move forward and result in the completion of a project.

Table 55 – Influence of Market Conditions
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 125 SP-35 Anticipated Resources - 91.215(a)(4), 91.220(c)(1,2) Introduction
During the five-year period of the Consolidated Plan from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2025, the City of Hawthorne anticipates investing an estimated $9.5 million of CDBG and HOME funds to support the goals of this Strategic Plan. The annual allocation of CDBG and HOME funds is subject to change each year based on a number of factors such as the amount of the national appropriation, changes in ACS population data applied to the CPD grant formulas, statutory changes to the CPD grant formulas, the addition or removal of entitlements receiving a particular CPD grant and the availability of reallocated funds. Additionally, state, local and private resources will vary significantly depending on economic conditions.

The table on the following page provides more detail on anticipated funding.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 126 Anticipated Resources
Program Source of
Funds Uses of Funds
Expected Amount Available Year 1 Expected Amount
Available Reminder
of ConPlan
$
Narrative Description Annual
Allocation:
$
Program
Income: $
Prior Year
Resources:
$
Total:
$
CDBG public -
federal
Acquisition
Admin and Planning
Economic Development
Housing
Public Improvements
Public Services
1,311,270 0 0 1,311,470 5,245,880
The expected amount
available for the
remainder of the
Consolidated Plan
period assumes level
funding in future years.

HOME public -
federal Acquisition
Homebuyer assistance
Homeowner rehab
Multifamily rental new
construction
Multifamily rental rehab
New construction for
ownership
TBRA
595,700 0 2,472,825 3,068,674 2,383,396
The expected amount
available for the
remainder of the
Consolidated Plan
period assumes level
funding in future years.

CDBGCVPublic -
federal Other: Prevent, prepare for
and respond to coronavirus 1,712,974 0 0 1,712,974 0
The City received
CDBG-CV funds to
prevent, prepare for,
and respond to the
impact of COVID-19.

Table 56 - Anticipated Resources
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 127 Explain how federal funds will leverage those additional resources (private, state and local funds), including a description of how matching requirements will be satisfied As a City with substantial housing and community development needs, Hawthorne needs to leverage its CDBG and HOME entitlement grants with a variety of funding resources in order to maximize the effectiveness of available funds. The City’s former Redevelopment Agency was the City’s primary non-federal source of leveraged funds. With the elimination of the City’s Redevelopment Agency, the City’s ability to leverage federal funds has been substantially reduced. The City is currently seeking new opportunities to leverage federal funds, such as the Low Income Tax Credit program and U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Section 202 and 811 for the Elderly Program.

Federal Resources
• Continuum of Care (CoC) Program
• HUD Veterans Affairs supportive Housing (HUD-VASH)
• Supportive Housing for the Elderly (Section 202)
• Supportive Housing for Persons with Disabilities (Section 811) • Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS (HOPWA)
• Youthbuild
• Federal Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Program
State Resources
• State Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Program
• Building Equity and Growth in Neighborhoods Program (BEGIN) • CalHome Program
• Multifamily Housing Program (MHP)
• Housing Related Parks Grant
• CalHFA Single and Multi-Family Program
• Mental Health Service Act (MHSA) Funding
Local Resources
• Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority (LAHSA)
• Los Angeles County Development Agency (LACDA)
• Southern California Home Financing Authority (SCHFA) Funding Private Resources
• Federal Home Loan Bank Affordable Housing Program (AHP) • Community Reinvestment Act Programs
• United Way Funding
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 128 • Private Contributions
HOME Matching Requirements
HUD requires HOME Participating Jurisdictions (PJ’s) to match 25 percent of their HOME annual allocation. In accordance with 24 CFR 92.222, PJ’s satisfying the distress criteria established by the HOME Program regulations are provided a match reduction. In 2019, the City of Hawthorne received a 50% match reduction from HUD, and therefore, is required to match 12.5% of HOME Funds using non-federal funds. The City of Hawthorne leverages HOME funds with other local and private non-federal resources.

In accordance with the guidance received from HUD and as documented in the memo issued on April 10, 2020 titled “Availability of Waivers and Suspensions of the HOME Program Requirements in Response to COVID-19 Pandemic”, the City will be utilizing the Matching Contribution Requirements waiver.

If appropriate, describe publicly owned land or property located within the jurisdiction that may be used to address the needs identified in the plan
In December 2011, the California Supreme Court upheld Assembly Bill 1X 26, which barred Redevelopment Agencies from engaging in new business and provided for their windup and dissolution. In the last five years, the elimination of the Redevelopment Agencies has resulted in the loss of a crucial resource for the development and preservation of affordable housing. This was the most significant public policy change impacting affordable housing and residential investment.

While there are mechanisms whereby certain affordable housing assets are tied to the former Redevelopment Agencies (Successor Agencies) that may be utilized today, these resources are finite and scarce.

Discussion
Assuming continued level funding of the CDBG and HOME programs, the City expects to spend approximately $2.68 million of CDBG and HOME funds on projects that enhance the availability, affordability and sustainability of affordable housing between July 2020 and June 2025. It is anticipated that all $2.68 million of this will be spent on affordable housing development and preservation. Based on prior project experience, we anticipate that these funds will leverage other public and private funding, including but not limited to:
• Low-Income Housing Tax Credits
• Project-based Section 8 certificates
• Project financing at favorable interest rates from local lenders • Private contributions to local CHDOs
• Private market real estate investments
• Market rate housing that subsidizes affordable units on the same development site Assuming continued level funding of the CDBG program, the City expects to spend approximately $1.04 million of CDBG funds on community development, public facilities, and infrastructure that promote a suitable living environment between July 2020 and June 2025. Anticipated projects include:

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 129 • Public Facilities Improvements (including ADA)
• Infrastructure Improvements (streets, sidewalks, etc.) • Community Center
Assuming continued level funding of the CDBG program, the City does not expect to spend CDBG funds on economic opportunity activities to support the development and expansion of local small businesses or neighborhood services between July 2020 and June 2025. The City will fund these activities through other funding sources.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 130 SP-40 Institutional Delivery Structure – 91.215(k)
Explain the institutional structure through which the jurisdiction will carry out its consolidated plan including private industry, non-profit organizations, and public institutions.

Responsible Entity Responsible Entity
Type Role Geographic Area Served
HAWTHORNE Government • Planning and Administration
• Rehabilitation
• Housing Development
• Public facilities
• Infrastructure improvements
• Public services
Jurisdiction
Table 57 - Institutional Delivery Structure
Assess of Strengths and Gaps in the Institutional Delivery System The institutional delivery system in Hawthorne is high-functioning and collaborative—particularly the relationship between local government and the non-profit sector comprised of a network of capable nonprofit organizations that are delivering a full range of services to residents. Strong city departments anchor the administration of HUD grant programs and the housing, community and economic development activities that are implemented by the City.

Availability of services targeted to homeless persons and persons with HIV and mainstream services Homelessness Prevention
Services
Available in the
Community
Targeted to
Homeless
Targeted to People
with HIV
Homelessness Prevention Services
Counseling/Advocacy X
Legal Assistance X X
Mortgage Assistance X
Rental Assistance X X
Utilities Assistance X X
Street Outreach Services
Law Enforcement X
Mobile Clinics
Other Street Outreach Services X X
Supportive Services
Alcohol & Drug Abuse
Child Care X
Education X
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 131 Street Outreach Services
Employment and Employment
Training X
Healthcare X

HIV/AIDS
Life Skills X
Mental Health Counseling X
Transportation X
Table 58 - Homeless Prevention Services Summary
Describe how the service delivery system including, but not limited to, the services listed above meet the needs of homeless persons (particularly chronically homeless individuals and families, families with children, veterans and their families, and unaccompanied youth)
The City of Hawthorne’s public service programs focus on the provision of services to address the needs of homeless persons, particularly chronically homeless individuals, families with children, victims of domestic violence and their families and unaccompanied youth through funding sources other than CDBG or HOME that are awarded to local non-profit service providers. Homelessness prevention and supportive services are high priority needs within this Strategic Plan and although will not be funded as part of the Annual Action Plan, the City will work with the County CoC to address these needs.

Often, the primary obstacle to delivering services to homeless populations is the homeless individual’s willingness to seek assistance and housing. To address this problem, the City provides direct outreach and engagement with linkages to available resources in the City and the region.

Describe the strengths and gaps of the service delivery system for special needs population and persons experiencing homelessness, including, but not limited to, the services listed above Hawthorne has a long track record of successful partnerships among public and private sector entities. The delivery system for the HUD grant programs is no exception. Communication and cooperation between the City of Hawthorne’s Housing Department and partnered agencies and organizations that administer activities is effective. City staff continues to work closely with the other organizations to improve regulatory compliance, monitoring, cooperation and partnerships among agencies and technical capacity of organizations involved in project delivery.

The single most significant gap in the service delivery system remains the lack of available funding to support local programs in Hawthorne for special needs populations and persons experiencing homelessness. In Hawthorne, this funding is limited to 15 percent of the annual allocation of CDBG funds. The City is not a direct recipient of Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG) funds; therefore, most of the HUD funding to address homelessness is available through the Los Angeles County Department of Social Services and the CoC. State funding has been drastically reduced by several years of fiscal challenges for the State of California; private sources have been reduced as foundation endowments and corporate profits have shrunk in recent years; and City funds for this purpose are limited. Finally, as the City’s HUD grants have declined over the last several years, it has been difficult to accommodate increasing levels of need in the community and increases in the cost of providing services to homeless and special needs populations.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 132 Provide a summary of the strategy for overcoming gaps in the institutional structure and service delivery system for carrying out a strategy to address priority needs
To address the lack of non-profit agencies providing services to persons experiencing homelessness, the City is working with The Los Angeles Homeless Service Authority (LAHSA) and its nonprofit service providers to explore alternate funding sources.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 133 SP-45 Goals Summary – 91.215(a)(4)
Goals Summary Information
Sort
Orde
r
Goal Name Start
Year
End
Year Category Geographic Area Needs Addressed Funding Goal Outcome Indicator 1 Affordable Housing
Preservation 2020 2025 Affordable
Housing Citywide Preserve the supply
of affordable housing
CDBG: $650,000
HOME: $2,500,000
Homeowner housing rehabilitated:
30 Housing Unit
Rental housing rehabilitated: 18
housing units
2 Affordable Housing
Development 2021 2025 Affordable
Housing Citywide Increase the supply of
affordable housing HOME: $2,500,000 Affordable housing:
1 Housing Unit / 4 Households
3 Public Services 2020 2025
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Citywide
Provide Public
Services to low-and
moderate-income
residents
CDBG: $675,000
Public service activities other than
Low/Moderate Income Housing
Benefit: 1,500 Persons
4 Fair Housing
Services 2020 2025 Affordable
Housing Citywide
Ensure Equal Access
for Housing
Opportunities
CDBG: $150,000 Other: 1,750 Persons
5 Public Facilities and
Infrastructure
Improvements
2020 2025
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Citywide
Improve Public
Facilities and
Infrastructure;
Address material
barriers to
accessibility
CDBG: $4,570,880
Public facility or infrastructure
activities other than Low/Mod
Income Housing:

Benefit: 10,000 People
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 134 Sort
Orde
r
Goal Name Start
Year
End
Year Category Geographic Area Needs Addressed Funding Goal Outcome Indicator 6 COVID-19
Response 2020 2025
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Citywide COVID-19 Impact CDBG-CV:
$1,712,974
Homeless Prevention: 10 persons
assisted; 15 temporary noncongregate shelter units.

Emergency Housing Assistance:
105 households assisted
Business Assistance: 2 jobs
created/retained; 7
microenterprises assisted
7 Economic
Development
Opportunities
2020 2025
Non-Housing
Community
Development
S/B Target
Area Promote economic
opportunities
CDBG: $870,000
Commercial Façade
Improvements: 2 businesses
assisted
Citywide CDBG: $420,000
Commercial Façade
Improvements: 2 jobs created /
retained
Table 59 – Goals Summary
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 135 Goal Descriptions
1 Goal Name Affordable Housing Preservation
Goal
Description
Preserve the quality of existing owner-occupied & renter-occupied dwellings housing units thought rehabilitation including lead-based paint education, inspection, testing and abatement. Provide short- and medium-term rental assistance to individuals and families experiencing economic distress and at-risk of homelessness. 2 Goal Name Affordable Housing Development
Goal
Description
Increase the supply of affordable housing for low-income individuals, families, persons with special needs and person experiencing homelessness 3 Goal Name Public Services
Goal
Description
Provide low- and moderate- income families with a range of public services necessary to prevent homelessness and ameliorate the effects of poverty. 4 Goal Name Fair Housing Services
Goal
Description
Affirmatively further fair housing choice through the provision of fair housing education, counseling, anti-discrimination and landlord-tenant mediation services. 5 Goal Name Public Facilities and Infrastructure Improvements Goal
Description
Improve City of Hawthorne public facilities and infrastructure to benefit low- and moderate-income residents or those presumed under HUD regulations to be low- and moderate-income such as elderly and disabled adults.
6 Goal Name COVID-19 Response
Goal
Description
The City received CDBG-CV fuds to prevent, prepare for, and response to the impact of COVID-19.
7 Goal Name Economic Development Opportunities
Goal
Description
Promote business services and economic development opportunities for local low- and moderate-income residents through programs that support businesses such as Commercial Rehabilitation.

Estimate the number of extremely low-income, low-income, and moderate-income families to whom the jurisdiction will provide affordable housing as defined by HOME 91.315(b)(2) In accordance with Goal 1 and 2 above, the City anticipates assisting 32 low-and moderate-income families during the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan period. Additionally, in accordance with Goal 1 above, the City anticipates rehabilitating and preserving 30 owner housing units for low-and moderate-income households during the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan period. HOME assisted units shall meet the requirement of 24 CFR

92.254. The City anticipates using HOME funds to increase the supply of affordable housing as defined in the HOME program regulations.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 136 SP-50 Public Housing Accessibility and Involvement – 91.215(c) Need to Increase the Number of Accessible Units (if Required by a Section 504 Voluntary Compliance Agreement)
Not applicable.

Activities to Increase Resident Involvements
HHA and LACDA actively encourage residents to be involved in the organization through resident councils and active participation in housing authority decisions via surveys and other forms of engagement. HHA encourages residents to explore homeownership opportunities. In addition, LACDA currently administers Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) program for public conventional housing and Housing Choice Voucher program residents. The FSS program provides critical tools and supportive services to foster a resident’s transition from financial and housing assistance to economic and housing self-sufficiency, most importantly homeownership.

To support this effort, HHA and LACDA utilize marketing materials to outreach and further promote the program’s requirements and benefits to all public housing residents. For families that are eligible to participate, a Contract of Participation (COP) is prepared to govern the terms and conditions of their participation and an Individual Training Service Plan (ITSP) is created that outlines the following: supportive services to be provided, activities to be completed by the participant, and agreed upon completion dates for the services and activities.

The COP is valid for five years and may be extended to allow the family to meet their ITSP goals.

Once the COP is established and the family experiences an increase in tenant rent as a result of earned income, an escrow account in their name is established and increased earned income is deposited into this account. Escrow accounts are disbursed to the family once the family has graduated successfully from the program. Families are encouraged to utilize these funds towards educational and homeownership endeavors.

Additionally, HHA and LACDA provides residents with information on homeownership programs.

Is the public housing agency designated as troubled under 24 CFR part 902? No
Plan to remove the ‘troubled’ designation
Not applicable. Neither PHA is designated as a troubled PHA.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 137 SP-55 Barriers to affordable housing – 91.215(h)
Barriers to Affordable Housing
A barrier to affordable housing is a public policy or nongovernmental condition that constrains the development or rehabilitation of affordable housing, such as land use controls, property taxes, state prevailing wage requirements, environmental protection, cost of land and availability of monetary resources. Barriers to affordable housing are distinguished from impediments to fair housing choice in the sense that barriers are lawful and impediments to fair housing choice are usually unlawful.

Based on information gathered during community meetings, the Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey, the 2013-2021 Housing Element and market analysis, the primary barriers to affordable housing in Hawthorne are housing affordability and the lack of monetary resources necessary to develop and sustain affordable housing. The two barriers are related in the sense that demand for affordable housing exceeds the supply and insufficient resources are available to increase the supply of affordable housing to meet demand.

For low- and moderate-income households, finding and maintaining decent affordable housing is difficult due to the high cost of housing in Hawthorne and throughout Southern California in general. Based on evaluation of 2011-2015 ACS and CHAS data, there is a high need for housing units affordable for households earning less than 80 percent of AMI. Of the 19,050 households earning 0-80 percent of AMI in the City, 13,578 are cost burdened households—meaning households paying more than 30 percent of their income for housing.

Additionally, 7,199 of the cost burdened households are considered severely cost burdened households— meaning that they pay more than 50 percent of their income for housing. Of the 7,199 severely cost burdened households, 5,850 are renters. Of those severely cost burdened renter households, 5,690 households earn less than 50 percent of AMI and are considered the most at risk of becoming homeless. Consistent with available data, responses to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Needs Assessment Survey indicate a high need for additional affordable housing in Hawthorne.

Data collected by the National Low-Income Housing Coalition in the 2019 Out of Reach Report indicates that the median wage needed to afford a two-bedroom apartment in Los Angeles County is $71,640. A minimum wage earner must work 131 hours per week to afford that same two-bedroom unit. Even if a household can earn the necessary amount for rent, many families do not have safety-net resources such as savings or local family to support them through a financial crisis. A job loss, sudden illness or rent increase can often push the family beyond their financial limits and result in the loss of their home.

In past years, the elimination of local Redevelopment Agencies by the State of California resulted in the loss of a crucial resource for the development and preservation of affordable housing. This was the most significant public policy change impacting affordable housing and residential investment. While there are mechanisms whereby certain affordable housing assets tied to the former Redevelopment Agencies may be utilized today, these resources are finite and scarce.

Strategy to Remove or Ameliorate the Barriers to Affordable Housing To address housing affordability and the lack of monetary resources for affordable housing, this Strategic Plan calls for the investment of a significant portion of HOME funds to preserve 30 existing affordable housing units, Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 138 develop 2 affordable rental housing units, and the provision of tenant-based rental assistance to 150 lowincome households over the next five years. Although the City no longer has access to Redevelopment Housing Set-Aside funds, the City will continue to leverage its HOME funds to attract private and other available public resources. This strategy will increase the supply of affordable housing and preserve existing affordable housing in the City.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 139 SP-60 Homelessness Strategy – 91.215(d)
Reaching out to homeless persons (especially unsheltered persons) and assessing their individual needs
Preventing and ending homelessness is a HUD priority addressed nationally through coordination of regional strategies carried out locally by government agencies and a wide variety of community based organizations and faith-based groups. Consistent with this approach, the City of Hawthorne supports the efforts of The Los Angeles Homeless Service Authority (LAHSA), County Continuum of Care (CoC), and its member organizations that address homelessness throughout Los Angeles County. In alignment with this strategy, the City will use other local funds to support local service providers as well as City run programs to prevent homelessness and to expand the supply of affordable housing in Hawthorne for low- and moderate-income residents.

According to the Ten-Year Plan to End Homelessness, the CoC is in the process of implementing several regional strategies that will enhance local coordination to more effectively assist people in need. To more rapidly identify and assess people experiencing homelessness, the CoC is working to create regional homeless access centers that will offer fully coordinated systems of outreach and will facilitate universal assessment, intake, referral and transportation to resources. The CoC is also developing resources of information (such as 2-1-1) to better serve individuals who are homeless or at risk of becoming homeless. In addition, the CoC is working to implement a database using real time information from intake and assessment that is housed in the Homeless Management Information System (HIMS). Collectively these strategies will help minimize duplication of effort and better connect the most vulnerable individuals and families, chronically homeless, and people at risk of becoming homeless to appropriate resources.

Since the adoption of the Ten-Year Plan, the CoC has taken initial steps toward fully coordinated systems of outreach and assessment. With the assistance of 2-1-1, residents are provided a comprehensive informational and referral system. To better understand the nature and extent of homelessness, every two years during the last 10 days of January, HUD requires communities across the country to conduct a comprehensive count of their homeless population. The CoC also conducts informational outreach presentations concerning homelessness in Los Angeles County throughout the community.

Addressing the emergency and transitional housing needs of homeless persons The ultimate solution to ending homelessness is transitional to permanent housing closely aligned with supportive services that ensure housing stability can be maintained. However, because the demand for affordable housing far outpaces the region’s supply, the CoC continues to rely on its emergency and transitional housing system in order to address the immediate needs of Los Angeles County’s homeless population.

Los Angeles County has implemented policy and program changes aimed at ensuring homeless persons in Los Angeles County are rapidly housed and offered an appropriate level of support services to meet their circumstances and keep them stably housed.

This increase in permanent supportive housing for the most vulnerable populations is attributed to Los Angeles County homeless service providers re-tooling their programs and shifting their focus to moving people quickly Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 140 into permanent supportive housing throughout the County. Homelessness can be significantly reduced and the quality of life of our residents, especially those precariously housed or homeless can be improved.

Helping homeless persons (especially chronically homeless individuals and families, families with children, veterans and their families, and unaccompanied youth) make the transition to permanent housing and independent living, including shortening the period of time that individuals and families experience homelessness, facilitating access for homeless individuals and families to affordable housing units, and preventing individuals and families who were recently homeless from becoming homeless again.

In support of CoC efforts, the city will use other funds to support activities implemented by local nonprofit organizations that provide services to help prevent and eliminate homelessness, including families at risk of homelessness, victims of domestic violence and their families. The City will also use HOME funds to expand the supply of affordable housing in Hawthorne.

Help low-income individuals and families avoid becoming homeless, especially extremely low-income individuals and families who are likely to become homeless after being discharged from a publicly funded institution or system of care, or who are receiving assistance from public and private agencies that address housing, health, social services, employment, education or youth needs
An individual or family is considered to be at-risk of becoming homeless if it experiences extreme difficulty maintaining their housing and has no reasonable alternatives for obtaining subsequent housing. Homelessness often results from a complex set of circumstances that require people to choose between food, shelter and other basic needs. Examples of common circumstances that can cause homelessness include eviction, loss of income, insufficient income, disability, increase in the cost of housing, discharge from an institution, irreparable damage or deterioration to housing, and fleeing from family violence.

Referred to as “Bring L.A. Home!” The Campaign to End Homelessness”, the plan initiates a 10-year campaign to end homelessness in Los Angeles County by establishing a broad range of strategies that address a multitude of issues related to homelessness. The plan is consistent with State and Federal initiatives for ending homelessness and consists of the following seven guiding principles:
• Preventing homelessness
• Addressing the structural causes of homelessness
• Sustaining the current capacity to serve homeless people and building new capacity where it is needed • Ensuring rapid return to housing for people who become homeless • Bringing alienated homeless people into the mainstream of society • Taking a regional approach to the crisis
• Reaffirming that housing is one of the basic human rights With the focus of addressing family homelessness, chronic homelessness and mainstream and system changes (homeless prevention), “Bring L.A. Home! The Campaign to End Homelessness” represents a commitment by all stakeholders throughout the County to end homelessness within a decade.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 141 SP-65 Lead based paint Hazards – 91.215(i)
Actions to address LBP hazards and increase access to housing without LBP hazards The Residential Lead Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992 (Title X) emphasizes prevention of childhood lead poisoning through housing-based approaches. This strategy requires the City to implement programs that protect children living in older housing from lead hazards.

Overall, the City has a relatively old housing stock; therefore, lead-based paint hazards are an extensive issue in Hawthorne. According to ACS data, approximately a vast majority of Hawthorne’s housing stock (76.31 percent) was built on or prior to 1979, meaning that the residents of these homes may possibly be at risk of lead-based paint hazards. Only those units constructed prior to January 1, 1978 are presumed to have the potential to contain lead-based paint. In these units, the best way to have reasonable assurance that lead-based paint hazards are not present is to have the painted surfaces tested.

According to the City of Hawthorne’s Housing Rehabilitation (HRP) Program, a typical lead-based paint screening survey costs approximately $450. To reduce lead-based paint hazards, the City of Hawthorne takes the following actions:
• Include lead testing and abatement procedures if necessary in all residential rehabilitation activities for units built prior to January 1, 1978.
• Monitor the lead-poisoning data maintained by the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Health Environmental Health. According to LA Department of Public Health, there were 9 incidents of Hawthorne children with elevated blood lead levels greater than 9.5 micrograms per deciliter and 10 documented cases with elevated blood levels great than 20 micrograms per deciliter from 2009- 2013.
• Educate residents on the health hazards of lead-based paint through the use of brochures and encourage screening children for elevated blood-lead levels. • Disseminate brochures about lead hazards through organizations such as the Fair Housing Foundation and the City’s residential rehabilitation activities.

How are the actions listed above related to the extent of lead poisoning and hazards? Over time, the actions listed above will promote greater awareness of the hazards of lead-based paint to children and will also address unsafe housing conditions in pre-1978 units where children may potentially be exposed to lead-based paint hazards.

How are the actions listed above integrated into housing policies and procedures? The City of Hawthorne’s Housing Rehabilitation Program (HRP) Implementation Guidelines require the dissemination of brochures provided by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to all applicants as part of the transmittal of the program application. Any unit receiving assistance through the program that was built prior to January 1, 1978 is tested for lead-based paint. If lead-based paint is present, appropriate abatement procedures are implemented as part of the rehabilitation contract consistent with the requirements of 24 CFR Part 35.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 142 SP-70 Anti-Poverty Strategy – 91.215(j)
Jurisdiction Goals, Programs and Policies for reducing the number of Poverty-Level Families
Similar to other communities in Los Angeles County and across the nation, poverty continues to be a significant challenge. According to the 2011-2015 American Community Survey 5-Year Estimates, there are 14,368 Hawthorne residents living in poverty. In an effort to meaningfully address this challenge, all five (5) goals of the 2020-2024 Strategic Plan are aligned to support activities that promote the availability of affordable housing and provide essential services that directly benefit low- and moderate-income residents. In the implementation of the Plan, the City will prioritize funding for activities that most effectively address the Plan goals over the next five years. This strategy will emphasize using CDBG and HOME funds to help individuals and families rise out of poverty to long-term self-sufficiency.

The implementation of CDBG and HOME activities meeting the goals established in this Plan will help to reduce the number of poverty-level families by:
• Supporting activities that increase the supply of affordable housing for low- and moderate-income households;
• Supporting housing preservation programs that assure low-and moderate-income households have a safe, decent and appropriate place to live;
• Supporting public services through the non-profits funded by CDBG that serve the community’s youth, seniors, families and those with special needs; and
• Supporting a continuum of housing and public service programs funded by CDBG and HOME to prevent and eliminate homelessness.

In addition to these local efforts, mainstream state and federal resources also contribute to reducing the number of individuals and families in poverty. Federal programs such as the Earned Income Tax Credit and Head Start provide a pathway out of poverty for families who are ready to pursue employment and educational opportunities. Additionally in California, the primary programs that assist families in poverty are CalWORKS, CalFresh (formerly food stamps) and Medi-Cal. Together, these programs provide individuals and families with employment assistance, subsidy for food, medical care, childcare and cash payments to meet basic needs such as housing, nutrition and transportation.

How are the Jurisdiction poverty reducing goals, programs, and policies coordinated with this affordable housing plan?
Hawthorne and much of Los Angeles County is a high housing cost area relative to household income. Although housing costs temporarily declined and became more affordable during the recent economic recession, rents in Hawthorne have since surpassed their pre-recession levels and are currently out of reach for many individuals and families. National funding limitations on Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers and long application wait lists for both conventional public housing and City sponsored affordable housing limit the number of families in poverty that can benefit from these programs.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 143 The goals of the Consolidated Plan are aligned to benefit low- and moderate-income residents in an effort to reduce the number of poverty-level families. The Affordable Housing Preservation goal will include activities targeted to families who own their residence but lack the resources to address emergency repairs or maintain the property in compliance with City’s codes and standards. Addressing substandard or emergency housing conditions allows low- and moderate-income families to maintain housing stability while also guaranteeing that all economic segments of the community live in decent housing. The Public Services for low- and moderateincome families will fund activities targeted to families in poverty and other low- and moderate-income households with specific service needs. Providing this range of targeted services allows children and families in Hawthorne appropriate support and resources to rise from poverty and become more self-sufficient.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 144 SP-80 Monitoring – 91.230
Describe the standards and procedures that the jurisdiction will use to monitor activities carried out in furtherance of the plan and will use to ensure long-term compliance with requirements of the programs involved, including minority business outreach and the comprehensive planning requirements
To ensure that CDBG and HOME funds are used efficiently and in compliance with applicable regulations, the City provides technical assistance to all subrecipients at the beginning of each program year and monitors subrecipients throughout the program year.

Technical Assistance
To enhance compliance with federal program regulations, the City provides an annual Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) workshop to review the Plan goals, program requirements and available resources with potential applicants. Subsequent to the approval of the Annual Action Plan, a mandatory subrecipient workshop is held to review program regulations in detail, to provide useful forms and resources for documenting compliance and to review the City’s compliance procedures and requirements. Additionally, individualized technical assistance is provided on an as-needed basis throughout a program year.

Activity Monitoring
All activities are monitored, beginning with a detailed review upon receipt of an application to determine eligibility, conformance with a National Objective and conformance with a Plan goal. This review also examines the proposed use of funds, eligibility of the service area, eligibility of the intended beneficiaries and likelihood of compliance with other federal requirements such as the National Environmental Policy Act, the System for Award Management (SAM) debarment list, prevailing wage, Minority and Women Business Enterprise, Section 3 and federal acquisition and relocation regulations, as applicable.

Subrecipients are required to submit an audit and other documentation to establish their capacity, and any findings noted in the audit are reviewed with the applicant. Eligible applications are then considered for funding.

Once funded, desk monitoring includes ongoing review of required quarterly performance reports. For CDBG public service activities, an on-site monitoring is conducted once every two (2) years, or more frequently as needed to ensure compliance. These reviews include both a fiscal and programmatic review of the subrecipient’s activities. The reviews determine if the subrecipient is complying with the program regulations and City contract. Areas routinely reviewed include overall administration, financial systems, appropriateness of program expenditures, program delivery, client eligibility determination and documentation, reporting systems, and achievement toward achieving contractual goals. Following the monitoring visit, a written report is provided delineating the results of the review and any findings of non-compliance and the required corrective action. Subrecipients normally have 30 days to provide the City with corrective actions taken to address any noted findings. Individualized technical assistance is provided, as noted above, as soon as compliance concerns are identified. For CDBG capital projects, monitoring also includes compliance with regulatory agreement requirements. For HOME funded activities, annual monitoring is undertaken to ensure that for renter occupied units, household income, rents and utility allowances are in compliance with applicable limits pursuant to the Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Strategic Plan 145 affordability covenant. For ownership units, annual monitoring of occupancy is conducted throughout the affordability period.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 146
Expected Resources
AP-15 Expected Resources – 91.220(c)(1,2)
Introduction
The strategic plan goals included in this Consolidated Plan are based on resources that are reasonably anticipated to be available to the City from federal, state, local and private sources from July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2025. The actual resources available to support activities during the implementation of this Consolidated Plan may vary significantly due to factors outside of the City’s control. For example, HUD formula grant allocations are subject to change each year based on a number of factors such as the amount of the national appropriation, changes in ACS population data applied to the CPD grant formulas, statutory changes to the CPD grant formulas, the addition or removal of entitlements receiving a particular CPD grant and the availability of reallocated funds. Additionally, state, local and private resources will vary significantly depending on economic conditions.

August 2020 Amendment
The CARES Act allocation from HUD includes $771,494 of CDBG-CV funds. The period of performance for these grants under law is from March 1, 2020 to September 30, 2022. The City is also allocating $1,194,706 of prior year unused HOME funds. If HUD authorizes additional resources, the City will further amend this Action Plan.

April 2021 Amendment
For the special allocation of CDBG resources, the City received two allocations that amounted to a total of $1,712,974. Should HUD authorize additional resources, the City will further amend this Action Plan.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 147
Anticipated Resources
Program Source of
Funds Uses of Funds
Expected Amount Available Year 1 Expected Amount
Available Reminder
of ConPlan
$
Narrative Description Annual
Allocation:
$
Program
Income: $
Prior Year
Resources:
$
Total:
$
CDBG public -
federal
Acquisition
Admin and Planning
Economic Development
Housing
Public Improvements
Public Services
1,311,270 0 0 1,311,270 5,245,080
The expected amount
available for the
remainder of the
Consolidated Plan
period assumes level
funding in future years.

HOME public -
federal
Acquisition
Homebuyer assistance
Homeowner rehab
Multifamily rental new
construction
Multifamily rental rehab
New construction for
ownership
TBRA
595,700 0 2,472,825 3,068,525 2,382,800
The expected amount
available for the
remainder of the
Consolidated Plan
period assumes level
funding in future years.

CDBGCVPublic -
federal Admin and Planning
Housing
Public Services
1,712,974 0 0 1,712,974 0
CARES Act allocation of
CDBG-CV funds to
prepare, prevent and
respond to COVID-19.

Table 60 - Expected Resources – Priority Table
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 148
Explain how federal funds will leverage those additional resources (private, state and local funds), including a description of how matching requirements will be satisfied As a City with substantial housing and community development needs, Hawthorne needs to leverage its CDBG and HOME entitlement grants with a variety of funding resources in order to maximize the effectiveness of available funds. The City’s former Redevelopment Agency was the City’s primary non-federal source of leveraged funds. With the elimination of the City’s Redevelopment Agency, the City’s ability to leverage federal funds has been substantially reduced. The City is currently seeking new opportunities to leverage federal funds, such as the Low Income Tax Credit program and U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Section 202 and 811 for the Elderly Program.

Since the initial planning and programming of these resources, the Housing Department has worked closely with other City departments as well as County, State, and Federal partners to identify other available resources authorized through the CARES Act, the Small Business Administration (SBA), and Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) that may be leveraged to maximize the impact of the CDBG-CV resources.

Federal Resources
• Continuum of Care (CoC) Program
• HUD Veterans Affairs supportive Housing (HUD-VASH)
• Supportive Housing for the Elderly (Section 202)
• Supportive Housing for Persons with Disabilities (Section 811) • Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS (HOPWA)
• Youthbuild
• Federal Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Program
State Resources
• State Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Program
• Building Equity and Growth in Neighborhoods Program (BEGIN) • CalHome Program
• Multifamily Housing Program (MHP)
• Housing Related Parks Grant
• CalHFA Single and Multi-Family Program
• Mental Health Service Act (MHSA) Funding
Local Resources
• Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority (LAHSA)
• Los Angeles County Development Agency (HAcLA)
• Los Angeles County Community Development Commission (LACDC) • Southern California Home Financing Authority (SCHFA) Funding Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 149
Private Resources
• Federal Home Loan Bank Affordable Housing Program (AHP) • Community Reinvestment Act Programs
• United Way Funding
• Private Contributions
HOME Matching Requirements
HUD requires HOME Participating Jurisdictions (PJ’s) to match 25 percent of their HOME annual allocation. In accordance with 24 CFR 92.222, PJ’s satisfying the distress criteria established by the HOME Program regulations are provided a match reduction. In 2019, City of Hawthorne received a 50% match reduction from HUD, and therefore, is required to match 12.5% of HOME Funds using non-federal funds. The City of Hawthorne leverages HOME funds with other local and private non-federal resources.

In accordance with the guidance received from HUD and as documented in the memo issued on April 10, 2020 titled “Availability of Waivers and Suspensions of the HOME Program Requirements in Response to COVID-19 Pandemic”, the City will be utilizing the Matching Contribution Requirements waiver.

If appropriate, describe publicly owned land or property located within the jurisdiction that may be used to address the needs identified in the plan
In December 2011, the California Supreme Court upheld Assembly Bill 1X 26, which barred Redevelopment Agencies from engaging in new business and provided for their windup and dissolution. In the last five years, the elimination of the Redevelopment Agencies has resulted in the loss of a crucial resource for the development and preservation of affordable housing. This was the most significant public policy change impacting affordable housing and residential investment.

While there are mechanisms whereby certain affordable housing assets are tied to the former Redevelopment Agencies (Successor Agencies) that may be utilized today, these resources are finite and scarce.

Discussion
Assuming continued level funding of the CDBG and HOME programs, the City expects to spend approximately $2.68 million of CDBG and HOME funds on projects that enhance the availability, affordability and sustainability of affordable housing between July 2020 and June 2025. It is anticipated that all $2.68 million of this will be spent on affordable housing development and preservation. Based on prior project experience, we anticipate that these funds will leverage other public and private funding, including but not limited to:
• Low-Income Housing Tax Credits
• Project-based Section 8 certificates
• Project financing at favorable interest rates from local lenders • Private contributions to local CHDOs
• Private market real estate investments
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 150
• Market rate housing that subsidizes affordable units on the same development site Assuming continued level funding of the CDBG program, the City expects to spend approximately $1.04 million of CDBG funds on community development, public facilities, and infrastructure that promote a suitable living environment between July 2020 and June 2025. Anticipated projects include:
• Public Facilities Improvements (including ADA)
• Infrastructure Improvements (streets, sidewalks, etc.) • Homeless Center
Assuming continued level funding of the CDBG program, the City does not expect to spend CDBG funds on economic opportunity activities to support the development and expansion of local small businesses or neighborhood services between July 2020 and June 2025. The City will fund these activities through other funding sources.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 151
AP-20 Annual Goals and Objectives
Goals Summary Information
Sort
Order Goal Name Start Year
End
Year Category Geographic Area Needs Addressed Funding Goal Outcome Indicator 1 Affordable Housing
Preservation 2020 2021 Affordable
Housing Citywide
Preserve the
supply of
affordable housing
HOME:
$1,686,366
Homeowner housing
rehabilitated: 6 Housing Unit
2 Public Services 2020 2021
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Citywide
Provide Public
Services to lowand moderateincome residents
CDBG: $135,000
Public service activities other
than Low/Moderate Income
Housing Benefit: 100 Persons
3 Fair Housing Services 2020 2021 Affordable
Housing Citywide
Ensure Equal
Access for
Housing
Opportunities
CDBG: $30,000 Other: 350 Persons
4 Public Facilities and
Infrastructure
Improvements
2020 2021
Non-Housing
Community
Development
L/M Census
Tract/ Block
Group
Improve Public
Facilities and
Infrastructure;
Address material
barriers to
accessibility
CDBG: $914,016 Other: 10,000 persons
5 Program Planning and
Administration 2020 2021
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Citywide All CDBG: $232,254
HOME: $97,155 N/A
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 152
Sort
Order Goal Name Start Year
End
Year Category Geographic Area Needs Addressed Funding Goal Outcome Indicator 6 COVID-19 Response 2020 2023
Non-Housing
Community
Development
Citywide COVID-19 Impact CDBG-CV:
$1,712,974
Homeless Prevention: 10
persons assisted; 15 temporary
non-congregate shelter units.

Emergency Housing Assistance:
105 households assisted
Business Assistance: 2 jobs
created/retained and 7
microenterprises assisted
Table 61 – Goals Summary
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 153
Goal Descriptions
1 Goal Name Affordable Housing Preservation
Goal
Description
Preserve the quality of existing owner-occupied dwellings housing units thought rehabilitation including lead-based paint education, inspection, testing and abatement.

Provide short- and medium-term rental assistance to individuals and families experiencing economic distress and at-risk of homelessness.
2 Goal Name Affordable Housing Development
Goal
Description
Increase the supply of affordable housing for low-income individuals, families, persons with special needs and person experiencing homelessness 3 Goal Name Public Services
Goal
Description
Provide low- and moderate- income families with a range of public services necessary to prevent homelessness and ameliorate the effects of poverty. 4 Goal Name Fair Housing Services (includes Program Administration) Goal
Description
Affirmatively further fair housing choice through the provision of fair housing education, counseling, anti-discrimination and landlord-tenant mediation services. Also provides for the administration of the CDBG and HOME Programs.
5 Goal Name Public Facilities and Infrastructure Improvements Goal
Description
Improve City of Hawthorne public facilities and infrastructure to benefit low- and moderate-income residents or those presumed under HUD regulations to be low- and moderate-income such as elderly and disabled adults.
6 Goal Name COVID-19 Response
Goal
Description
The City received CDBG-CV funds to prevent, prepare for, and respond to the impact of COVID19. Subject to the CARES Act and emerging policy from HUD, including program regulations and waivers, CDBG-CV funds will be used to provide vital public services designed to prevent, prepare for, and respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. This includes activities administered by the City of Hawthorne and its nonprofit partners to address, health, housing, and safety needs of Hawthorne residents.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 154
Projects
AP-35 Projects – 91.220(d)
Introduction
To address the high priority needs identified in the Strategic Plan to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan, the City of Hawthorne will invest CDBG, CDBG-CV and HOME funds in projects that preserve affordable housing, provide fair housing services, provide services to low- and moderate-income residents, provide services to residents with special needs, prevent homelessness, preserve neighborhoods, improve public facilities and infrastructure and facilitate the creation or expansion of small businesses. Together, these projects will address the housing, community and economic development needs of Hawthorne residents-particularly those residents residing in the low- and moderate-income areas.

Projects
# Project Name
1 Affordable Housing Preservation
2 Public Services
3 Fair Housing Services
4 Section 108 Loan Repayment
5 Capital Improvements
6 Program Administration
7 CV Administration
8 CV Public Services
9 CV Public Facilities
10 CV Small Business Assistance
11 CV Microenterprise Assistance
Table 62 – Project Information
Describe the reasons for allocation priorities and any obstacles to addressing underserved needs Based on the Strategic Plan, the City is allocating 100 percent of its CDBG funds (excluding Section 108 loan repayment and CDBG administration) as well as HOME funds for 2020-2021 projects and activities that benefit low- and moderate-income people. Due to the nature of the projects and activities to be undertaken, investments in projects concerning Public Facilities and Infrastructure Improvements are limited to the CDBG low- and moderate-income areas while other projects and activities benefit low- and moderate-income limited clientele and are available citywide.

The primary obstacles to meeting the underserved needs of low- and moderate-income people include lack of funding from federal, state and other local sources, the high cost of housing that is not affordable to lowincome people and the lack of availability of home improvement financing in the private lending industry. To address these obstacles, the City is investing CDBG and HOME funds through the 2020-2021 Action Plan in projects that provide loans to low- and moderate-income homeowners for home improvements and projects Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 155
that provide public services to low- and moderate-income people and those that are at-risk of becoming homeless.

Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 156
AP-38 Project Summary
Project Summary Information
1 Project Name Affordable Housing Preservation
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported Affordable Housing Preservation
Needs Addressed Preserve the supply of affordable housing Funding
Description Preserve the quality of existing owner-occupied dwellings through rehabilitation including lead-based paint education, inspection, testing and abatement.

Target Date 6/30/2021
Estimate the number and type of
families that will benefit from the
proposed activities
Low- and moderate-income families
6 Households
Location Description Citywide
Planned Activities Housing Rehabilitation Program
2 Project Name Public Services
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported Public Services for low-and moderate-income families Needs Addressed Provide Public Services to low- and moderate-income residents Funding CDBG: $135,000
Description Provide low- and moderate-income families with a range of public services necessary to prevent homelessness and ameliorate the effects of poverty.

Target Date 6/30/2021
Estimate the number and type of
families that will benefit from the
proposed activities
100 people
Location Description Citywide
Planned Activities Teen Center, Mychal's Learning Center, New Star Family Justice Center 3 Project Name Fair Housing Services
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported Fair Housing Services
Needs Addressed Ensure Equal Access for Housing Opportunities Funding CDBG: $30,000
Description Fulfill the HUD regulatory mandate to affirmatively further fair housing choice through the provision of fair housing education, counseling, antidiscrimination and landlord-tenant mediation services.

Target Date 6/30/2021
Estimate the number and type of
families that will benefit from the
proposed activities
350 People
Location Description Citywide
Planned Activities Housing Rights Center
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 157
4 Project Name Section 108 Loan Repayment
Target Area N/A
Goals Supported N/A
Needs Addressed N/A
Funding CDBG: $395,042
Description Section 108 Loan Repayment
Target Date 6/30/2021
Estimate the number and type of
families that will benefit from the
proposed activities
Other - 1
Location Description N/A
Planned Activities Section 108 Loan Repayment
5 Project Name Capital Improvements
Target Area Low - and Moderate-income Census Tracts/Block Groups Goals Supported Improve public facilities and Infrastructure; Address material barriers to accessibility
Needs Addressed Improve public facilities and infrastructure; Address material barriers to accessibility
Funding
Description Improve City of Hawthorne public facilities and infrastructure to benefit low- and moderate income residents or those presumed under HUD regulations to be low- and moderate-income such as elderly and disabled adults.

Target Date 6/30/2021
Estimate the number and type of
families that will benefit from the
proposed activities
Other: 10,000 people
Location Description Low - and Moderate-income Census Tracts/Block Groups Planned Activities Community Center (cancelled)
6 Project Name Program Administration
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported All
Needs Addressed All
Funding CDBG: $232,294
HOME: $59,584
Description Administration services of the CDBG and HOME program Target Date 6/30/2021
Estimate the number and type of
families that will benefit from the
proposed activities
N/A
Location Description 4455 W. 126th Street, Hawthorne, CA 90250 Planned Activities CDBG and HOME Program Administration Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 158
7 Project Name CV Program Administration
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported COVID-19 Response
Needs Addressed COVID-19 Impact
Funding CDBG-CV: $243,557.93
Description CDBG-CV funds will be used to pay for the City’s costs to plan for the use of CDBGCV funds, process all required grant administration documents, forms, agreements, and payments, and to monitor and report to HUD concerning implementation of activities in compliance with federal regulations.

Target Date 6/30/24
Estimate the number
and type of families that
will benefit from the
proposed activities
N/A
Location Description 4455 W. 126th Street, Hawthorne, CA 90250 Planned Activities CDBG-CV Program Administration - $243,557.93 8 Project Name CV Public Services
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported COVID-19 Response
Needs Addressed COVID-19 Impact
Funding CDBG-CV: $555,598.98
Description CDBG-CV funds will be used for two (2) public service activities. The Emergency Housing Assistance project will provide up to three (3) months assistance with rent to prevent eviction. Applicants must submit evidence of current gross annualized household income that is below 80 percent of AMI adjusted for household size as published by HUD and demonstrate loss of income because of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Homelessness Prevention activity will provide services to Hawthorne residents that are either experiencing homelessness or at risk of experiencing homelessness.

Target Date 6/30/24
Estimate the number
and type of families that
will benefit from the
proposed activities
Homeless Prevention: 10 Persons
Emergency Housing Assistance: 105 Households
Location Description Citywide
Planned Activities CV Homeless Prevention - $19,643.98
CV Emergency Housing Assistance - $535,955.00
9 Project Name CV Public Facilities
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported COVID-19 Response
Needs Addressed COVID-19 Impact
Funding CDBG-CV: $804,491.09
Hawthorne Consolidated Plan 2020-2024: Action Plan 159
Description CDBG-CV funds will be used to acquire and install 15 temporary pre-fabricated pallet shelters to house individuals experiencing homelessness who are at risk of contracting and spreading COVID-19. This also includes the installation of handwashing stations, ADA compliant showers and portable bathrooms to ensure the people living at this facility have regular access to bathrooms and the ability to wash their hands. Lastly, one temporary trailer will be used to administer the provision of on-site wrap around services and the second trailer will be at the Community Center and utilized as a socially-distant homeless intake facility to prevent the current and future spread of the coronavirus.

Target Date 6/30/24
Estimate the number
and type of families that
will benefit from the
proposed activities
It is estimated that the City will acquire 15 pre-fabricated pallet shelters to house 15 households.

Location Description 3200 W 131st S. & 3901 W. El Segundo Blvd.

Planned Activities Homeless Center - $804,491.09
10 Project Name CV Small Business Assistance
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported COVID-19 Response
Needs Addressed COVID-19 Impact
Funding CDBG-CV: $49,326.00
Description Through this project, the City will provide local small businesses that were adversely impacted by COVID-19 with immediate assistance via grants of up to $25,000 for rents, utilities (excluding City-owned utilities), business services, and supplies.

Target Date 6/30/24
Estimate the number
and type of families that
will benefit from the
proposed activities
It is estimated that 2 jobs will be created/retained within small businesses as a result of this project.

Location Description Citywide
Planned Activities CV Small Business Assistance - $49,326.00 11 Project Name CV Microenterprise Assistance
Target Area Citywide
Goals Supported COVID-19 Response
Needs Addressed COVID-19 Impact
Funding CDBG-CV: $60,000.00
Description Through this project, the City will provide local microenterprises that were adversely impacted by COVID-19 with immediate assistance via grants of up to $10,000 for rents, utilities (excluding City-owned utilities), business services, and supplies.